The Penguin Dictionary of Economics
The Penguin Dictionary of Economics
DICTIONARY OF
SEVENTH EDITION
GRA
TER AND
IS
PENGUIN REFERENCE
https://archive.org/details/penguindictionarOOOObann
The Penguin Dictionary of
Econom
Graham Bannock
R. E. Baxter
Evan Davis
SEVENTH EDITION
PENGUIN BOOKS
PENGUIN BOOKS
Penguin Books Ltd, Registered Offices: 80 Strand, London WC2R orl, England
www.penguin.com
'In the case of economics there are no important propositions that cannot,
in fact, be stated in plain language'
J. K. Galbraith, Annals of an Abiding Liberal (1979)
Our labours in regularly improving and updating this book have been rewarded, to
date, by total sales, worldwide, in excess of 500,000 copies. For this fifth edition we
have continued the process of revision. Some seventy entries have been deleted and
many others abbreviated to make space for over 150 new entries taking account of
new developments in economic theory and practical affairs.
Both the intended readership and the scope and method of the book are unaltered.
The dictionary is planned as a companion to two kinds of users of economics. First,
for the general reader who wants to follow economic discussion in the press or
elsewhere and for the increasing number of people who need some knowledge of
economics in their daily work, in teaching, business, the civil service, representative
bodies and the professions. Secondly, it is aimed at students - especially those up to
the second-year university courses in the subject - but also others, e.g. those at
business schools for whom economics is part of the curriculum.
Our distinctive approach remains unique. This approach consists of a micro-
encyclopaedic treatment with extensive cross-referencing, up-to-date institutional
material and a level of exposition that attempts to combine a reasonable degree of
academic rigour with brevity and practical relevance.
Our subject is large and growing continuously and we have had to be highly
selective. Words in common usage are not normally included unless they have
a specialized meaning in economics. Economic theory, including international,
monetary and welfare economics, has been treated fairly comprehensively. We have
also given considerable emphasis to the history of economics in keeping with our
view of the subject as a developing one. Individual economists are included only
where they have made an important and definable contribution to the body of
economic thought as it exists today. We have been particularly sparing in our
inclusion of contemporary economists (other than Nobel Prize-winners), so that
many distinguished living members of the profession are left out. We have tried to
Foreword
include all the key terms used by econometricians and statisticians that are in
general use. Our treatment of financial and business economics, public finance,
international trade and development and payments has been more selective still
but, institutions apart, we hope that nothing important has been omitted.
We have been helped and encouraged by the response we have received from our
readers. We hope that they will continue to point out to us any errors or omissions.
G.B.
R. E. B.
E. D.
May iggi
Single and double arrows {> >►) in the text indicate, respectively see and see also,
where a point is either amplified or complemented in another entry.
This new edition has again been substantially revised and updated and we have
included a number of additional diagrams. We continue to emphasize the inter¬
national, rather than the purely UK, aspects of our subject and to incorporate
institutional detail and statistics where relevant.
Although the content has been greatly revised and expanded, the basic plan of
the work remains unchanged since it first appeared over 30 years ago. Readers are
referred to the Foreword to the Fifth Edition for an explanation of the scope of the
book and the system of cross-referencing.
We are greatly indebted to the help and support we have received from Dee Baxter
and Franfoise Bannock, and from Alex Allan in getting the work to the press. Finally
we wish to acknowledge the work of our copy-editor, Anthony John.
We hope that our many readers who have contacted us with valuable suggestions
will continue to do so. Readers may write to us care of Penguin Books, or use the
website www.penguin.co.uk/economics.
G.B.
R. E. B.
E.D.
London,
September 2002
A
ment expenditure, for example, raises consumers' incomes which, through the
multiplier, leads to an increase in output which in turn, through the accelerator,
raises investment. The increase in expenditure in investment, itself raises in¬
comes and the process is repeated. The model reveals that the multiplier and the
accelerator interrelate in a way that can produce a cyclical pattern to economic
growth. >^ Harrod-Domar model; Samuelson, P. A.
acceptance The act of accepting, i.e. agreeing to honour a ►promissory note such
as a ►bill of exchange. By extension, the document itself.
account day The day on which all transactions made during the previous >account
at the >stock exchange must be settled (hence, settlement day). On the London Stock
Exchange, as in the USA, the markets use rolling accounts which are settled a fixed
number of days after the transaction: at present 5 days, or T+ 5', (eventually T+ 3).
accrued expenses The cost of services utilized in advance of payment and written
into a company's accounts as ►liabilities.
actuary Someone trained in the calculation of >risk and >-premiums for ►assur¬
ance purposes.
administered prices Strictly, prices that are set by management decision rather
than by negotiation between buyer and seller. Tme ►market prices are to be found
only in the ►stock exchange and other places where prices change constantly. Most
retail and industrial prices are set by management, though they will be altered in
response to competition. The term administered prices is often used to refer to
price-fixing by a ►monopoly firm, a ► cartel or a government body. »»mean costs.
advanced countries States with the highest levels of ►national income per head,
e.g. the member countries of the ►Organization for Economic Cooperation and
advances
adverse selection The problem that, in certain markets, the inability of one trader
to assess the quality of the other makes it likely that poor-quality traders will
predominate. Noted by >Akerlof in 1970, adverse selection is sometimes referred to
as the lemon problem. A popular example of the phenomenon is in the secondhand
car market, where sellers know whether or not their car is a lemon (i.e. performs
badly), but where buyers cannot make that judgement without running the car.
Given that buyers can't tell the quality of the car they are buying, all cars of the
same model will end up selling at the same price, regardless of whether they are
lemons or not. But the risk of purchasing a lemon will lower the price buyers are
prepared to pay for any car and, because secondhand prices are low, people with
non-lemon cars will be little inclined to put them on the market.
There are three ingredients in this problem: (a) a random variation in product
quality in the market; (b) ^asymmetric information about product quality between
traders in the market, and (c) a greater willingness for poor-quality traders to trade
at low prices than for high-quality ones to do so. (Lemon car owners will still put
their cars on the market when the prices drop; other car owners will not.) There are
many important markets where adverse selection is held to be significant, notably
insurance and the market for credit, ^market failure.
member states and twenty-four other member states, with the latter having a share
of capital of 40 per cent. J^Asian Development Bank; Caribbean Development
Bank; Colombo Plan; foreign aid; Inter-American Development Bank.
aggregate supply The total of all goods and services produced in an economy.
Prior to XKeynes, it was believed that > national income was determined by aggre¬
gate supply (>Say). Keynes shifted the emphasis on to >aggregate demand, with
supply meeting whatever demand existed up to a point. More recently, supply
factors have received more consideration in the determination of total output,
►►supply-side economics.
Allais, Maurice (b. 1911) Educated at the Ecole Polytechnique and the Ecole
Nationale Superieure des Mines in Paris, Allais became director of the Centre d'Ana-
lyse Economique at the Ecole Nationale Superieure in 1944, where he taught notable
economists like Malinvaud and >Debreu. He became the first French citizen to win
the >Nobel Prize in Economics in 1988. His main work is his book A la recherche
d'une discipline economique (1943), a report on >general equilibrium and ^economic
efficiency without any assumption of >-convexity. His name is best known for the
Allais paradox, an attempt to show the impact of psychological factors on consumer
decision-making in conditions of >risk. The paradox is as follows. If you offer people
either a certain £500 or a lottery ticket that gives them a 10 per cent chance of
winning £2500, an 89 per cent chance of winning £500 and a 1 per cent chance of
winning nothing, they often take the certain £500. But if you offer them a choice
between two lottery tickets, one which gives them an n per cent chance of winning
£500 and an 89 per cent chance of winning nothing, or another one that offers them
a 10 per cent chance of winning £2500 and a 90 per cent chance of winning nothing,
they often take the second one. Interestingly, however, the effective choice being
made is the same in both cases, and consistent consumers should pick either the
first option both times or the second option both times, ^behavioural economics.
terminated her agreement in 1976. Free trade was established between the member
states, although it was not until T994 that a Common External Tariff regime was
agreed. In 1996, the Act of Trujillo committed the member states to the setting up of
an Economic Community (>-European Union). In r999, a Framework Agreement was
concluded for the establishment of a ►Free Trade Area with >Mercosur. ^Central
American Common Market; Latin American Integration Association.
annual percentage rate (APR) A legally standardized form for presenting the
►rate of interest and all the associated costs of a loan in the UK. The idea behind
the APR, which was introduced under the ►Consumer Credit Act of 1974, was to
prevent lenders quoting low interest rates while, in effect, making the loan expensive
by charging arrangement fees and demanding frequent payments. The APR is the
►compound interest you would pay if all costs associated with the loan were
collected as interest. It is calculated subject to a complex formula issued by the Office
of Fair Trading (►Fair Trading Act).
arbitration The process in which parties to a dispute allow a third party, who has
no other direct involvement, to suggest or impose a solution. Each party will be
more inclined to go to arbitration if it thinks it has both a good chance of winning,
and that the cost of resolving the dispute will be lower than by other means. The
logic behind arbitration is that disputants find it easier to agree with a third party
than to resolve their argument themselves. Arbitration can be: (a) binding, in which
case each party agrees in advance that it will do whatever the arbiter decides, or (b)
non-binding, in which case the parties are free to reject the arbiter's advice. Pendular
arbitration is that in which the arbiter can only accept the point of view of one side
or the other, but is not allowed to advocate a compromise solution. The idea behind
Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation
this is to encourage the disputants to make reasonable offers to each other before
the arbiter makes a decision, ^bargaining theory of wages; game theory.
Arrow, Kenneth Joseph (b. 1921) After graduation at Columbia University and a
period at the Cowles Commission, Professor Arrow went to Stanford University in
1949, where he became a professor in r953. In r968, he accepted a Chair at Harvard
University, but returned to Stanford University in r979. He was awarded the >Nobel
Prize for Economics in 1972 (with >Hicks). His publications include Social Choice and
Individual Values (r95i), Existence of an Equilibrium for a Competitive Economy (with
SeDebreu, r954), Studies in Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production (1958),
Public Investment, the Rate of Return and Optimal Fiscal Policy (1970), Essays in the Theory
of Risk-Bearing (1971) and General Competitive Analysis (r97r).
Professor Arrow showed that it was logically impossible to devise a constitution
for a community that would always ensure that outcomes would be ranked in a way
that appeared desirable (^impossibility theorem). He made important contri¬
butions to >-general equilibrium analysis that placed the theory on a firmer basis
after the work of > Walras. Professor Arrow has also made contributions to the
theory of decision-making under uncertainty (>risk) and to >growth theory.
assessable profits The taxable > profit of a business, normally after the deduction
of ^capital allowances, interest and other business expenses. It differs, however,
from accounting profit not only because of different treatment of ► depreciation,
but because some business expenses (e.g. some forms of entertaining) are not allow¬
able in computing taxable profit.
asset specificity The feature of durable or fixed ^assets which have no, or limited,
alternative uses (e.g. a nuclear power station), and which, once built, therefore
generate >sunk costs.
while some are not, e.g. ►ordinary shares. Some assets are capital-certain (e.g. a
fixed-interest security that is redeemable at par (►par value; redeemable securities),
but ordinary shares are subject to a price risk. 3 Real assets are tangible assets such as
land, buildings or equipment.
assisted areas Regions in Great Britain that attract government assistance because
of their persistent high levels of unemployment relative to the rest of the country.
(Northern Ireland has its own forms of financial aid.) First introduced in the T930S,
they were substantially extended following the recommendations of the Hunt Com¬
mittee in 1969. Legislation was revised and consolidated in the Industrial Develop¬
ment Act r982. Under the r982 Act the government is empowered to give grants and
loans for investment which expand capacity and generate employment in assisted
areas (►investment incentives). Since the accession of the UK to the ►European
Union (EU), the assisted areas are defined according to EU guidelines: (a) 'Tier T
areas have a ►gross domestic product of less than 75 per cent of the EU average; (b)
'Tier 2' areas have clearly significant labour market deficiencies, as measured by
specified statistical criteria, and (c) an overall maximum population of r6.88 million.
In addition, a 'Tier 3', Enterprise Grant Areas, has been introduced in England for
assistance to small firms with fewer than 250 employees. The latest agreed map of
assisted areas is for the period 2000-06. ^enterprise zones; free-trade zone; Regional
Development Agencies.
auction A type of transaction in which the buyer of an item and the price paid for
it are chosen after a number of different potential buyers has each made some
declaration of their willingness to pay for the item. Auctions can be held in a variety
of forms: (a) the English auction, in which the bidders sequentially offer higher
prices, with the last remaining bidder paying his/her last offered price; (b) the Dutch
auction, in which a list of sequentially lower prices are offered by the seller, until a
potential buyer accepts one of these prices and then pays that price for the product;
(c) the sealed-bid auction, in which each bidder is given one chance to make an
offer, in ignorance of the offers of other bidders, and in which the highest offer is
accepted, and (d) the second-price (or ►Vickrey) auction, which is exactly like a
sealed-bid auction, except that the highest bidder has to pay only the price offered
by the second-highest bidder. Economists have used ►game theory to study how
auctions should be conducted, and what strategy should be adopted in each case by
the bidders.
average cost Total production costs per unit of output. It is calculated by adding
total >fixed costs to total Invariable costs and dividing by the number of units
produced. The effect of indivisibilities (>economies of scale) is that average costs
fall as output expands, spreading the fixed cost over more units. After a time,
however, average variable costs may increase as, for example, workers are paid
overtime to operate machinery nearer to its full capacity and more has to be spent
on maintenance. This is said to give short-run average-cost curves a characteristic
U-shape. In the ►long run, all costs are variable because more fixed ► assets can
be acquired or surplus capacity scrapped. The shape and slope of the long-run
average-cost pricing
average-cost curve, when all costs are variable, will be determined by the extent of
long-run economies of scale (if any).
average revenue Total sales value divided by the number of units sold and equal,
therefore, to average >price.
'bad money drives out good' The idea that an injection of a low-quality coinage
into a monetary system will dissuade holders of high-quality coins from parting
with cash. Before paper »-money (> banknote) became universally accepted as a
means for settling >debts, precious metals were the most common forms of money.
Gold and silver coins were struck bearing a S-face value equivalent to the value of
their metal content. Debasement of the coinage occurred when the face value was
kept above the value of the metal content of the coinage. The holders of the correctly
valued coinage became unwilling to exchange for the debased coinage because they
would obtain less metal in exchange than if they bought direct. The result was
that the 'good', undebased, coinage did not circulate. The process is referred to as
► Gresham's law, and is an early application of the idea of >adverse selection.
balanced budget multiplier The effect upon the >national income of equal
changes in government expenditure and revenues. If government expenditure is
increased by £1000 million and income-tax rates are increased to raise an additional
£1000 million in revenue, >aggregate demand may not, as might be expected, remain
the same, since a proportion of personal >disposable income would have been saved.
Whereas all the increase in government expenditure results in increased demand,
some of the reduction in personal incomes leads to a fall in savings rather than expen¬
diture. If the >savings ratio were 10 per cent, then the additional demand would be
£100 million, which would have a ^multiplier effect upon the national income.
balance of trade The difference between a nation's imports of goods and services
and its exports of them. It is the most important element of the Ealance of
payments.
balancing item Data for the ^balance of payments accounts are collated on the
principle of >double-entry bookkeeping. For example, the value of a shipment of
the export from the UK of a motor vehicle to the USA will be recorded as a credit
item. The payment for the motor vehicle by the US importer by, for example,
depositing a sum to the account of the UK exporter in a bank in New York will be
recorded as a debit item to the same amount. In principle, for every credit item,
there is a corresponding debit item and for every debit item a corresponding credit
item, although, by convention, the figures are published in a single column with
positive (credit) and negative (debit) signs. The entries in the account should,
therefore, add up to zero. In practice, this is difficult to achieve for a number of
reasons, e.g. the difficulty of collecting accurate information, a difference in the
timing between the two sides of the balance, or a change in exchange rates. Because
of such measurement problems, recourse has to be made to the >balancing item
which simply adjusts the difference between the sums of the credit and the sums of
the debit entries in the balance of payments accounts so that they add to zero.
bancor The term >Keynes applied to the >-currency which he proposed a new
central international bank should create and put into circulation for the payment
of >-debts between countries (>► Keynes Plan). His proposal was rejected at the 1944
>-Bretton Woods conference that established the ^^International Monetary Fund
(IMF). However, the beginning of 1970 saw the introduction of a similar international
currency in the allocation of ^special drawing rights through the IMF.
sense, so that by creating deposits, banks create money (>banking). A deposit may
be on >-current account or ^deposit account. These two types of account are known
as ^demand deposits and >time deposits in the USA. Bankers' deposits are deposits
by a Commercial bank at the Central bank.
bank loan A sum borrowed from a bank, normally for a fixed period of 2-3 years
or more for a specific purpose, usually by a commercial concern. The term is also
loosely used to include ^overdrafts and ^personal loans. In this broader sense,
bank loans are more commonly known as bank advances, while total bank lending
includes commercial paper (>promissory note) and Acceptances. In the UK, over
70 per cent of bank lending to UK residents by value is for business purposes,
although the ^commercial banks now make ^mortgage loans for house purchase
on a large scale. Bank loans are normally secured ^collateral security), repaid in
regular instalments and with interest charged at rates which vary with the bank's
>base rate. British banks have been compared unfavourably with those in other
countries in the extent to which they provide long-term loans to industry. It is
true that until about 25 years ago the bulk of bank advances was in the form of over¬
drafts, that are repayable on demand. This was partly because the banks in the
UK have not in general been able to attract long-term deposits, and it is regarded
as bad banking practice 'to borrow short and lend long'. Flowever, commercial
customers of the banks in the UK have also preferred overdraft finance, which is
cheaper and more flexible than other types of borrowing, provided the banks were
willing to renew overdraft facilities and allow, as they have done, much overdraft
borrowing to become 'hard core'. In recent years, the British banks have greatly
increased contractual medium-term lending (>term loan), and this type of advance
now accounts for over half the bank advances to non-personal customers. Most
medium-term lending is for periods of 5-7 years, and lending for longer periods
than this is still less common in the UK than in some European countries. ^s**business
finance.
Bank of Japan
Bank of England The ►central bank of the UK. Founded in 1694 by a group of
private bankers, chiefly to raise money for the Crown, it was chartered first to operate
as a commercial joint-stock bank (►commercial banks). In succeeding centuries its
royal charter favoured the circulation of its notes, and it became a leading banker to
other banks. The Bank Charter Act 1844 recognized it as the central note-issuing
authority and the blender of last resort. By T870, it was recognized as responsible for
the general level of interest rates, which it regulated through the >bank rate, and
thus for the general state of >credit in the country. By the early twentieth century
the bank was recognized as the central organ for the execution of national financial
and monetary policy, under the overall direction of the government. In r946, the
bank was nationalized, thus completing its identification with the State.
The > Banking Act r979 provided formal definitions under which the bank exer¬
cised its supervision of commercial banking practices. The bank acts as a banker for
the commercial banks, transactions between which (outside the >clearing-house
system) are settled between accounts held at the bank. The bank also supplies funds
(by buying ^securities) to the commercial banks to enable them to balance their
books at the end of the day. By setting the >rate of interest for these operations, the
bank can influence the whole pattern of interest rates.
The Bank of England Act r998 conferred sole responsibility to the bank for
determining UK interest rates, a function until then exercised by the ^Treasury
(►Monetary Policy Committee). Since 1997, the bank has had statutory responsibility
for the effectiveness and stability of the financial system as a whole (►systemic risk),
while the Financial Services Authority (^Financial Services and Markets Act) now
supervises the individual banks and ►building societies for prudential risk (>capital
adequacy).
The bank no longer manages the government debt issue (>-national debt) but
engages in > gilt repos as part of daily market operations (►►gilt stripping). Securities
eligible for use by the bank's counterparties (^counterparty risk) as >collateral
security for lending include >gilt-edged securities, sterling ^treasury bills, eligible
bank bills (>bills of exchange) and euro-denominated securities (► European Monet¬
ary Union) issued by the European Economic Area (>-European Free Trade Associ¬
ation), central governments and major international institutions where eligible for
use in >-European Central Bank operations. Since June r998, the bank has been
organized in three operational areas: (a) monetary analysis and statistics; (b) financial
market operations, and (c) financial stability and central services.
Bank of France The ^central bank of France, established in r8oo and the oldest
in the world after the Bank of Sweden and the >Bank of England. In January 1994,
the French authorities appointed a nine-member council of the bank which, with
other measures, is intended to give it a high degree of autonomy in the formulation
of monetary policy in conformity with the ^Maastricht Treaty under which the
Bank of France is now part of the European system of central banks (>European
Central Bank).
Bank of Japan (BOj) Japan's > central bank, which acts as Mender of last resort,
manages ^monetary policy and issues ►currency. It does not regulate the banking
system, which is the role of the Financial Services Agency. The autonomy of the BOJ
was enhanced in the T998 Bank of Japan Act and the bank takes the final decision on
monetary policy.
bank overdraft
bank rate A now obsolete term for the ►rate of interest at which the ►central
bank lends to the banking system. In the UK in October r97r, the penal rate for
assistance to the ►discount market became the minimum lending rate and the term
has not been used since.
and loss is one objective of the control and regulation of the banking system which
is the responsibility, in the UK, of the Financial Services Authority (>Financial
Services and Markets Act). That regulation now relies on prudential ratios (>-capital
adequacy) to minimize failure and instability in the banking system. There is also
increasing emphasis on assessing the adequacy of the bank's own risk management
systems as an instrument of bank supervision. Until 1997, in the UK, under the
Banking Acts 1979 and 1987, virtually all deposit-takers had to be licensed by the
>Bank of England, which monitored their activities through regular statistical
returns and attempts to control their exposure to risk by indicative controls on
capital ratios and uncovered foreign-currency positions (^capital adequacy).
The Bank of England remains responsible, in the UK, for ensuring the financial
system generally is secure. Since the money supply is a basic tool of economic policy,
the government also wishes to exert control over the creation of credit by the banking
system through its finance ministry. In the UK, this function is also performed by
the Bank of England (>• central bank). Direct controls on bank lending in the interests
of controlling the >money supply were removed in 1971 in an attempt to introduce
more competition into the banking system. There are now no longer any significant
reserve ratios as such (>reserve requirement). The Bank of England now relies on
interest rates to influence inflation (^Monetary Policy Committee).
Recent years have seen substantial growth and change in the banking system. The
main features have been an increase in the importance of >-overseas banks operating
in the UK and other non-clearing banks, the increasing use of new parallel markets
as sources of funds for the banks and a decline in the number of merchant banks. At
the same time, traditional distinctions between the various types of bank are break¬
ing down as most >financial intermediaries diversify their activities. Building soci¬
eties and investment banks are offering high-interest cheque accounts, non-banks
such as multiple retailers are entering the banking market, and some building
societies are incorporating as banks (>incorporation). The clearing banks have
become major providers of ^-mortgage lending for house purchase and are increas¬
ingly providing non-banking financial services such as insurance broking, >equity
purchases, traveller's cheques and, of course, ^-credit cards, ^-banknote (for the
origin of banking); Financial Services and Markets Act.
banking and currency schools The representatives of the two sides of opinion
in a controversy which centred on Sir Robert Peel's Bank Charter Act r844. This Act
effectively limited the creation of >banknotes to the >Bank of England and regu¬
lated their issue. The banking school argued that, given that banknotes were convert¬
ible into gold, there was no need to regulate the note issue because the fact of
convertibility would constrain any serious overissue. Moreover, it was pointless to
try to regulate the issue of banknotes because the demand for currency would be
met by an expansion of >bank deposits, which would have the same effect as an
expansion of the note issue. The currency school, on the other hand, argued that
the check offered by convertibility would not operate in time to prevent serious
commercial disruption. Banknotes should be regarded as though they were the gold
specie they in fact represented, and consequently the quantity at issue should
banknote
banknote A note issued by a bank undertaking to pay the bearer the >-face value
of the note on demand. Banknotes in England had their origin in the receipts issued
by London goldsmiths in the seventeenth century for gold deposited with them for
safe-keeping. The practice of >banking had its origin in the activities of these
goldsmiths, who began lending money and whose deposit receipts came to be
used as money. Later, the goldsmiths issued banknotes, and so did the banks that
developed later still. Today, only the >Bank of England and the Scottish and Irish
banks in the UK are allowed to issue banknotes. Since 1931, when banknotes became
inconvertible to gold, the promise on a banknote to 'pay the bearer on demand' has
simply been an undertaking that the note is legal tender. Thus, the Currency and
Bank Notes Act 1954, which regulates the issue of banknotes in the UK, refers to the
>fiduciary issue. Only four denominations of notes are now issued to the general
public, the largest being the £50 note. Most other developed countries issue notes
of much larger denominations than this, probably because the use of >-cheques is
less developed elsewhere than in the UK. (The ros. note was replaced by the sop
coin in 1969 and a £1 coin was introduced in 1983, entirely replacing the £1 note in
1986.) ^banking and currency schools.
at the best bargaining strategies, and the potential outcomes of more complicated
bargaining situations, e.g. one in which the surplus to be divided shrinks the longer
the parties negotiate, ^-arbitration.
products in exchange for credits that the company disposing of the goods can use
to buy other goods and services (e.g. TV advertising time) specified by the barter
corporation. These corporations have sufficient financial weight to be able to obtain
large discounts for the goods and services they offer for trade. >-counter trade.
base period The reference date from which an >index number of a >time series
is calculated. For example, the price index of commodities produced in the UK has
a base period of r995. The base year may be changed to reflect any changes over time
in the composition of items making up the index. »-Laspeyres index; weighted
average.
base rate The »-rate of interest which forms the basis for the charges for >*bank
loans and >overdrafts or deposit rates of the ^commercial banks. Since t97i, the
banks have fixed their base rates independently of one another, though obviously
they cannot differ very much for long periods. Prior to r97i, the banks agreed on
their deposit and overdraft rates, but this > cartel arrangement has been abandoned.
Very large first-class risk companies may borrow at i per cent above base rate or even
less, but small firms and individuals will have to pay several percentage points more
than this. Base rates will be generally close to short-term >money market rates but
change less frequently, so when, as sometimes happens, rates on the ^interbank
market rise much above base rate, large companies have taken advantage of the
interest-rate differential, borrowing on overdraft and lending in that market.
Baumol effect The idea that services become relatively more expensive as econo¬
mies develop, and that manufactured goods become relatively less expensive. It was
outlined by Baumol in 1967 who argued that increases in > productivity led to lower
prices and productivity improved through investment in new technology, and
there was more scope for such investment in capital rather than labour-intensive
industries. As manufacturing industries tend to be more capital-intensive than
services, they would enjoy relatively falling prices.
It is true that in less-developed countries the prices of manufactured goods tend
to be very high compared to the prices of services, whereas in rich countries services
tend to be very expensive. But the Baumol effect should not be overstated: many
non-manufacturing sectors (such as telecommunications) have enjoyed spectacular
increases in productivity based on new technology. Moreover, it is argued that it is
hard to measure productivity in service industries, where outputs are often hard to
define precisely. (It is difficult to tell just how the productivity of a lawyer or teacher
should be defined.)
The Baumol effect is partly used to explain the growth of government spending,
as government primarily provides services rather than goods to the public. public
expenditure.
Bayes' theorem A formula in ^probability theory for calculating the chance that
an unknown prior event occurred, given that a known subsequent event occurred,
based on the work of Bayes (1702-61). We might use Bayes' theorem, for example, to
gauge whether a doctor prescribed the right drugs to a patient, by seeing whether
the patient recovered from a sickness or not. When we see whether the patient
recovers, we can make an assessment that the right drugs were given, but not a
perfect one: after all, the patient might get better without the right medicine, and
may not get better even with the right medicine. But clearly, if the patient gets
better, that makes it more likely the right drugs were given. Bayes' law puts a precise
probability on that event. More specifically, suppose that before the event we believe
that there is a fifty-fifty chance the doctor gives the right prescription. Suppose,
too, that one in ten patients who are wrongly prescribed recovers, and one in two
patients who are correctly prescribed recovers. Then, the observation that a patient
did recover makes it 5 times more likely that they were rightly prescribed than
wrongly prescribed.
More generally, the theorem says that the probability of a prior event E having
occurred, given that, a subsequent event S occurred, is equal to the prior probability
of E times the probability of S occurring given E occurred, all divided by the prob¬
ability of S occurring one way or the other. In the above example, this is:
Probability that the wrong medicine
was prescribed given that
0.5 x 0.1
the patient got better 16.6 per cent
0.05 + 0.25
The theorem has led to considerable controversy among statisticians, who argue
about the validity of ascribing a probability to a past event.
bear A X-stock exchange speculator who sells >stocks or X-shares that he/she may
or may not possess because a fall in prices is expected and, therefore, can be bought
(back) later at a >profit; the antonym of >bull. A bear who sells X-securities that he/
she does not possess is described as having 'sold short'. If possessing the securities
solds, he/she is described as a 'covered' or ‘protected’ bear. A 'bear market' is one in
which prices are falling.
bearer bonds >Bonds, the legal ownership of which is vested in the holder, no
^transfer deed being required since there is no central register of ownership. An
endorsed >cheque, or a cheque made payable to a bearer, or a >banknote, are
similar in nature to bearer >securities. Bearer bonds normally have dated interest
> coupons attached to them that can be presented to the issuer of the security for
payment.
Becker, Cary Stanley (b. 1930) An idiosyncratic and controversial economist and
winner of the > Nobel Prize for Economics in T992. Becker was educated at Princeton
University and lectured at Chicago University until r957; he went then to Columbia
University where he stayed until 1970, when he returned to Chicago. He has been
Professor of Economics and Society at Chicago University since 1983. Becker has
been more prominent than any other member of the profession in using economic
reasoning in the analysis of social behaviour. His publications include: The Economics
of Discrimination (1957), A n Economic Analysis of Fertility (i960), A Theory of the Alloca¬
tion of Time (1965), Crime and Punishment: an economic approach (1968), A Treatise on
the Family (1981) and, with his wife Guity Nashat Becker, The Economics of Life (1996).
His style has been to explain all sorts of normal human behaviour in the language
of economics and rational choice. Nowhere is this more obvious than in his analysis
of the family. He discusses the allocation of work within the household, and the
impact of changing household technology on, for example, female participation in
the labour market, and on the level of divorce. He is also responsible for path¬
breaking work in formulating and formalizing the microeconomic foundations of
our understanding of investments in training and education in the creation of
human capital. > sow's ear effect.
ports of trading partners or a > devaluation of the currency to expand the country's
own exports.
behavioural assumption The pattern of human motivation built into any eco¬
nomic theory. For example, the theory of the firm (>firm, theory of the) assumes
that entrepreneurs are profit-maximizers; the cobweb theory (>cobweb model)
assumes that market suppliers are motivated by price in the period preceding that
in which they sell their supply. S^model.
behavioural theory of the firm An approach to the study of firms that analyses
how decisions are reached within them, rather than, as is more traditional, assuming
that their behaviours conform to the pursuit of some single goal. It was primarily
developed by Cyert, March and ►Simon. The main tenets of the behavioural theory
are: (a) that firms attempt to ►satisfice, rather than adopt, maximizing behaviour,
and (b) that the firm is a set of individuals and groups, each of which has its own
aspirations, these groups, sometimes in coalitions, continuously bargaining over the
decisions the firm makes, leading to the pursuit of many complex goals. The theory
has not displaced the traditional approach, for a number of reasons - most notably
that it fails to generate any specific predictions about what firms would actually
do in any particular circumstances. Its primary influence has been in reminding
economists of the facts that, in practice, maximizing profits may be expensive for a
below the line Li!
firm (acquiring full and unbiased information from all departments is no easy task)
and institutional factors may impede the single-minded pursuit of any one goal,
infirm, theory of the; X-efficiency.
below the line Items in an account that are underneath the line at which a total
is made. If above the line, an item is included in the total.
In reported results for quoted companies (> quotation), extraordinary items that
arise from transactions that are outside the ordinary activities of a business (e.g. the
sale of an office building) may be taken below the line for the purposes of calculating
learnings per share, whereas exceptional items that do derive from the ordinary
activities may be taken above the line for that purpose.
Benelux The ►customs union between Belgium and Luxembourg on the one hand
and The Netherlands on the other, set up in 1948. The union abolished internal
►tariffs, reduced import >quotas between the three countries and adopted a
common external tariff. The aim of the union was the eventual merging of the
fiscal and monetary systems of the member countries. There was free movement of
►labour and »-capital within the union and a common policy with other countries.
In T958, Benelux joined the then European Economic Community. ► European
Union.
beta 1 In finance theory, the degree to which the returns on a particular financial
asset track those of the rest of the market. A beta of r indicates that an asset, on
Big Bang
average, moves with the rest of the market. A higher beta indicates that it moves in
the same direction as the market but with more extremity. A negative beta indicates
that the return on an asset grows when returns elsewhere in the market are falling,
and vice versa. Assets with a low beta are held to be attractive, as they perform well
when the market generally is doing badly. Under the ^capital asset pricing model,
it is believed that they are highly priced for this reason. 2 The Greek letter p,
commonly used in econometrics to represent the relationship between the >de-
pendent variable and the >independent variable. If >regression analysis produces
an estimate of a high beta, relative to the scale of the units involved, it means the
relationship is strong. »*null hypothesis.
Big Bang Term used to encapsulate the changes occurring on the London »-stock
exchange before and after 27 October 1986 when the strict segregation between
jobbers (>market maker) and >brokers and fixed commissions on securities, pur¬
chases and sales were abolished. In July ^83, the government agreed to exempt the
stock exchange from the provisions of the >• Restrictive Trade Practices Acts 1956 and
r976 in return for lifting a number of restrictions on competition, including fixed
commissions. In 1982, the Stock Exchange Council had raised the limit on any one
outside shareholder in a stock exchange member firm from 10 to 29.9 per cent and,
on r March r986, this limitation on outside shareholdings was removed completely.
Average commission rates fell by about 40 per cent to 0.26 per cent immediately
following Big Bang, but many bargains (transactions) are now carried out at net
prices, i.e. the market maker quotes a price direct to the purchaser (who may be a
large >institutional investor) that includes his profit margin. Commission rates for
small transactions have risen with the introduction of higher minimum charges.
Many banks and other financial institutions, both domestic and foreign, have
acquired interests in, or control of, stock exchange companies since March 1986,
while increased competition has led to mergers, a few failures and the withdrawal
bilateral agencies Le
of some firms from certain activities, e.g. dealing in >gilt-edged securities. Other
changes associated with the Big Bang have been the closure of the trading floor
in March ^87, a major extension in off-the-floor electronic dealing and a major
expansion in dealings in international ►equities.
bilateralism The agreement between two countries to extend to each other specific
privileges in their ►international trade that are not extended to others. These
privileges may, for example, take the form of generous import ► quotas or favourable
import duties (>► tariffs, import). In so far as such agreements tend to proliferate,
and in that they impose artificial restraints on the free movements of goods between
countries, in the long run they could have an unfavourable effect on international
trade compared with ►multilateralism, under which there is no discrimination by
origin or destination. Bilateralism became widespread in the 1930s as countries tried
to protect themselves from the fall in international trade during the Depression.
After 1945, there was a fear that a restrictionist policy would be followed by the
Commonwealth and Western European countries in order to protect themselves
from the influence of the USA, which had emerged from the war in a relatively
strong position. However, the > General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) was
established in 1947 on multilateral principles. The GATT and its successor organi¬
zation, the EWorld Trade Organization, have since pursued a policy designed to
eliminate bilateralism and other restrictions on international trade. The success of
this policy has been constrained somewhat by the setting up of a number of >com-
mon market and ►free-trade areas (»-counter-trade).
bill broker A firm or individual dealing in ►treasury bills and ►bills of exchange
on the London ►money market. Traditionally, a bill broker was a >discount house.
>»-broker.
not have to wait for the bill to mature before getting his money; he can sell it on the
>money market for a small discount (^discount house). Bills of exchange, also
referred to as commercial bills, were first developed in inland trade by merchants who
wished to resell goods before making payment for them. They later became of great
importance in international trade, but their use declined with the development of
other means of >-credit.
bill of sale A document that gives evidence of transfer of ownership, but not of
possession, of goods. It is not often used nowadays, but was once a common method
of raising a Moan on the security of personal possessions, the borrower retaining
possession of goods until the >debt is repaid, ^mortgage.
birth rate The crude birth rate is the average number of live births occurring in a
year for every 1000 population. The crude birth rate of the UK fell steadily from
about 35 per rooo population in the 1870s to about 20 in the 1920s. It fell dramatically
to about r6 in the r930s and rose equally dramatically in 1947 to nearly 21. After
falling back from this exceptionally high figure, it was on an upward trend from the
early 1950s until the mid r96os. From 1964, it fell every year until it reached a low of
11.8 in 1977. Since increasing to a peak of 13.9 in 1990, it has fallen steadily, reaching
11.2 in 2001, the lowest ever recorded. Other statistical measurements computed for
the study of population trends include: (a) the general fertility rate, which measures
the average number of live births per 1000 for all women between the ages of 15 and
54 (a statistic which has, in fact, exhibited trends in the UK similar to the crude birth
rate (it reached its lowest level of 55.1 in 2001)); (b) the rate specific for age of mother
in which the number of live births per 1000 is given for different age groups of
mother, and (c) total period fertility rate which is the average number of children who
would be born to a woman if she gave birth at the rate specific through her childbear¬
ing years (which reached a low of 1.6 in 2001 in the UK, compared with a rate of 1.4
for the >European Union and 1.9 for the USA). Fertility rates have been falling
throughout the world but remain significantly higher in ^developing countries
than in >advanced countries. The average fertility rate in the former countries is
about three children per woman - having fallen from six in 1969 - whereas in the
advanced countries it has fallen to about 1.5. In consequence, the United Nations
forecasts that by 2050 the population of today's developing countries will increase to
about 85 per cent of the world total from a current level of 80 per cent, ^population.
black market The trading in illicit or illegally acquired goods. Not to be confused
with >black economy.
containing the national income and expenditure statistics of the UK (> national
income; social accounting).
blue chip A first-class ►equity share, the purchase of which (the hope is) entails
little >risk, even of sharp declines in ►earnings, in economic recessions (►depres¬
sion). The term is, of course, applied as a matter of subjective judgement. In the UK,
Marks & Spencer, Unilever and Shell equities, for example, are commonly regarded
as blue chip.
includes >• debentures, >xdeep discounted bond. 2 A term used to describe goods
in a warehouse on which customs duty (>tariffs, import) has not yet been paid.
bonus issue, or scrip issue, capitalization issue (US stock dividend, stock
split) Virtually synonymous terms describing Xshares given without charge to
existing shareholders in proportion to the shares already owned. A scrip issue does
not add to the >-capital employed by the firm, but is made where the capital
employed has been increased by withholding profits, and is therefore, out of line
with the Mssued capital. Consequently, it is a purely bookkeeping transaction.
►Dividends, for example, will, after a scrip issue, be divided among a larger number
of shares, so that the dividend per share will fall in proportion to the number of
bonus shares issued. *Xnew-issue market; rights issue.
book value The value of Xassets in the >balance sheet of a firm. This is often the
purchase price, and may be less than the market value. >► inflation accounting.
bounded rationality The idea that economic agents may not have the cognitive
power to make decisions about their optimum behaviour very precisely. They thus
may intend to be rational, but in practice, make choices on the basis of rules of
thumb. In particular, it may be that agents don't act to maximize some goal, but
merely to reach a satisfactory outcome in it. The phrase was coined by XSimon,
who applied the concept to the study of organizational behaviour. satisficing;
transaction costs.
branch banking A >banking system, most highly developed in the UK, in which
the small number of ^commercial banks have a large number of branches (some
9000). Many other ^advanced countries have a much larger number of banks with
fewer branches, e.g. Germany has some 246 commercial banks with 6500 branches,
less than half of which are operated by the six large universal banks. A banking
system in which each bank is a separate enterprise without affiliations with other
banks or branches is called unit banking.
In the USA, it was believed that branch banking led to > concentration of the
banking system and lack of competition. Now, prohibitions on branch banking
have been relaxed and, although branch banking is growing, 11,000 of the 15,000
commercial banks are purely local, with five or fewer branches. Branch networks
have been diminishing in importance in recent years, as automated teller machines
have, to some extent, obviated the need for personal contact with bankers, and
telephone services have supplanted the face-to-face visit.
is responsible for inward investment. Trade Partners, within BTI, provides trade
support services via the Small Business Service and Business Link. BTI was set up in
May r999 as a successor to the British Overseas Trade Board.
Buchanan, James McGill (b. 1919) Professor Buchanan studied at the University
of Tennessee prior to obtaining his Ph.D at the University of Chicago in r948. He
became Professor of Economics at the University of Virginia in T956 and was
appointed, in r969, Director of the Center for Study of Public Choice, and is currently
Professor at George Mason University, Virginia. Professor Buchanan was awarded
the > Nobel Prize in Economics in r986. His published work includes: The Calculus
of Consent: logical foundations of constitutional democracy {1962), Public Finance in a
Democratic Process (1966), The Demand and Supply of Public Goods (T968), Cost and
Choice: an enquiry in economic theory {1969), Theory of Public Choice: political appli¬
cations of economics (r972), The Limits of Liberty: between anarchy and the leviathan
(1975), Freedom in Constitutional Contracts: perspectives of a political economist (1977),
Democracy in Deficit: the political consequences of Lord Keynes (1977) and The Power of
Tax (4980).
Professor Buchanan established, and inspired study in, > public-choice theory. As
'economic man' acted in his own self-interest, so government officials behaved, also.
Government actions, therefore, will be pursued according to the self-interest of
public officials rather than necessarily for the public good. For example, unpopular,
but inevitably required, corrective action may be delayed by governments to force
others into the responsibility, and political costs, of taking action. Given that this is
the case, the rules of the game by which the politicians serve the public are important
in determining how far public desires are served. Professor Buchanan thus takes
seriously the issue of constitutions and the constraints they apply on the State. An
example might be whether countries should have ^hypothecated taxes or whether
a >balanced budget provides a welcome discipline on the political process in
determining the level of government spending. W^public choice theory.
distribution and research costs. There will also be detailed budgets of >cash flow
and >-capital expenditure. These are often also made for periods of further than i
year ahead, so that borrowing requirements and capacity requirements can be
assessed (»-capital budgeting). A flexible budget is one based on different assumed
levels of plant activity.
The UK's national budget sets out estimates of central government expenditure
and revenue for the financial year, and is normally presented by the Chancellor
of the ^Exchequer to Parliament late in the previous financial year. The Labour
government, which came to power in r997, decided to pre-release a Green Paper
outlining the background to the budget, and certain options. The budget is formally
concerned with >consolidated fund revenue and not with >National Insurance or
local government finance although, in practice, all spending and revenue decisions
are discussed. In his statement, the Chancellor reviews economic conditions and
government expenditure for the past year, makes forecasts for the coming year
and announces proposed changes in >taxation. These changes normally become
effective immediately, but are subject to parliamentary debate and approval in the
Finance Bill and Act. With the increasing importance of government expenditure
in the economy, the annual budget is an important instrument in government
economic policy. Fiscal changes may have more to do with decisions to modify the
budget surplus or deficit in the interest of demand management (>balanced budget)
than with planned expenditure which, in any case, is essentially discussed and
presented earlier in the year. >supply services; medium-term financial strategy;
>► public expenditure.
budgetary control A system of control which checks actual > income and expen¬
diture against a f-budget so that progress towards set objectives may be measured
and remedial action taken if necessary. Budget-control statements comparing
actual and estimated expenditure are issued weekly or monthly. These statements
will be issued in considerable detail to department heads, and in less detail to
higher management. Budget control statements must, if any necessary remedial
action is to be taken in time, be issued as soon as possible after the close of the period
to which they relate, and for this reason need not be of the same accuracy as
accounting statements and may be based on estimated data. The development
of computerized accounting procedures has greatly facilitated budgetary control.
>$► resource accounting.
the burden of ►income taxes changes and because, with changes in ►consumption
expenditures, sales tax revenues change. Since an increase in taxation tends to
restrain expenditure and a fall in taxation to stimulate it, taxation 'automatically'
counteracts inflationary and deflationary pressures in the economy (►deflation;
inflation). These built-in stabilizers rarely have sufficient force to render positive
corrective policies unnecessary. cyclically adjusted budget; fiscal drag.
bull A ► stock exchange speculator who purchases ►stocks and >shares in the
belief that prices will rise and that he will be able to sell them again later at a profit
(►speculation); the opposite of >bear. The market is said to be bullish when it is
generally anticipated that prices will rise.
bullion Gold, silver or other precious metal in bulk, i.e. in the form of ingots or
bars rather than in coin. Gold bullion is used in international monetary transactions
between ►central banks and forms partial backing for many ►currencies (>gold
standard). A bullion market is a gold market.
business cycle Fluctuations in the level of ►national income. The business cycle
is a well-observed economic phenomenon, though it often occurs on a generally
upward growth path and has a variable time span, typically of the order of 5 years.
It has been a matter of government policy in Western economies to dampen the
amplitude (i.e. the height of the peaks and depths of the troughs) of the cycle so
that the trend path of output is followed without much fluctuation (^stabilization
policy).
Several suggestions have been put forward as to the cause of cycles. ►Samuelson,
► Hicks, Goodwin, ►Phillips and Kalecki in the 1940s and 1950s developed theories
that combine the ►multiplier with the ►accelerator theory of investment (►acceler¬
ator-multiplier model). In certain cases, investment can be related positively to
output one period back, and negatively related to output two periods back. This can
cause an oscillating path for income. This account quite plausibly requires that
investment is based upon companies' expectations of future growth, but rather less
plausibly relies upon these expectations being drawn from a naive extrapolation of
what happened in the last period. ► Friedman, in his analysis of US monetary
history, notes the correlation between money supply and economic activity and
suggests that the business cycle is a monetary phenomenon. Several theories of the
cycle embrace the notion of ►rational expectations, or the idea that expectations are
more forward looking. >New Keynesianism suggests that fluctuations in ^aggregate
Business Expansion Scheme |_40
demand account for the cycle. PNew classical economics explains it in terms of
unanticipated fluctuations in demand. More recently, attention has been paid to the
effects of shocks to the economy from technology and taste changes. These 'real'
phenomena can, it is suggested, account for many economic fluctuations (Preal
business cycle theory). There has been much debate on the effectiveness of
policymakers' attempts to dampen the cycle (P policy ineffectiveness theorem) and
there is a broad consensus that governments should make strenuous efforts to avoid
inflamingit. PFrisch, R. A. K.;Jevons, W. S.;Juglarcycle; Kondratieff cycle; Kuznets,
S. S.; Schumpeter, J. A.; stabilization policy; stop-go.
business finance The provision of Pmoney for commercial use. The Pcapital
requirements of business may be divided into short and medium term, or long term.
Short-term capital consists of the current Pliabilities of a business plus medium-term
capital. The main sources of short- and medium-term capital (for a company) can
be further subdivided into internal, and external, as follows:
Internal: P retained earnings, including Paccrued expenses and tax reserves.
>Pcash flow; corporation tax; self-financing.
External: Temporary Ploans from sister companies, directors and others; Pbills of
exchange; P factoring; trade creditors and expense creditors, and short-term Ptrade
investments. Short-term capital should, in theory, only be used for investment in
relatively liquid assets (»Pliquid) so that it is readily available to discharge the
liability if necessary. Thus, these sources of short-term capital may be used for
finished goods in stock and work in progress, trade debtors, prepaid expenses, cash
in hand and at the bank.
Correspondingly, the main sources of long-term liabilities or capital can be subdiv¬
ided in the same way as follows:
Internal: Reserves, retained earnings and Pdepreciation provisions.
External: Share capital, i.e. Pordinary shares, Ppreference shares, long-term loans
including Pmortgages, Pleaseback arrangements and Pdebentures.
Long-term capital may be used for long-term investment in fixed assets (e.g. land,
buildings, plant, equipment and machinery, etc.), in goodwill, patents and trade
marks and long-term trade investments.
There are important differences in the sources of capital open to large and small
firms. The latter do not have access to the Pstock exchange and rely more heavily
upon family and friends for equity capital, as well as upon the Pcommercial banks.
The main institutional sources of business finance are the commercial banks,
Pmerchant banks, Pfinance houses, Pdiscount houses, factoring companies and
the institutions concerned with new issues (Pnew-issue market). PInsurance com¬
panies and Ppension funds hold a large proportion of all quoted securities (Pquota-
tion). A number of other institutions specialize in providing Pterm loans and Prisk
capital, especially for innovation and smaller businesses.
business saving That part of the net revenue of a firm that is not paid out as
interest, Pdividends or Ptaxation, but rather is kept in the business as reserves
and Pdepreciation allowances or to finance new Pinvestment. Sometimes called
retentions. >Pself-financing.
buyer's market A ^market in which prices are falling, owing, for example, to an
excess of ^supply of the goods or services traded compared with >demand. >*»-price
system.
by-product The output from a process designed for the production of some other
product. It is a necessary outcome of the production process and cannot be avoided.
Its ^-opportunity cost is zero, ^economies of scope.
c
cabotage The transportation of goods or passengers wholly within one country
by vehicles, ships or aircraft which are foreign-owned. Many countries prohibit or
place restrictions on such operations. For instance, under the Jones Act (the Mer¬
chant Marine Act) T920, US ships are given preference in the carriage of US domestic
cargo, and the Merchant Marine Act t936 enables the US government to impose
penalties on foreign vessels that have been built cheaply by means of subsidy if they
operate in US domestic trade. Similar restrictions apply to passenger traffic. A number
of European countries also prohibit or restrict cabotage. Restrictions imposed on
cabotage road transport throughout the > European Union were lifted for operations
owned by enterprises of member states in 1998. Similarly, such restrictions were
removed on shipping cabotage in r999, except for Greece, which continues to be
restricted until 2004. >#*free trade.
calculus of variations A branch of mathematics that is concerned with tracing
the optimal path of variables over time. It is to ^dynamics what the »-Lagrange
multiplier is to static analysis. An example of the use of the calculus of variations
would be to work out the path of economic growth in terms of the capital stock and
investment (»-optimal-growth theory).
call An unpaid portion of the price of a >share. This may appear when an applicant
for a new share issue pays only part of the price of the share on application and the
remainder on allotment, or when the issued shares of a company are not fully paid
up (>paid-up capital).
call option A contract giving a right to buy >shares from the dealer making the
contract at the price ruling at the time within a specified future period, usually 3
months. Call options carry a ^commission to the dealer on the price of the shares
traded. The opposite of put option (>option).
denied that there was a direct functional relationship between the rate of ^-profit
and the capital intensity of an economy. They have demonstrated the possibility of
^capital re-switching (S-Wicksell effect, price) and have criticized the Neo-classical
School for leaping to conclusions about the aggregates derived from microanalysis.
For example, they argue that the aggregate ^production function of the >Cobb-
Douglas type is not compatible in practice with the microfunctions from which it is
derived. The neo-classical theory of ^distribution which relates relative factor prices
(>factors of production) to relative ^marginal revenue productivities is deficient in
throwing light on aggregate factor distributed shares of product (>Euler, L.). Per
contra, they themselves are criticized for neglecting >microeconomic theory.
Cantillon, Richard (1680-1734) An Irish international banker who wrote Essai sur
la nature du commerce en general, which was not published until 1755 but had circulated
from about 1730. This work was one of the first synoptic descriptions and analyses
of the economic process. His views on the importance of agriculture, based on its
receipt of pure >rent, and his analysis of the circulation of wealth, foreshadowed
the ^Physiocrats and the >Tableau economique, respectively.
capacity utilization rate The output of a plant, firm or a whole economy divided
by its output at full capacity, ^excess capacity; output gap.
capital 1 Assets that are capable of generating income and that have themselves
been produced. Capital is one of the four ^factors of production, and consists of
the machines, plant and buildings that make production possible, but excludes raw
materials, >land and Mabour. All capital is itself, however, the product of labour
and raw materials, and can be seen as holding the stored value of them. If a Stone
Age man spent r day producing a tool (a capital good) he gained no utility from
doing so at the time. He did, however, save labour by using the tool thereafter. By
building the tool he had, in effect, put some labour away for use at a later date. The
essence of capital, therefore, is that it represents deferred consumption. 2 In more
general usage, any asset or stock of assets - financial or physical - capable of generat¬
ing income, w*-wealth.
Authority (> Financial Services and Markets Act) does, under national capital
adequacy standards derived from various >Directives of the European Union.
The increasing globalization of the world financial system has stimulated inter¬
national agreement on capital adequacy standards. Beginning in 1975, a series of
international agreements under the auspices of the >-Bank for International Settle¬
ments (BIS) have laid down, in the Basle Agreements, standards for bank supervision
and capital adequacy. In December 1987, eleven countries and the then European
Economic Community (^European Union) signed an international agreement for
capital adequacy for ^commercial banks. The agreement provided for common
prudential ratios (capital adequacy ratios) and a common definition of risk-adjusted
assets. Banks operating in signatory countries now need to have capital (>equity
and long-term >debt) equal to 8 per cent of risk adjusted assets (^liquidity ratio).
The percentage adequacy requirement can vary with an individual bank's exposure
to Moreign exchange risks and ^derivatives. Experience of the application of the
agreement and changes in capital markets have led the BIS to propose a new Basle
II Agreement for introduction by 2005. The changes, which have aroused controversy,
include the addition of a minimum capital requirement, more categories of defined
risk, regulatory supervision and more disclosure.
for tax purposes at will (e.g. to write off the whole of the cost of an asset against tax
in a single year, or to spread it over 20 years as it chooses) this is known as free
depreciation or depreciation at choice.
capital asset pricing model A model of the market for different financial assets
that suggests that asset prices will adjust to ensure that the return an asset makes
precisely compensates investors for the risk of that asset when held with a perfectly
diversified portfolio. The model has dominated economists' understanding of the
financial sector. Under simplifying assumptions, the following propositions hold:
(a) everybody will hold a portfolio of assets which is as diversified as possible
(^diversification); (b) this means the particular risks of each individual asset will
be unimportant because the ups and downs of assets' performances will tend to
cancel out (isp portfolio theory); (c) there will, nevertheless, be some remaining
market risk - the risk of factors that affect all the assets together; (d) this risk depends
on how closely the assets' performances coincide; (e) the risk any particular asset
adds to a portfolio will thus depend only on how closely its performance tracks that
of the rest of the portfolio; (f) the price of assets that closely track other assets will
be low because they are unattractive - when other assets do well, they do well and
vice versa (Pbeta), and (g) the price of assets that hardly move at all with the market
will be high, because they pay out good returns when they are needed most.
The capital asset pricing model is a development of this chain of reasoning. It can
be used to calculate an expected return on any particular asset, as a function of the
rate of return on riskless assets, plus a risk premium based on the degree to which
the asset tracks the market. It thus provides one basis for assessing a cost of capital
(Pcapital, cost of) for a company. Pefficient markets hypothesis; Markowitz, H.;
Sharpe, W.
capital budgeting The adoption of financial plans for managing and monitoring
expenditure on non-recurrent expenditure. Capital is generally hard to plan for
within Pcash flow accounts as, in any one period, the relationship between cost
incurred and value derived is very small, ^resource accounting.
capital expenditure The purchase of fixed Passets (e.g. plant and equipment),
expenditure on Ptrade investments or acquisitions of other businesses and expend¬
iture on current assets (e.g. stocks); to be distinguished from Pcapital formation.
capital formation Pnet investment in fixed Passets, i.e. additions to the stock
capital gains |_46
of real »-capital. Gross fixed capital formation includes >depreciation; net capital
formation excludes it.
capital gains A realized increase in the value of a capital >-asset, as when a share
is sold for more than the price at which it was purchased. Strictly speaking, the term
refers to capital appreciation outside the normal course of business. In the UK,
capital gains are subject to capital gains tax. The tax does not cover gains arising
from the sale of personal belongings, including cars or principal dwelling houses,
but it does cover gains from the sale of >-stock exchange securities (with special
treatment for >■ gilt-edged securities). The tax for individuals is now based on a
taper arrangement, with special provisions for business assets, while incorporated
businesses pay Corporation tax on capital gains. >-Capital losses may be set against
tax liability and the first £7700 is exempt from income tax (2002/03). Capital gains
arise from changes in the supply and demand for capital assets, but also from
>inflation, and for assets disposed of after the beginning of the r982 tax year the
original cost may be increased by ^indexation, i.e. the expenditure scaled up in
proportion to the increase in the retail price index between, in most cases, a year
after the acquisition and the date of sale. Capital gains are taxed in some countries
at lower rates for short-term gains, and a few countries do not tax them at all.
capital market The market for long-term loanable funds as distinct from the
>*money market, which deals in short-term funds. There is no clear-cut distinction
between the two ^markets although, in principle, capital-market Coans are used
by industry and commerce mainly for fixed > investment. The capital market is an
increasingly international one and in any country is not one institution but all those
institutions that match the ^supply and >demand for long-term capital and claims
on capital, e.g. the ► stock exchange, banks and Cnsurance companies. The capital
market, of course, is not concerned solely with the issue of new claims on capital
(the primary or >new-issue market), but also with dealings in existing claims (the
^secondary market). The marketability of ^securities is an important element in
the efficient working of the capital market, since investors would be much more
reluctant to make loans to industry if their claims could not be disposed of easily.
All advanced countries have highly developed capital markets, but in ^developing
countries the absence of a capital market is often as much of an obstacle to the
growth of investment as a shortage of savings, and governments and industrialists
in these countries are obliged to raise capital in the international capital market, i.e.
that composed of the national capital markets in the advanced countries. Ebusiness
finance; public finance.
capital-output ratio The ratio derived by dividing the level of output into the
stock of >capital required to produce it. The incremental capital-output ratio is a
change in output divided into a change in capital stock, i.e. ^investment. The
relationship between incremental capital (investment) and output is described by
the >-acceleration principle and the incremental capital-output ratio is the >acceler-
ator coefficient. The interdependence of capital and output plays an important role
in >growth theory, in which various assumptions about the ratio are explored. For
example: (a) the ratio may be assumed to be a fixed constant as the economy grows
or, as in Marxian economics (>Marx, K.) it may be assumed to increase, implying
that the rate of profit earned on investment falls (>profit, falling rate of); (b) labour
and capital may be substitutable depending on wages and the rate of interest, and
(c) capital-embodied technical progress may occur, meaning that new investment is
more efficient than old, so that the ratio falls as old capital is replaced (>• technology),
^►capital theory.
capital stock The total amount of physical ^capital in the economy or, less
commonly, in a firm or industry. In theory, the most important valuation of the
stock is the S-present value of the >income stream it will generate in the future, and
changes in the capital stock should provide a guide to changes in the productive
potential of the economy. Since the different parts of the capital stock, roads,
machinery and buildings cannot be added together, in practice they have to be
valued to produce an estimate of the capital stock at the prices of a given year. In
the 1995 >blue book, the UK gross capital stock (at 1990 replacement values) was
£2695 billion, equivalent to about 4 years of >gross domestic product. Capital
consumption is the replacement value of capital used up in the process of production,
an identical concept to the ^-depreciation provisions in company accounts, though
not necessarily measured in the same way.
capital theory That part of economic theory concerned with analysis of the
consequences of the fact that production generally involves >inputs that have
themselves been produced. The existence of these 'produced means of production',
or > capital, has profound implications for the nature of the economic system. A
central element is the role of time and inter-temporal planning. The production of
capital requires the sacrifice of current consumption in exchange for future, possibly
uncertain, consumption, and the mechanisms by which this process is organized
influence the growth and stability of the economy in important ways. The existence
of capital is also central to the analysis of the >income distribution. A major and
controversial question has been: What determines the income derived by the owners
of capital relative to that of the suppliers of labour, and can their share be justified
in terms of their contribution to the production of output? An understanding of
the nature and implications of capital is fundamental to an understanding of our
economic system and, indeed, as one leading contributor to the subject has
remarked, the problem in attempting to define capital theory is to do it in such a
way 'as to embrace something less than the whole of economics' (Bliss, in Capital
Theory and the Distribution of Income, 1975). >**Bohm-Bawerk, E. von.
capital widening Increasing the quantity of capital without altering the pro¬
portions of the other ^factors of production. This will occur where the ^capital
stock and employment are both increasing. Where the capital stock is increased and
the numbers employed remain constant or fall, then production has become more
capital-intensive and capital deepening has occurred.
capitalism A social and economic system in which individuals are free to own the
means of production and maximize > profits, and in which resource allocation is
determined by the >price system. S-Marx argued that capitalism would be over¬
thrown because it inevitably led to the exploitation of labour.
capitalized value The > capital sum at current > rates of interest required to yield
the current earnings of an >asset. For example, if the earnings of an asset were £5
per annum and the appropriate rate of interest were 5 per cent, its capitalized value
would be £100, as an asset worth £roo yields an annual return of £5. The general
formula for capitalizing the value of an asset is to divide the annual income by the
annual rate of interest (all multiplied by 100). ^annuity.
Caribbean Basin Initiative (CBI) The Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act,
49 I cash flow
passed by the US Congress in 1983, granted preferential and ► tariff-free access to the
US market for a range of goods exported from twenty-three countries in the Carib¬
bean and Central America. These privileges excluded some commodity groups, e.g.
textiles and clothing, sugar and oil. The agreement was originally scheduled to end
in 1995, but Congress passed an Act in r99o that made the provisions of the ^83 Act
permanent. ^Caribbean Community and Common Market.
cash ratio 1 The ratio of a bank's >cash holdings to its total deposit >-liabilities
(^banking; liquidity ratio). 2 For an individual firm, the proportion of its current
liabilities that are accounted for by cash in hand, including >bank deposits, and
sometimes payments due from customers.
CD ^certificate of deposit.
central bank A bankers' bank and Mender of last resort (>Bank of England). All
developed and most > developing countries have a central bank that is responsible
!Ll certificate of deposit
for exercising control of the >credit system, sometimes under instruction from
government and, increasingly often, under its own authority. Central banks typically
execute policy through their lead role in setting short-term interest rates (Mate of
interest) which they control by establishing the rate at which loans of last resort will
be made. Some central banks also use other devices to control i*»money supply (e.g.
such as special deposits) though this is now out of fashion (>capital adequacy).
With an increasing consensus that ^monetary policy plays an important part in
determining ^aggregate demand, the stability of the >business cycle and the rate
of ^inflation, central banks have found themselves in a central role in economic
management. The success of those that operated at arm's length from political
authority - notably in the USA and Germany (>Bundesbank) - has led other nations
to follow in granting independence. The premisses are that the temptation to engage
in >overheating will be diminished if monetary authorities do not have to face an
election every few years, and that ^credibility of policy will be greater if a bank is
in charge. Some independent central banks have more power than others. In the
UK, New Zealand and Canada, the central bank essentially decides on the level of
interest rates, but does so to aim at an ^inflation target set by the government. In
Germany, until recently, and indeed in the constitution of the ^European Central
Bank governing >• European Monetary Union, the bank set its own target. The power
of central banks led one commentator in r996 to assert the Western world was in the
grip of central bankism in reference to the orthodox values most represent. Apart
from their function of making broad economic judgements, central banks (e.g. the
>-Bank of France, the Federal Reserve Bank and the Bank of Canada), control the
note issue (^banknote), act as the government's bank, accept ^deposits from, and
make Moans to, the ^commercial banks and the >-money market, and conduct
transfers of J^money and ^bullion with central banks in other countries. In many
countries the central bank supervises and regulates the commercial banks and other
financial intermediaries but there is a trend now to separate this function from
prudential regulation (>capital adequacy) concerned with the stability of the finan¬
cial system as a whole, as in the UK recently (>Financial Services and Markets Act).
S^Bank for International Settlements; Bank of Japan; Federal Reserve System.
chaos theory A branch of mathematics that is concerned with the time path of
►dependent variables in systems of non-linear equations. The odd feature of these
systems is that, even though the observed variable is not random in that it is
governed by a perfectly simple equation, it behaves in a way that looks very chaotic
and unpredictable. This is because, in these systems, very small changes in initial
conditions lead to large changes in the outcomes that result. It makes accurate
long-term forecasting of the variable impossible. The weather is taken as an arche¬
typal chaotic system, and economists have questioned whether certain variables
(e.g. as stock market prices) might not best be understood in the same way.
chartist A stock market analyst who predicts share price movements solely from a
study of graphs on which individual ►share prices, price indices and sometimes
trading volumes are plotted. This technique is called technical analysis. Unlike funda¬
mental analysis - which requires the study of financial accounts of companies -
technical analysis is based upon the belief that all the necessary information is in
the share price. In contrast to both chartists and fundamentalists, the adherents of
53 circular flow of income
the ^efficient markets hypothesis believe that stock market prices adjust rapidly
and fully to all information as soon as it becomes available, and that neither existing
nor past price levels are of any help in predicting the future.
Chicago School The free market and monetarist (^monetarism) economic think¬
ing that has been associated with the Economics Department at Chicago University,
and with > Friedman in particular. The Chicago School is most closely associated
with the complementary ideas that: (a) in >• microeconomics, markets allocate
resources most efficiently, and that government intervention should be very limited,
and (b) in » macroeconomics, with the > monetarist thesis that, as monetary growth
causes inflation, discretionary policies to manage >-aggregate demand should be
avoided, and that government should stick to rules aiming at a steady, low rate of
growth of money supply. Common to both beliefs is the idea that the unregulated
actions of private individuals are usually socially benign. For that reason, the school
has tended to argue for a Tight touch' in >competition policy, and has suggested
that most problems of ^monopoly are created by government regulation, rather
than solved by it. The school has also suggested that > vertical restraints are typically
harmless. >►laissez-faire.
c.i.f. Cost, insurance and freight, or charged in full. The seller of the goods must
pay the costs of carriage to the port of destination specified in the contract of sale
and must, also, insure the goods against loss or damage during transit. The UK
Overseas Trade Accounts record >imports in terms of their value c.i.f. (charged in
full) and exports S-f.o.b. (free on board) or >f.a.s. (free alongside ship). In order to
determine the goods or ^visible trade balance for the >balance of payments
accounts, the import figures are adjusted to an f.o.b. basis. The insurance and freight
element, which accounts for about ro per cent of the total import bill, is included in
the balance of payments as >services (^invisibles).
Clark, John Maurice (1884-1963) The son of >J. B. Clark. He succeeded his father
to the Chair of Economics at Columbia University in 1926. His publications include
Economics of Overhead Costs (1923) and Essays in Preface to Social Economics (1963).
In an article, 'Business Acceleration and the Law of Demand', Journal of Political
Economy (1917), he formulated the > acceleration principle, one of the basic theories
upon which has been constructed modern dynamic macroeconomic theory
(> macroeconomics).
classical economics The dominant body of economic thinking in the period from
>Smith's Wealth of Nations, which was published in ^76, to >Mill’s Principles of
Political Economy (1848). It was dominated by the work of >Ricardo. The French
> Physiocrats had laid stress on the position of agriculture in the economy, claiming
that this sector was the source of all economic wealth. Smith rejected this view and
drew attention to the development of manufacturing and the importance of labour
^productivity. Ultimately, > labour was the true measure of >value. Ricardo took
up this idea and propounded a theory of relative prices based on costs of production
in which labour cost played the dominant role, although he accepted that >capital
costs were an additional element. Capital was important, not only by improving
classical unemployment
ffj
labour productivity, but also by enabling labour to be sustained over the period of
waiting before work bore fruit in consumable output. This was the idea of the wages
fund (»-wage-fund theory). Wages were dependent on two forces: (a) the demand
for labour, derived from the availability of capital, or savings, to finance the wage
bill, and (b) the supply of labour, which was fixed in the short run, but in the long
run was dependent on the standard of living. The latter was related to the level of
subsistence. This was not regarded as merely the basic necessities required to keep
the workers alive and to reproduce themselves. It was determined by custom, and
accepted to be increasing as real living standards improved. ^Malthus, in his theory
of population, pointed to the need for restraint because of the presumption that
there was a natural tendency for the growth of population to outstrip agricultural
output. Ricardo analysed the implications of the productivity of land at the margin
of cultivation. The Physiocrats and Smith had attributed agricultural >rent to the
natural fertility of the soil, but Ricardo refuted this. Rent existed because of the
poor fertility of the final increment of land taken under cultivation. Because of
competition, > profits and labour costs must be the same everywhere and, therefore,
a surplus must accrue to all land that was more fertile than that on the margin. This
surplus was rent. The presumption of competition was the foundation of classical
thought. The classical economists believed that, although individuals were each
motivated by self-interest and personal ambition, free competition ensured that the
community as a whole benefited. As Smith put it, 'It is not from the benevolence of
the butcher that we expect our dinner, but from [his] regard to [his] own interest.'
As a consequence, they concluded that government interference should be kept
to a minimum. The classical economists gave little attention to macroeconomic
problems (^macroeconomics), such as the ^business cycle. Most of the classicists
accepted >Say's Taw of markets', the gist of which purported to maintain the
impossibility of any severe economic recession (^depression) arising from an overall
deficiency in ► aggregate demand. (Malthus disputed this. He argued that increased
savings would not only lower consumption but would also increase output, through
increased investment. However, his view was not accepted.) The classical econom¬
ists, including Malthus, held a theory in which savings were equated with investment
through changes in the >rate of interest (>Turgot, A. R. J.). Mill's Principles of
Political Economy (1848) was used as a school text until the end of the nineteenth
century. ^Marshall in his Principles of Economics (1890) assimilated the old classical
economics with the new marginalism of »-Jevons, >Menger and >Walras. The great
controversy that raged in the years of the Depression of the r930s between the late
classical economists and the advocates of deficit spending on public works was
resolved at the time when the classical macroeconomic theory gave way to the
new economic revolution set in train by >Keynes. Classical economics continues
to influence economists, however. (>neo-classical economics; new classical
economics; ^economic doctrines.)
Coase, Ronald (b. 1910) Coase, the winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics in r99r,
is an economist who was born and educated in the UK, but who made his home in
Chicago. He graduated from the London School of Economics, then taught at
Dundee ^932-4), Liverpool (1935—6) and the London School of Economics from r935
to r95i. His great contribution to economics during his life in the UK was an article,
'The Nature of the Firm', Economica {1937), that had been drafted as an undergraduate
essay several years before. It struggled to explain why individuals group together in
firms rather than making contracts with each other for the delivery of specified
Cobb-Douglas function
!LJ
pieces of work. He couched his explanation in terms of ^transaction costs, the
difficulty that individuals would face in writing contracts and agreeing prices with
each other. His ideas opened up a seam of literature as rich today as ever, and now
commonly associated with Williamson. In the r95os, he emigrated to the USA,
taking up posts at universities in Buffalo (r95r-8) and Virginia ^958-64) before
settling at Chicago Law School until r982. It was in the USA that he made his
second great contribution, loosely labelled the >Coase theorem, which relates to
the efficiency of property rights as a means of allocating resources 'The Federal
Communications Commission', Journal of Law and Economics (a journal he later
edited) in r959, but which is more commonly associated with 'The Problem of Social
Costs' that appeared in the same journal the next year.
Coase's other preoccupations were monopoly and pricing, and it was these that
laid the foundation of his work on property rights. He wrote British Broadcasting: a
study in monopoly (r95o) and The British Post Office and the Messenger Companies (1961).
His output is best measured in terms of quality rather than quantity. His contribution
is to have explained the underpinnings of >market forces more successfully than
anyone of his generation.
were influenced by statistical evidence at the time that appeared to show that labour
and capital shares of total output (i.e. >national income) were constant over time
in ^developed countries. They sought explanations for this by statistical fitting
(>least-squares regression) of their production function. There is doubt now
whether, in fact, such constancy of shares is true. The Cobb-Douglas form can also
be applied to futility. Consumer satisfaction or utility is represented by U = AXa1X^2)
where and X2 are quantities of commodities or services consumed (>Euler, L.).
0 Pi p3 p price
and supply falls to Qj. At Q,, prices will rise to P2 corresponding to (2) on the demand
curve. Producers then initiate a new production phase influenced by this high price
and in the next period supply Qj (point (3) on the supply curve). But prices must
now fall to P3 (point @ on the demand curve) for all the output to be sold. The
process then repeats itself. (Point (5) on the supply curve, point © on the demand
curve.) It can be seen in the diagram that the path converges to the equilibrium
point Qo, so that the system is stable. However, if the demand and supply curves
were drawn such that the latter was steeper than the former (to the P axis), the
fluctuations in price and quantity would get wider and wider. If the slopes were
equal, the cycle would oscillate around the equilibrium point (^ elasticity; rational
expectations).
collateral security A second >security (in addition to the personal surety of the
borrower) for a Moan. >Bank loans, other than ^personal loans, are normally
made against the security of >stocks and >shares, property or ►insurance policies.
cereals and dairy products coupled with the setting aside to fallow of 15 per cent of
arable land. The agricultural budget is now about 50 per cent of the total EU budget.
These reforms were encouraged by the negotiations leading to the Agricultural
Agreement of the >Uruguay round of trade negotiations in 1993. Further reforms
were agreed in r999 by which support prices for cereals were reduced by rs per cent,
offset by increased compensation payments to farmers. However, with the expected
expansion of the EU by a further ten countries, further reform was proposed by the
Commission in 2002. The central features of these reforms were: (a) the abolition of
subsidies that directly encourage production; (b) the redirection of subsidies to
encourage rural diversification and development, and (c) cuts in direct payments to
farmers and an overall cap on the amount of subsidy received by individual farms.
The total budget would remain the same at about €/n billion.
company law The law governing the establishment and conduct of incorporated
business enterprise. It developed, in the UK, from the ►partnership, and has its
origins in common law and, from the eighteenth century onwards, in a series of
company and other Acts. The first companies were created by royal charter, and the
whole basis of company law is that certain benefits are conferred (in many of these
first instances, that of a ►monopoly) in return for certain obligations. The r720 Act
created the statutory company with ►limited liability, making possible, for example,
the establishment of the early British railway companies. By r825, the expansion of
business had made the creation of companies by separate Acts of Parliament too
cumbersome, and in that year a new Act made it possible to form joint stock companies
by registration with a Registrar of Companies. It was not until r862, however,
company law
L_2
that limited liability was extended to certain private as well as public companies.
Company law has continued to evolve under successive Acts as the needs of business
have developed and altered. The 1907 Act introduced the distinction between the
►private company and the ►public company. Other laws such as the Prevention of
Fraud Act 1958 also apply to companies (►bankruptcy). Under present law (deriving
principally from the 1948, ^67, r976, 1980 and i98r Companies Acts which were
repealed and consolidated in the Companies Act 1985 and the Companies Act 1989)
there are three classes of company: (a) limited private companies; (b) unlimited
private companies, and (c) public limited companies (pic). Compared with the
two other forms of business unit - the ►sole proprietor and the partnership -
> incorporation confers advantages for financing and, in certain circumstances,
►taxation, in addition to limited liability where appropriate. (An unlimited private
company does not have limited liability, i.e. its owners are responsible for company
debt to the full extent of their fortune.) However, companies, unlike individuals or
partnerships, are obliged to make public certain information about their business.
Both private and public limited companies are obliged to file certain information
for public inspection and to circulate accounts to their shareholders. Until 1967,
certain private companies - 'exempt private companies’ - were not obliged to comply
with all of the accounting and disclosure requirements and under present legislation
there are exemptions for small- and medium-sized companies which are not public
companies. Small- and medium-sized companies are defined in terms of turnover,
assets and employment (small having 50 or fewer employees, and medium, 250 or
fewer employees). From May 2000 the threshold for the statutory audit requirement
for small companies was raised to £1 million.
The amount of information larger companies are required to publish has increased
in successive Companies Acts, and the directors' report must now cover, for example,
employment, exports, employee aggregate remuneration and donations to political
causes or charities. Regulations came into force in 1997 requiring public limited
companies to state, in their annual reports, their payment practice and a figure
representing the average time taken to pay debts. The Companies Act 1976 contained
provisions to speed up the publication of accounts and covered the appointment and
removal of auditors and other matters. The Companies Act 1981 allowed companies to
acquire their own shares under certain circumstances and required them to publish
details of such transactions. That Act also, in a major departure, laid down detailed
schedules for the form and content of the ^balance sheet and profit-and-loss account
(►double-entry bookkeeping) to give effect to the European Community (►Euro¬
pean Union) Fourth Directive harmonizing company law in the EU. All these pro¬
visions remained essentially the same in the 1985 Act. Among other provisions, the
1989 Act requires companies to disclose a holding of more than 3 per cent in another
company. A public company may have an unlimited number of shareholders and
may offer ►shares for public subscription. The nominal value of the allocated share
capital may not be less than £50,000.
Quoted companies are public limited companies whose shares are listed on a
recognized ►stock exchange. Private companies may place certain restrictions on
the transfer of shares, but not offer shares to the public. Company law sets out other
provisions dealing with the powers, appointment, terms and disqualification of
directors (Company Directors Disqualification Act T986), the protection of investors,
including minorities, ownership and control, the regulation of shares, the disclosure
63 compensation principle
company reserves >Profits retained in the business and set aside for specified
purposes. The various Companies Acts have drawn distinctions between capital and
revenue reserves and undistributable and distributable reserves. Capital reserves are
created when new shares are issued at a > premium over par or when the book value
of existing assets is revalued to bring it into line with replacement costs or when
^►capital gains are made. These capital reserves may later be transformed into issued
capital {>capitalization). Revenue, or distributable reserves, are created by transfers
of undistributed profits into special accounts, out of which a dividend may be paid
in a later year in which the company makes a loss. Reserves of either type may be
converted into capital by a >bonus issue. Provisions are not the same as reserves but
arise out of ^depreciation or allowances made for >liabilities, e.g. provisions for
doubtful debts.
comparative advantage The idea that economic agents are most efficiently
employed in activities in which their relative efficiencies are superior to others. The
importance of comparative advantage is that it suggests that, even if someone is
very bad at some activity, perhaps even worse than anyone else at it, it could still be
profitably efficient for him/her to pursue it, if he/she is even more inept at other
activities. The idea has been seen as particularly important in explaining >inter-
national trade. Countries should specialize in areas in which they have a comparative
advantage (^division of labour; Ricardo, D.).
transfers actually to take place. However, the principle has been criticized in this
respect because, without actual transfers, interpersonal comparisons of >utility of
money are implied. Actual transfers are required if individuals are to reveal the total
worth they place on their gains and losses (»»-economic efficiency). >► Pareto,
V. F. D.; social-welfare function; welfare economics.
Under earlier legislation (>Restrictive Trade Practices Acts), all potentially restric¬
tive agreements between firms had to be registered with the OFT (which could then
refer them to a Restrictive Practices Court to ascertain whether they were in the
public interest). This was a burden to some firms whose agreements were entirely
benign. The new approach is not to register all agreements but to punish heavily
those caught out as being anti-competitive.
The Enterprise Bill published in March 2002 introduces criminal penalties for
individuals who engage in cartels, grants new detection powers to the OFT, and
replaces the mergers code in the Fair Trading Act r973. Ministerial involvement will
end and competition, not the public interest, will be the test applied in investi¬
gations. The CC will itself prohibit mergers which fail the competition test or will
impose some other remedy, in both cases taking account of consumer benefits. The
system of two-tier investigations (by the OFT and CC) continues. The office of the
Director-General of Fair Trading will be abolished and the OFT will operate as a
board of at least four members and a chairman. There will be a new independent
Competition Appeals Tribunal (CAT).
Other countries have various institutions for upholding competition policy. In
the USA, this policy is overseen by the Federal Trade Commission (>anti-trust); in
Germany by the Federal Cartel Office (Bundeskartellamt) and there is a Monopoly
Commission (Monopolkommission) which has an advisory role, and in Italy by
the Competition Authority (Autorita Garante della Concorrenza e del Mercato).
National laws in the > European Union (EU) incorporate Community law but have
yet to be fully harmonized.
At the level of the EU, the European Commission is responsible for competition
policy and reserves to itself the power to investigate larger mergers and other compe¬
tition situations with a 'Community dimension'. The Commission's powers are
principally derived from Articles 85 and 86 of the Treaty of Rome (now renumbered
8r and 82), supplemented by subsequent regulation (such as the merger control
regulation 4064/89) and interpretation. Article 8r forbids cartel arrangements and
Article 82 outlaws the abuse of dominant positions.
The important development of the last decade has been the increasingly inter¬
national character of competition policy. European Union and USA authorities have
dominated, even to the extent of investigating mergers between companies of other
jurisdictions (the EU investigated the merger of the American giants TimeWarner
and AOL in 2000, for example). 3^-complex monopoly; Smith, A.
term, argue that basic economic theory of ^international trade and ^comparative
advantage makes clear that we should not view the world as a group of nations
competing in a '.►zero-sum game.
compound interest The calculation of total interest due by applying the *rate
of interest to the sum of the capital invested plus the interest previously earned and
reinvested. In contrast, simple interest is calculated only on the capital invested.
concentration The extent to which a small number of firms account for a high
proportion of sales or another dimension of economic importance in an industry.
In the USA, the four largest companies accounted, in the early T990S, for over 80 per
cent of output in domestic refrigerators, motor vehicles, electric lightbulbs and
cigarettes (the four-firm ^concentration ratio). In the UK, concentration is high in
multiple food retailing, brewing, banking and other sectors. Industry concentration
is a key determinant in ^competition policy. The two extremes are: (a) ^perfect
competition, in which products are homogeneous and firms small in relation to the
size of the total market (>small business) so that they cannot individually influence
price, and (b) ^monopoly, in which there is a single seller (concentration is abso¬
lute). Most markets in the ^advanced countries have high (^oligopoly) to inter¬
mediate levels of concentration and operate under conditions of ^monopolistic
confidence interval
competition in which prices, in theory, tend to exceed marginal cost, and where,
even if there is no ^collusion, ^barriers to entry may keep concentration high.
Industry concentration, measured by the Concentration ratio generally increased
in the post-Second World War period, at least until the r970s, though there are a
number of practical and conceptual difficulties in measuring concentration and in
generalizing about trends over time. Some studies have indicated that ^mergers
have accounted for about half of increases in concentration.
Attitudes to concentration among economists vary according to their assessment
of the relative importance of competition, > contestability and economies of scale.
Where the ^optimum scale of output is high relative to the size of the total market,
more competitors might lead to higher costs through lower-scale economies. In
general, however, ^enterprise concentration in a given market is much higher than
>establishment (or plant) concentration, indicating that leading firms have a larger
share of markets than would be necessary for them to operate at optimum scales of
output (though there may be economies in distribution or other aspects of multi¬
plant operation (>-economies of scope)). Larger firms also operate in more than one
product market (^diversification) and this can result in high levels of aggregate
concentration in which a small number of firms have a significant share in economic
output as a whole. Since the r970S, there seems to have been some decline in
aggregate concentration as increased international competition (> globalization)
and other factors have encouraged large firms to focus on core activities and subcon¬
tract more to smaller firms. In the UK, the share of the hundred largest manufactur¬
ing enterprises in total manufacturing net output rose from r6 per cent in r909 to a
peak of 41 per cent in r970 and then declined from the early r98os to 30-35 per cent
in the r990s. There is some controversy about how important national concentration
is, at least in manufacturing, given the extent of actual and potential competition
from imports. Porter has argued that the presence of a number of strong local
rivals, however, is a more important factor in promoting >innovation and dynamic
efficiency than rivalry from firms abroad. Nations with leading world positions,
even in small countries such as Switzerland, often have a number of domestic rivals,
even in sectors with substantial economies of scale. ^-Chicago School.
concentration ratio A ratio calculated to show the degree to which an industry
is dominated by a small number of large firms or made up of many small firms.
There are many ratios that may be calculated, based on turnover, capital employed,
employment, etc., e.g. the ratio of the total capital employed of the top five firms as
a percentage of the industries' capital employed. However, a comprehensive ratio is
the Herfindahl index. This index is given by the sum of the squares of the market
shares of each firm in the industry: H=L„ f2„, where f„ = the market share of firm n,
i.e. the sales of firm n divided by industry sales. A pure > monopoly would take the
value of 1. At the other extreme, if all the firms in the industry had equal market
shares the value would be i/n. concentration.
confidence interval A measure of the likely statistical error in the estimation of
a >parameter. It is a term frequently used in >-econometrics, where a ^sample of
data is used to make a generalization of the relationship between different variables,
e.g. between the level of consumption and the level of income. A sample may imply,
for example, that consumption is equal to 0.8 times the level of income in the
economy. But the sample may naturally deviate from the exact relationship across
confirming house
the whole economy. The more variable the relationship in the sample, the less
certain one can be about the true relationship. A confidence interval expresses the
range of estimates within which it is likely the real relationship lies, e.g. it may be
0.8 ± o.r.
To estimate the confidence interval, one typically assumes the sample is represent¬
ative of the whole population, bar some random deviation. Given the variation
within the sample, one can calculate how many times such random samples would
generate estimates of the parameter outside the confidence interval. Usually, the
confidence interval is expressed as the range within which only 5 per cent of samples
would generate estimates lying outside the range (a 95 per cent confidence interval).
For more precision, one might describe a wider confidence interval, that suggests
the range outside of which only 1 per cent of random samples would generate
estimates. Clearly, the bigger the sample, the more certain one can be of the estimate,
and the smaller the confidence interval. For an estimate of a parameter in any very
large sample, the 95 per cent confidence interval can be calculated as the estimate
±r.96 times the ^standard deviation of the estimate, ^normal distribution.
confirming house An agency in the UK that purchases and arranges the export
of goods on behalf of overseas buyers.
consumer credit Short-term Moans to the public for the purchase of specific
goods. Consumer credit takes the form of >credit by shopkeepers and other sup¬
pliers, >credit accounts, ^personal loans and WMire purchase. ^Overdrafts,
moneylenders and other private sources of borrowing are not referred to as consumer
credit, either because they are not tied to the purchase of specific goods or because
they are long-term loans facilities, e.g. ^-mortgages. »banking; finance; finance
house.
consumer surplus The amount by which consumers value a product over and
above what they pay for it. Before the phrase was coined by ^-Marshall, the idea of
a surplus of futility over the price paid for a good or service was explored by
>Dupuit in his study of the benefits arising from the construction of public facilities
such as roads and bridges. Marshall explained consumer surplus:
The price which a person pays for a thing can never exceed and seldom comes up to that
which he would be willing to pay rather than go without it: so that the satisfaction which
he gets from its purchase generally exceeds that which he gives up in paying away its price:
and he thus derives from the purchase a surplus of satisfaction. The excess of the price
consumers' expenditure
which he would be willing to pay rather than go without the thing, over that which he
actually does pay, is the economic measure of this surplus satisfaction.
consumption The use of resources to satisfy current needs and wants. It may be
measured statistically by the sum of consumers' and government's current expendi¬
ture (including defence expenditure), the remainder of ►national income being
made up by >-investment. However, such statistics may be inadequate in some
cases. For example, expenditure on ►durable goods such as washing machines may
exaggerate consumption, because they have a life of, say, 7 years and therefore are
not entirely consumed in the current period as implied by simply counting the
amount spent on their purchase (>consumption function).
contestability The degree of ease with which firms can enter or leave an industry.
A perfectly contestable industry is one in which, as in ► perfect competition, there are
contingency reserve
on a variable rate mortgage. While the formal contract that someone may have with
an institution to lend him/her money may not preclude the institution raising its
interest rate to above market levels, there is an implicit contract that it would not
do so. It is in the interest of the building society not to abuse the implicit contract, for
to do so would damage its long-term reputation, ^incomplete contract; tit-for-tat.
contract curve The curve of exchange between two parties along which their
►marginal rates of substitution are the same in relation to the commodities traded.
Any bargain concluded at a rate of exchange other than one on the contract curve
could be improved (i.e. by making at least one party better off without making the
other worse off) by moving to the contract curve. A term introduced by ► Edgeworth.
►Pareto, V. F. D.; >► economic efficiency.
convergence The notion that countries become, or will continue to get closer in
terms of >per capita income (productivity) over time. In principle, one might expect
convergence to occur if poorer countries with lower pay rates attract investment and
thus raise their productivity. In practice, evidence for convergence is mixed. In the
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries Great Britain, followed by the USA and some
other European states, widened the gap between their productivity and that of the
rest of the world. Between the latter part of the nineteenth century and the mid
1930s, there was some convergence in the range and variation of output per capita
in these countries, although none caught up with the USA. After the Second World
War, convergence was resumed, while new members joined the convergence 'club'
with some reduction in the US lead. Since 1970, performance has been variable and
more new members of the club have emerged, including some ►newly industrialized
countries. The convergence hypothesis is controversial and debate has been con¬
fused by differences in the period and number of countries covered, as well as by
differences in what is meant by convergence. The term can be interpreted to mean
a narrowing in the variation between productivity in a group of countries or the
catching up of countries on the leader or leaders. If all countries - including the
poorest >developing countries, rather than ►Organization for Economic Co¬
operation and Development members - are included in the analysis, there has, in
fact, been negative convergence in the recent past (►►least developed countries;
sow's ear effect). The convergence hypothesis is resisted by those economists who
convergence criteria
emphasize the role of internal or ►endogenous factors, and thus the potential role
of government in economic growth, rather than external or exogenous influences
(►institutional economics; endogenous growth theory), ^economic development.
convergence criteria The conditions laid out in the »-Maastricht Treaty, that
were to act as a guide to the suitability of different ►European Union nations to
enter ►European Monetary Union. The criteria held that: (a) the government deficit
should be below 3 per cent of »-gross domestic product (GDP), unless any excess
over that level should be exceptional, temporary and small; (b) that government
debt (►national debt) should not exceed 60 per cent of GDP, or it should be
approaching that level; (c) ^inflation should not exceed the performance of the
three best-performing countries by more than 1.5 percentage points; (d) long-term
interest rates should not exceed those of the three best-performing countries, in
terms of inflation performance, by more than 2 percentage points, and (e) that
the >exchange rate shall have respected the normal fluctuation margins of the
►European Exchange Rate Mechanism for 2 years, without severe tension.
conversion Issue of a new >stock to replace another. This may arise where a
►debenture or ►warrant is convertible into ► equity shares or where holders of
►government stock at or near redemption are offered a new stock in exchange for
existing stock.
1983/84 to offset the effects of inflationary increases in the value of stocks upon
assessable profits for tax purposes.
Individuals in business on their own (operating on own account) and members
of > partnerships pay income tax on their individual share of total profits (broadly
defined in the same way as for companies). In the USA, certain companies can opt
to be taxed as unincorporated businesses under sub-chapter S.
S(*i - x) (y, - y)
V[Xi(x,- - x)z] VPiCy,- - y)2]
in which x,- and y, are the values of the two variables, X and y are their means
(.^-average); r can take any value between +1 and -r, at which extremes there is
perfect correspondence between the variations of the variables. At the value 0, there
is no correspondence. It should be noted that a value of r close to unity does not
imply a causative connection between the two variables, ^-multiple correlation
coefficient; partial correlation; regression analysis; Slutsky, E.
cost accounting, costing and cost control Procedures by which the expendi¬
ture of a firm is related to units of output. Cost accounts, while they can be related
directly to financial accounts, are concerned with the detailed elements of >oppor-
tunity costs in identifiable output for purposes of pricing, departmental budgeting
and the control of manufacturing methods, and material and Mabour usage for
these products rather than the overall financial results of the firm's operations.
cost-plus A method of setting a price in which the contractor charges the actual
cost of the goods he supplies or for the work he carries out, plus either a percentage
or an agreed absolute amount for his services. Used for some government contracts,
the cost-plus formula provides no incentive for the contractor to keep his costs to
the minimum and, where a percentage service charge is applied, he actually has an
incentive to inflate them. The justification for the cost-plus system is that for certain
kinds of work (e.g. development contracts in large technical projects) it is not
possible to estimate costs in advance.
Cost-plus is also often used in business as a method for calculating prices (e.g. in
retailing) by adding a > gross margin or mark-up to the bought-in cost of goods,
where there may be no simple alternative. This is in contrast to the pricing described
by traditional economic theory, which asserts competitive forces should lead ►mar¬
ginal cost to be equal to ►marginal revenue. But because, if one retailer charges
more than another he may lose custom and be obliged to reduce his margins or go
out of business, >price theory (M>-firm, theory of the) is not invalidated by the
widespread use of the cost-plus method.
cost schedule A table showing the total costs of production at different levels of
output and from which ►marginal costs and ► average costs can be calculated and
cost curves drawn. A price schedule, in a similar way, would give information about
prices at different levels of sales or output. Cost and price schedules are basic tools
in economic theory, though in practice they are not easily constructed, especially
over wide ranges of output where the ^production function may not be linear.
costing Lz!
costing >cost accounting,
costs, historical or historic Actual costs at the time incurred. An >asset in the
^►balance sheet at historical cost is shown at the price actually paid for it, even
though it might be worth more or cost more to replace, ^-depreciation.
costs, selling The expenses incurred in creating or maintaining the >market for
a product. Distribution costs are normally excluded, but ^advertising sales staff,
sales campaign costs and sales office expenses are included.
Council for Mutual Economic Aid (Comecon) A council set up in r949 consisting
of six East European countries - Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Poland,
Romania and the USSR - followed later by the German Democratic Republic (1950),
Mongolia (1962), Cuba (r972) and Vietnam ^978). Its aim was, by means of central
planning (>planned economy) to develop the member countries' economies on a
complementary basis for the purpose of achieving self-sufficiency. In r99o, agree¬
ment was reached for a fundamental change in the economic policy pursued by
Comecon. Multilateral co-operation between member states based on 5-year plans
and inconvertible roubles (^convertibility) was to be abandoned in favour of a
nJ Cournot, Antoine Augustin
>free market, bilateral trade and convertible currencies. In 1991, Comecon was
replaced by the Organization for International Economic Cooperation, which would
continue to encourage international trade between the member countries on a
bilateral basis and offer advice and information on regional economic problems.
counterparty risk The risk in securities trading that the other party (counterparty)
to a purchase or sale may fail to discharge his obligation.
countervailing power The balancing of the market power of one economic group
by another. The concept was advanced by ^Galbraith in the first of his books -
American Capitalism (1952) - on the domination of the modern economic system
by large firms along with ^economies of scale and technological development
(>-technology) and the need for planning, to meet the criticism that this system of
^monopolistic competition is inferior to ►perfect competition. The power of large
manufacturers was, he suggested, balanced by that of large retailing groups, the
power of large employers by that of the trade unions.
coupon A piece of paper entitling the owner to ►money payment (as in ►bearer
bonds), cut-price or free goods (gift coupons) or rations.
de la theorie des richesses, was published in 1838. Other economic works were Principes
de la theorie des richesses (r863) and Revue sommaire des doctrines economiques (1877). In
Recherches, Cournot set out in mathematical form the basic apparatus of the theory
of the firm (>firm, theory of the) that, after being refined by >Marshall, appears in
elementary economic textbooks today. He was the first to set out: (a) the >variables
and functions facing a firm; (b) >demand as a diminishing function of >-price, and
(c) >cost curves and revenue curves. By the use of calculus he demonstrated that a
monopolist will maximize profit at the output at which > marginal cost is equal
to >marginal revenue. Cournot traced a direct logical line from the single seller
(►monopoly) through two (>-duopoly) or many (>oligopoly) sellers to 'unlimited
competition'. He showed how, in the last case, 'the marginal cost equals the marginal
revenue relationship of the monopolist' becomes 'the price equals the marginal cost
relationship of the firm in ►perfect competition'. In doing so, he analysed the
situation of duopoly and showed that, given that each seller assumed the other's
output was unaffected by his own, they would each adjust prices and output until a
position of ►equilibrium was reached, somewhere between that reflected by the
equations for monopoly and that for unrestricted competition (►Bertrand compe¬
tition). In spite of the undoubted significance of his work, he had no influence on
the mainstream of economic thought until his ideas were developed by Marshall.
credit The use or possession of goods and services without immediate payment.
There are three types of credit: (a) consumer credit: credit extended formally and
informally by shopkeepers, ►finance houses and others to the ordinary public for
the purchase of consumer goods (^consumer credit); (b) trade credit: credit
extended, for example, by material suppliers to manufacturers, or by manufacturers
to wholesalers or retailers (>► trade credit) - virtually all exchange in manufacturing
credit guarantee
industry, services and commerce is conducted on credit, and firms may provide
small discounts on accounts settled within, say, r month - and (c) bank credit: credit
consisting of Moans and ^overdrafts to a bank's customers (^banking).
I Credit enables a producer to bridge the gap between the production and sale of
goods, and a consumer to purchase goods out of future Mncome. Bank and other
kinds of credit form part of the > money supply and have considerable economic
importance.
credit account 1 An account against which purchases may be made and paid
monthly (US = charge account). 2 A form of revolving >instalment credit offered
by some retail stores in which the consumer makes fixed regular monthly payments
I into an account and receives in return credit to purchase goods up to the limit of a
certain multiple of the monthly payments, normally 8 or r2. A service charge, which
is, in effect, an > interest charge, is normally made as a percentage of the value of
each purchase. 3 Bank and agency >credit cards in which the consumer pays his
account monthly are also a form of credit account.
credit card A plastic, personal magnetized card with the name and account
I number of the holder and the expiry date embossed. Purchases up to a prescribed
limit may be credited on signature of a voucher franked by the card. The vendor
recovers the cash from the issuer of the card (less > commission) and the purchaser
pays the issuer on receipt of a monthly statement. For most cards, the purchaser has
the option of paying a minimum amount and settling the account in instalments,
plus interest. The use of credit cards has increased rapidly and in the UK the number
of transactions now exceeds those of ^cheques by about 40 per cent. Credit card
lending accounted for over 30 per cent of UK consumer credit outstanding in 20or.
A debit card works in the same way as a credit card, but the holder's bank account is
debited immediately through Electronic Funds Transfer at a Point of Sale. Credit
cards, popularly referred to as plastic money, are issued by banks, >building societies
and other organizations, including retailers (charge cards). Cards issued by financial
institutions often serve also as cheque cards and may be used to withdraw cash from
an automatic teller machine. A cheque card guarantees cheques, up to a specified
limit, drawn on a customer's account. The recipient of the cheque notes the cheque
card number on the back of the cheque, payment of which is then guaranteed by
the bank. Smart cards contain information about the holder in a microchip in the
card and can, for example, validate the holder's personal identification number,
improving security compared with an ordinary credit card.
(except Denmark), the USA, Japan and other countries have similar schemes. ^Ex¬
port Credits Guarantee Department.
credit transfer, or giro A system in which a bank or post office will transfer
>money from one account to another on receipt of written instructions. Several
accounts (e.g. >households or trade bills) may be included in a list which must state
the location or account numbers of the payee. Standing orders for giro transfer of
regular payments may be made. Credit transfers - which have been used by post
offices in continental Europe for many years - were first introduced into the UK by
the Commercial banks in r96r and the Post Office in r968. Benefits to the customer
include the saving on stamp duty payable on Cheques (since abolished in the UK)
and economies in accounting procedures, though banks may make a charge for each
item transferred.
creditor One to whom an amount of money is due. A firm's creditors are other
firms, individuals and perhaps the government to which it owes money in return
for goods supplied, services rendered and taxes for which it is liable, respectively.
Antonym of >debtor.
before the walls. The foundations are on the critical path because every extra day
spent on them means an extra day on the whole building project. Other tasks may
be carried out simultaneously, such as the fitting of window frames as the roof is
being tiled. Critical-path analysis attempts to order all tasks, minimizing the time
that resources are spent idly waiting for other tasks to be completed. The critical
path is the sequence of tasks - mostly those that have to be finished in a particular
order - that affect the overall length of the whole project. The window frames, for
example, may not be on the critical path, as fitters can install them while other work
goes on, and there is probably some flexibility in when the windows can be fitted.
Management is better devoted to focusing on keeping the foundations part of the
project working smoothly, rather than the window frames.
cum dividend With >-dividend; the purchaser of a security quoted 'cum dividend'
is entitled to receive the next dividend when due. The term cum, meaning 'with', is
also used in a similar sense in relation to >bonus issues, >• rights issue, or ^interest
attached to ^securities, etc.
currency Notes and coin that are the 'current' medium of exchange in a country
(>money supply). Gold and national currencies that act as >reserve currencies (e.g.
the dollar) are referred to as international currency because they are regarded as
currency appreciation
Lfi
acceptable for the settlement of international X-debts. ►►banknote; exchange con¬
trol; exchange rate; soft currency.
currency depreciation The fall in the >exchange rate of one ►currency in terms
of other currencies. Usually applied to floating exchange rates. Downward changes
in fixed rates of exchange are called ^devaluations. A depreciation makes imports
more expensive in terms of domestic currency, and exports cheaper. However, in so
far as a currency depreciation simply reflects a relatively high level of domestic
inflation (e.g. if a ro per cent rise in prices leads to a ro per cent fall in the currency), the
real exchange rate has not changed. Indeed, if inflation occurs without a depreciation of
the currency, in real terms the currency has appreciated because the price of imported
goods will be relatively lower than domestic goods than before the inflation, and
the price of exported goods will have risen compared to foreign ones. ^currency
appreciation; J-curve.
current account 1 The most common type of bank account, on which >deposits
do not necessarily earn >interest, but can be withdrawn by >cheque at any time
(US = demand deposit). The bank charges according to the number of cheques cleared
through the account and the credit balance. If the average balance is high, the
customer may pay no bank charges. 2 That part of the ►balance of payments
accounts recording current (i.e. non-capital) transactions.
current balance The net position on the current account of the ►balance of
payments.
current prices ►Prices unadjusted for changes in the purchasing power of money.
Whether prices are in current or constant terms in historical series of economic
statistics is of great importance at times of >inflation or ►deflation. >*real terms.
current ratio The ratio of the current ^-liabilities to the current >assets of a
business. Current assets normally exceed current liabilities. The difference between
the two is >working capital, which is normally financed from long-term sources.
The amount of working capital required varies with the type of business and its
commercial practices (e.g. on the proportions of its output sold for cash and on 3
months' ►credit) so that the current ratio is not a universally useful guide to the
solvency of a business, ^capital; liquidity.
customs union A union established within two or more countries if all barriers
(e.g. > tariffs or ►quotas) to the free exchange of each other's goods and services are
removed and, at the same time, a common external tariff is established against
non-members. This contrasts with a ►free-trade area in which each member country
retains its own tariffs vis-a-vis non-members. At one time, it was generally accepted
that customs unions unambiguously yielded economic benefits. Without the distor¬
tions imposed by tariffs, trade was directed in favour of the producer with advantage¬
ous costs (►Ricardo, D.). It was believed that as ►free trade was itself beneficial in
that it led to the optimal allocation of world resources, so a customs union, which
was a step in that direction, must also be beneficial. However, Viner, in The Customs
Union Issue (r95o), pointed out that in the creation of a customs union there could
be two effects: (a) a trade-creating effect, and (b) a trade-diversion effect. Although
(a) might be a gain, greater losses might be incurred by (b). Take the example of two
countries A and B and the rest of the world C producing a particular commodity for
£50, £40 and £30 respectively. If the home market of A is protected by a £25 tariff on
cycle, trade |_86
the item, then no one in A will find it economic to import from B or C. Production
in A will occur, at £50. If A then forms a customs union with B, trade will be created
because it is cheaper for A to obtain the commodity from B than to produce it itself.
There is a gain in so far as A is £ro better off. On the other hand, if A's original import
duty had been £15, trade would then have taken place with the rest of the world C,
despite the tariff, as this would be the least-cost source to A. In this example, if A
forms a customs union with B it will now switch its trade because it can obtain the
commodity for £40 from B compared with £30 + £15 = £45 from C. This trade diversion
represents a move away from the optimum of >-resource allocation, because B
is a higher real-cost source than C (^second best, theory of). Whether, therefore, a
customs union will yield overall gains from shifts in the location of production will
depend on the superiority of trade creation to trade diversion. However, this type of
analysis covers only a part of the problem; many other factors must be taken into
account in assessing whether a customs union is beneficial. In particular, the removal
of tariff barriers between countries will change the >-terms of trade and therefore
the relative volumes of the different commodities demanded, because of the price
changes. It will shift the commodity pattern of trade as well as the geographical
origins of the commodities traded. Whether a community will finish up better off
therefore depends on the price and income elasticities of demand for the commodi¬
ties traded (>elasticity). An added benefit may accrue because the increase in the
size of markets may enable >economies of scale to be made. Finally, a protective
tariff is initially imposed because home costs are high, but home costs may remain
high because a protective tariff is imposed. Removal of the tariff may induce more
efficient operation and lower costs. ^-Association of South East Asian Nations;
Benelux; Caribbean Common Market; Central American Common Market; Euro¬
pean Free Trade Association; European Union; Latin American Integration
Association.
data-mining The practice of searching for ^-correlations in data with the purpose
of generating theoretical hypotheses. The normal pattern of scientific research is for
hypotheses to be produced by abstract models and then validated by ^empirical
testing. Data-mining reverses the procedure. It is not held to be a respectable
mode of inquiry because, while any theories it produces will be empirically valid, it
is hard to tell whether they are the result of coincidence or not. All data are bound
to wrap up some coincidences, and the data-miner is likely to have unearthed
these. For example, a data-miner might unearth a theory that people whose names
start with the letter H tend to be richer than average. But this would not be remarkable
if discovered in data, as at least one letter group must have higher than average
income. The theory would only be convincing if there was some prior reason for
believing it that was subsequently substantiated by data analysis. »mull hypothesis;
regression analysis.
the objective of the policy. For example, the cost of subsidizing those in > long-term
unemployment back to work includes some element of subsidy to people who would
have returned to work regardless of the subsidy.
death rate The number of deaths occurring in any year for every rooo of the
population (the crude death rate). It may be quoted for each sex and each age group.
The rapid growth in UK population in the early nineteenth century is attributed
more to the decline in the death rate than to an increase in >birth rate. A similar
effect is to be observed in the highly populated >developing countries. The UK
death rate of male children under 5 years of age was 57 in rpoo, compared to 1.4 at
the present time. The expectation of life at birth in the UK has risen from about 50
years for babies born in T900 to 75 years for males and 80 years for females born in
2000. An alternative measure is >quality adjusted life years that estimates the number
of years a new-born baby may expect to have a healthy life, i.e. a life in which there
is no illness severe enough to limit physical mobility or mental acuity. In the UK,
the current expectation of such a healthy life is about 67 years for males and 69 years
for females. demographic time bomb; dependency ratio; human development
index; poverty.
Debreu, who was awarded the >Nobel Prize in Economics in 1983, is recognized,
with Arrow, as having proved the theoretical consistency of a market economy in
which prices can lead to > equilibrium between supply and demand in many differ¬
ent markets simultaneously. Furthermore, by extending the notion of what we mean
by a 'good' to something at a particular place, at a particular time under particular
conditions, Debreu's work naturally extends itself to the study of location, capital
and uncertainty, ^general equilibrium; Walras, M. E. L.
debt management The process of administering debt (e.g. the >national debt)
by providing for the payment of ►interest and arranging the refinancing of maturing
►bonds.
debt neutrality The idea that financing spending by borrowing money will have
exactly the same effects as financing it through other means. It has been applied in
various forms, notably to government spending (> Ricardian equivalence) and to
corporate investment (►Modigliani-Miller theorem).
debtor One who owes money to another. A firm's debtors, for example, are those
to whom invoices have been sent for goods or services supplied and which remain
unpaid. Antonym of >creditor.
decile >percentile.
deep discounted bonds ►Bonds that are issued at a price much lower than that
at which they can be redeemed (>redeemable securities) at the specified date. The
intention is to provide large ►capital gains for the holders and to pay a correspond¬
ingly low interest rate. In some countries and especially for higher-rate taxpayers,
less tax may be payable on a gain than upon interest income; however, the 'capital
gain' on deep discounted bonds is liable to be treated as income by the tax authorities.
deferred shares A ►share issued where ► ordinary shares have a fixed ►dividend
and which entitle the holders to all ►profits after prior charges have been met. Now
virtually unknown.
deficit
deficit An excess of an expenditure flow over an income flow, e.g. >-budget deficit,
imbalance of payments deficit, or an excess of Pliabilities over Passets.
deflationary gap A state of the economy in which there are unemployed resources
and there is no inflationary pressure. It is a state first highlighted by >Keynes, and
in more modern literature identified as >Keynesian unemployment, characterized
by a chronic shortage of »-aggregate demand. More recently, the concept has been
revived in mainstream economic policymaking, as the existence of a gap between
actual »-gross domestic product (GDP), and the economy's potential GDP (>-output
gap), inflationary gap; Keynesian economics.
demand The desire for a particular good or ^service supported by the possession
of the necessary means of exchange to effect ownership. demand curve; demand,
theory of; Marshall, A.; money.
gate supply and demand does not reach ^equilibrium because supply reaches a
capacity limit at the >full-employment level (^output gap). The excess demand
probably persists because there is a growth in the quantity of >*-money either through
the creation of money by government to finance the budgetary gap between its
expenditure and income or because the quantity of money is allowed to expand to
accommodate the rise in prices, ^cost-push inflation; Friedman, M.; inflationary
gap; Keynes, J. M.; quantity theory of money.
dependency ratio The dependency ratio is defined as the ratio of the total number
of children (0-14 years of age) and pensioners to the working population, i.e. the
number of people of non-working age in an economy, relative to those who are of
dependent variable |_94
working age. The term is used flexibly, sometimes referring to dependants of old age
only, and sometimes to those either too old or too young to work. It is calculated by
taking the ratio of non-working to working-age groups, and multiplying by roo to
give a percentage. The inverse is the support ratio. The UK dependency ratio is
forecast to increase from 73 in 2000 to 80 in 2026. ^population; ^-demographic
time bomb.
derivatives A generic term for >-futures, >options and >swaps, i.e. instruments
derived from conventional direct dealings in securities, currencies and commodities.
Trade in derivatives increased substantially in the 1990s, given their usefulness to
company treasurers and fund managers as a >hedge against security price changes
and currency fluctuations, particularly in the disturbed currency markets of the
period. In the ro years to 1993, eighteen derivatives exchanges were created in
Europe, trading ninety-eight different contracts. The market - which had come to
be dominated by trade in swaps and to be handled chiefly by a relatively small
number of banks - was estimated to have reached a total value of some $4 billion by
r992. This figure was questioned by some commentators, who held that the true
measure was not the total value of the instruments traded but the level of risk
involved, a figure around one-tenth of the total value. Moreover, many, including
the Group of 30 in a report published in July 1993, pointed out that the derivatives
market was small in comparison with total bond, equity or foreign exchange
transactions ($900 billion at the time).
derived demand The demand for a >factor of production in which the demand
for the factor is derived indirectly from the demand for the finished product to
which the factor has contributed in production. >► labour, demand for.
devaluation The reduction of the fixed official rate at which one >currency is
exchanged for another (> currency depreciation) in a fixed ^exchange rate regime.
Currencies were in such regimes for much of the second half of the twentieth century,
particularly under the arrangements agreed at the >Bretton Woods conference and
in Europe under the > European Monetary System. Apart from such general schemes,
individual countries may opt to fix their currency's exchange rate. For example,
Argentina, in r99i, based its monetary policy on a ^currency board and a fixed rate
of exchange of r peso to i$US. This regime lasted until 2002, when the peso was first
devalued and then left to float (^exchange rate).
There are three basic situations which lead to devaluation: (a) persistent ^balance
of payments deficits; (b) a period of high ^inflation, and (c) diversion between the
economic activity of the country and the other members of the fixed rate region. In
(a) and (b) the devaluation helps the exporting sector of the economy at the expense
of the non-tradable sector. For example, it works to reduce a deficit, because devalu¬
ation makes prices (in foreign currencies) of exports cheaper and the domestic
price of imports more expensive. (The immediate effect, however, is similar to
an unfavourable change in the > terms of trade (>J-curve).) Similarly, with high
inflation, prices (in foreign currencies) of exports rise and demand of the country's
exports falls, unless the exchange rate falls to make the prices competitive again. If
a country is a member of a fixed exchange-rate area, economic policy differences
lead to devaluation. For example, if one country is >overheating, while another is
deflating (^deflation), then a looser ^-monetary policy is required in the former.
Under fixed exchange rates, it is not possible for monetary authorities to fix both
the >rate of interest and the >exchange rate independently - fixing one implies
97J differentiation, product
some rate of the other. The country requiring a looser policy needs to devalue until
policies converge. In effect, all three causes of devaluation are the same: a need to
restore domestic balance (neither overheating, nor deflation) while also maintaining
a reasonable balance between the exporting and non-exporting sector.
developing country A country that has not yet reached the stage of ^economic
development characterized by the growth of industrialization, nor (as was once
thought) a level of ^national income sufficient to yield the domestic > savings
required to finance the ^investment necessary for further growth (>Rostow, W. W.).
The notion of a vicious circle of underdevelopment, however, has been criticized
heavily (>economic development). Also referred to as Third World countries and
less-developed countries. The attempt by developing countries to obtain significant
increases in their >real incomes has been frustrated by the deterioration in their
>terms of trade and the rapid expansion of their populations. According to the
United Nations (>United Nations Conference on Trade and Development),
developing countries succeeded in increasing their share of world trade in the 30
years up to 2000 through an expansion in exports of manufactures to the point that
they accounted for about 70 per cent of their total exports by 2000. However,
this expansion was not reflected in export incomes, their share of world income
remaining constant. This is because developing countries' manufactures are still
based on unskilled labour and natural resources which do not earn the added
value enjoyed by more technology-based trade. In spite of the increase in their
exports, imports into the developing countries grew faster leading to deteriorating
^•balance of payments. As a result, many developing countries have accumulated
large foreign debts.
The > World Bank estimates that 23 per cent of the world's population are in
extreme S-poverty (living on less than $r a day). Life expectancy at birth in these
low-income countries is only 59 years on average compared with 78 years in the
^advanced countries. Over 25 per cent of those in extreme poverty live in Sub-
Saharan Africa.
Many ideas have been put forward to assist these countries bridge the gap between
themselves and the developed countries (^United Nations Conference on Trade
and Development). Some developing countries, particularly in Asia, have embarked
successfully on economic development and attracted a substantial growth in private
capital investment in the T990S that has more than offset static or declining official
>foreign aid (>emerging markets; newly industrialized country). >► Asian Develop¬
ment Bank; Association of South East Asian Nations; Colombo Plan for Cooperative
Economic and Social Development in Asia and the Pacific; convergence; General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade; International Bank for Reconstruction and Develop¬
ment; international commodity agreements; least-developed country; transition,
economies in.
may create an opportunity to depart from the market price, charge a premium for
his product and make greater > profits. Under perfect competition, this supplier
would sell nothing if he raised the price above market levels (he faces a horizontal
>-demand curve); with product differentiation he may be able to build up some
loyalty from his customers (and introduce a downward slope to the demand curve,
which is a characteristic of ^monopolistic competition). The means by which
suppliers differentiate their products may involve improved product performance
and ^innovation (e.g. radial-ply tyres which, though more expensive initially than
conventional tyres, have a longer life) or they may be restricted to > advertising and
packaging. In business economics, differentiation is seen as one of two important
strategic directions, the other being leadership through volume sales and low cost.
diminishing returns, law of A law that states that, as extra units of one ^factor
of production are employed, with all others held constant, the output generated by
each additional unit will eventually fall. In effect, that the ^marginal product of
factors declines when they are employed in increasing quantities. For example, a
farm owner with one field might find that one man could produce 2 tons of grain;
two men 5 tons of grain - more than twice as much; but three men only 7 tons of
grain. The extra production gained from adding a worker started at 2, rose to 3, then
fell back to 2.
Diminishing returns should not be confused with negative returns. Successively
adding workers to a factory can increase its total output but at a falling rate; only
when the factory becomes very overcrowded would the presence of an extra worker
actually cause production to fall. diseconomies of scale; returns to scale; short-run
cost curves; Turgot, A. R. J.
discount market The market dealing in ►treasury bills, ►bills of exchange and
short-dated ►bonds and consisting of the ^banking system, the ► accepting houses
and the ►discount houses. Although the existence of discount houses as such has
ceased in the City of London, a ►money market of some kind is a feature of all
discount rate | 100
financial centres. The discount houses originally dealt mainly in bills of exchange
accepted by the ^merchant banks, and later in government (including local govern¬
ment) securities and negotiable ^certificates of deposit, ^discount.
(r) The different processes within a plant will probably not have the same >optimum
scale. For example, a car-body press might be at its most efficient at r50,ooo units
a year, while an engine transfer machining line may be optimal at roo,ooo units
a year. When 150,000 cars are produced, it will be necessary either to have a
suboptimal engine line with a capacity of 50,000 in addition, or to run a second
line at 50 per cent capacity.
(2) As firm size increases, problems of administration and co-ordination increase and
there is a growth of bureaucracy.
(3) If output for a national or international market is concentrated at one large plant
in a single location, transport costs of raw materials and finished goods to and
from distant markets may offset scale economies of production at the large plant.
I hese are internal diseconomies. External diseconomies are said to arise as a geographic
region sees larger-scale production - these might include traffic congestion or pol¬
lution, for example (>externalities). Diseconomies of scale are not to be confused
with diminishing returns (^diminishing returns, law of). returns to scale.
disequilibrium A state in which the forces influencing a system are not in balance
and there is a tendency for one or more >-variables in the system to change. The
operation of some mechanism or process is central to the concept of disequilibrium,
as it is this that drives the system variables to move. The direction of movement
caused by a process in most applications is towards a state of equilibrium, but this
101 | distribution, theory of
need not be the case. The ► cobweb model provides an example of a mechanism
that can take either form, ^dynamics; equilibrium; stability analysis.
disinvestment Negative investment which occurs where part of the capital stock
is destroyed or where gross ► investment is less than ► capital consumption,
i.e. capital equipment is not replaced as it wears out. Antonym for investment,
^divestment.
disposable income Total >income of households less > income tax and employee
►National Insurance contributions.
divestment The liquidation or sale of parts of a firm. Divestment is, in effect, the
opposite of acquisition or ► merger.
dividend The amount of a company's ►profits that the board of directors decides
to distribute to ordinary shareholders. It is usually expressed either as a percentage
of the ^nominal value of the ► ordinary share capital, or as an absolute amount per
►share. For example, if a company has an issued ►capital of £100,000 in 400,000
Doha Round of Trade Negotiations
25P ordinary shares and the directors decide to distribute £10,000, then they would
declare a dividend of ro per cent or 2'Ap per share. A dividend is only the same as a
►yield if the shares stand at their nominal value. Some shareholders may not have
bought their shares at >-par value and might have paid, say, sop each for them, in
which case the yield would not be 10 but 5 per cent.
Dividends are declared at general meetings of the shareholders. Interim dividends
are part payments of the annual dividend made during the year. Dividends are paid
out of profits for the current year or, if profits are inadequate but the directors
consider that a dividend is justified, out of reserves from profits of previous years.
The profits after tax from which dividends are paid are those after payments to
holders of ^-preference shares and > debentures have been allowed for, the balance
being split between dividends and reserves.
There has been much discussion of whether the rate of > investment could be
raised if companies paid out fewer dividends, as that would leave more cash to
invest.
dividend cover The number of times the net >profits available for distribution
exceed the ^dividend actually paid or declared. For example, if a company's net
profits are £100,000 and the dividend was £5000, the dividend cover would be 20. It
is the inverse of the payout ratio.
dominated strategy A course of action that would not make sense whatever
other agents chose to do. ^dominant strategy.
double taxation The situation in which the same >tax base is taxed more than
once. Double-taxation agreements between two countries are designed to avoid, for
example, ^incomes of non-residents being taxed both in the country they are living
in and in their country of origin. Many proponents of an ^expenditure tax argue
that its main advantage is to avoid double taxation of savings.
industrial stocks accounting for about 25 per cent of the market >capitilization of
the shares quoted on the New York Stock Exchange and is calculated and published
every day the exchange is open. In its present form the index dates from r928.
part of the GATT Kennedy round of trade negotiations concluded in 1967 by the EU,
North America and the ►European Free Trade Association. The review of the rules
for determining anti-dumping measures was also part of the negotiations of the
► Uruguay round of trade negotiations. In the USA, the government must obtain the
approval of the ►International Trade Commission before imposing anti-dumping
duties on an import and decisions may be overruled by the US Court of International
Trade. >contingent protection; >^free trade; protection; reciprocity.
duopoly Two sellers only of a good or service in a market. A decision by one seller,
such as the raising or lowering of his price, will be likely to stimulate a response from
the other which, in turn, will affect the market response to the first seller's initial
decision. Depending on assumptions made about the market and each seller's
responses, price >equilibrium may exist at any point between that of a ►monopolist
and that of ►perfect competition (>Bertrand competition; Cournot, A. A.). >^-game
theory; oligopoly.
durable goods Consumer goods like washing-machines, motor cars and TV sets,
which yield ►services or ►utility over time rather than being completely used up
at the moment of ►consumption. Most consumer goods are in fact, durable to some
degree, and the term is often used in a more restricted sense to denote relatively
expensive, technologically sophisticated goods - 'consumer durables' - such as the
examples given above. The significance of the durability of these goods is that the
conventional apparatus of demand analysis must be supplemented by the modes of
analysis developed in ►capital theory (►demand, theory of).
earnings 1 The return for human effort, as in the earnings of >labour and the
earnings of management. In labour economics, wage earnings are distinguished
from wage rates; the former include overtime, the latter relate only to earnings per
hour or standard working week. Earnings may be quoted as pre- or post-tax (gross
or net) and other deductions and in >real terms or money terms. 2 The > income
of a business, part of which may be retained in the business and part distributed to
the shareholders (^-retained earnings). Earnings per >share (post-tax), which is a
measure of the total return earned by a company on its ^ordinary share capital,
are calculated by taking gross income after ^depreciation, > interest, > preference
shares and minority interests, deducting tax and dividing the resulting figure by the
number of ordinary shares. Note that earnings per share are normally higher than
the ^dividend per share. For example, a firm may earn rop per share but may only
pay a 5p or 20 per cent dividend on its 25P ordinary shares.
East African Community The original East African Community failed in T977 but
was revived by a treaty signed in r999 and the new Community of Tanzania, Uganda
and Kenya came into operation in 20or. The treaty envisages the elimination of
import tariffs (^tariffs, imports) and import barriers (Emport restrictions) between
member states and the setting up of a common external tariff by 2004. By 2002,
internal tariffs had been reduced by between 80 and 90 per cent. The long-term goal
is the formation of ^monetary union. ^Common Market for Eastern and Southern
Africa; Cotonou Agreement.
argued that the high > compliance cost of regulation in the formal sector acts as a
barrier to the integration of the informal economy into the modern formal sector.
The importance of the informal sector, where much output may be unreported and
is not exchanged in the market economy, means that statistics for developing
countries are subject to qualifications.
It can be seen from the above table that development is associated with an increase in
the proportion of the population living in urban areas, a decline in the proportion of
>gross domestic product (GDP) generated in agriculture, and an increase in that gener¬
ated in services. Industrialization first becomes more important as development pro¬
ceeds, and then declines again as countries reach the advanced stage. Rates of GDP per
capita growth per annum also tend to decline as countries develop.
economic doctrines Sets of beliefs about how economies function and their
corresponding policy implications. The most interesting modern means of truly
defining different mainstream doctrines is in their view of the importance of
>aggregate demand in determining output and employment in the economy, and
in whether policy to influence demand has any effect (►policy ineffectiveness
theorem).
(1) ^Classical economics was not much concerned with macroeconomics, but gener¬
ally held >Say's law (i.e. that anything supplied would create a demand) as the
earnings paid to the supplier would be spent, equating overall demand and
supply. Investment and saving would be equated through the interest rate. Almost
by assumption, therefore, the economy was in ►equilibrium.
(2) Keynesian disequilibrium economics (^ Keynesian economics; quantity ration¬
ing) holds that the economy can get stuck in >disequilibrium as the overall level
of saving may not be absorbed by the level of investment, and, hence, not all
output will necessarily be bought by anyone; hence government can influence
the economy by increasing demand, most effectively by borrowing (^fiscal
policy).
(3) Neo-Keynesian/>neo-classical economics holds that the Keynesian view is
broadly right in the short term, but that over long periods of time the economy
did have a natural tendency to find an equilibrium. Policy could be effective in
the medium term.
(4) Monetarist economics (►►monetarism; quantity theory of money) holds that it
is money, rather than aggregate demand, that matters, and that policies to
increase demand using money supply growth would only be effective in the short
term, and then at the cost of increasing rates of inflation.
(5) >New classical economics holds that policy won't even work in the short run if
private agents anticipate its effect. A policy to increase money supply will simply
increase prices immediately if agents spot it coming, and have ►rational expec¬
tations. >New Keynesians revert to the idea that anticipated policy can have
short- to medium-term effects, on the ground that prices are sticky, and therefore
that equilibrium is not immediately restored after a shock, by a change in prices.
The doctrines also fall into categories dependent on how far they use the analysis of
► microeconomics. Classical economists almost only used microeconomic analysis;
the Keynesians, and indeed the monetarists, almost only use ► macroeconomics
in their analyses. Neo-classicists blend the two, while the new classical and new
economic growth
Keynesian economists have attempted microeconomic rationales for all their mac¬
roeconomic findings.
(1) Productive efficiency demands that the >*rate of technical substitution for the
two products must be equal, to ensure a unit of one factor of production is worth
the same amount in terms of the other factor whichever product it is used in.
Otherwise, factors could be swapped between products and extra output gained.
(2) The > marginal rate of substitution must be equal for both consumers; otherwise,
the consumers could swap commodities to their mutual benefit.
(3) Allocative efficiency requires that the marginal rate of transformation must equal
the marginal rate of substitution: if consumers feel one banana is worth two
apples, and producers can make one extra banana at the sacrifice of only one
apple, it will pay society for them to produce one apple less and one extra banana,
and to go on making that switch, until eventually consumers tire of bananas and
value apples more highly than they did; and land suitable for banana production
will be so marginal that for every bit of land removed from apples, hardly any
bananas will be produced. At this stage, the two rates of substitution will be equal.
economics (>-growth theory). Most important is not the growth associated with the
►business cycle - which tends to vary to some extent with >aggregate demand -
but instead > trend growth, or the growth in the long-term productive potential of
the economy. The dominant interest in growth theory post-Second World War has
been the degree to which the accumulation of >capital through ►investment
explains economic performance. Clearly, more capital, like more of any >-input,
should lead to more output (eventually). But does it lead to enough output to justify
the sacrifice of saving for it? And how much extra output does it yield? Capital
accumulation alone has never been able fully to account for growth - there has
always been a residual determinant, typically caught under the heading 'technol¬
ogy'. More recently, growth theory has moved into trying to explain how much
capital is accumulated, and how successfully technology translates capital into
growth, ^endogenous growth theory; ►‘•economic development; economic
growth, stages of.
(1) The traditional society, in which adherence to long-lived economic and social
systems and customs means that output per head is low and tends not to rise.
(2) The stage of the establishment of the pre-conditions for 'take-off' (see (3) below).
This stage is a period of transition, in which the traditional systems are overcome,
and the economy is made capable of exploiting the fruits of modern science and
technology.
(3) The take-off stage. 'Take-off' represents the point at which the 'old blocks and
the resistances to steady growth are finally overcome', and growth becomes the
normal condition of the economy. The economy begins to generate its own
►investment and technological improvement at sufficiently high rates so as to
make growth virtually self-sustaining.
(4) The 'drive to maturity', which is the stage of increasing sophistication of the
economy. Against the background of steady growth, new industries are
developed, there is less reliance on >imports and more exporting activity, and
the economy 'demonstrates' its capacity to move beyond the original industries
which powered its take-off, and to absorb and to apply efficiently the most
advanced fruits of modern technology.
(5) Stage (4) ends in the attainment of this stage, which is the age of high mass
consumption, where there is an affluent population and durable and sophisti¬
cated consumer goods (► economic good) and >services are the leading sectors
of production.
stage. Once this is achieved, these economies will have their own dynamic and
momentum, and hence aid becomes much less necessary. The theory has had only
limited impact among professional economists concerned with the problem of
► economic development. Partly this is because Rostow's analysis of exactly what
factors were responsible for take-off and subsequent self-generating growth tended
to be vague, ambiguous and incomplete. Also, the theory is framed in such general
terms that it can be made consistent with virtually any past growth situation. Partly
also perhaps, the broad sweep of the historian's vision, with the implication of the
inexorability of the historical processes, is not of very much help in trying to solve
the particular development problems of particular economies, ^economic growth;
foreign aid.
economic rent The difference between the return made by a factor of production
and the return necessary to keep the factor in its current occupation. For example:
(a) for a brain surgeon earning £100,000 whose only other possible occupation is
nursing on £20,000, the economic rent is £80,000 (the surgeon would remain in his
current job even if it paid only £20,100), and (b) a firm making excess profits
(►profits) is earning economic rent.
In >perfect competition, no rents are made by any factor, because changes in
supply bid prices of inputs and labour down to the level just necessary to keep them
employed. In general, economic rents accrue where changes in supply of this sort
are not possible, e.g. to a brain surgeon with rare skills, that are difficult to emulate,
or to a >monopoly protected by >barriers to entry. True economic rents are among
the few returns that can be taxed (>-taxation) without distorting production
decisions. SH^quasi-rent.
economies of scale Factors that cause the average cost of producing a commodity
to fall as output of the commodity rises. For example, a firm or industry that would
less than double its costs, if it doubled its output, enjoys economies of scale.
There are two types of such economies:
(r) Internal economics, that accrue to the individual firm regardless of the size of
its industry. They generally result from technological factors which ensure the
optimal size of production is large: (a) with high fixed costs in plant and machin¬
ery, the larger its production, the lower the cost per unit of the fixed inputs, e.g.
producing steel without a blast furnace is possible but very expensive - once a
blast furnace is built it is inefficient only to make small quantities of steel with it
and, hence, steel companies tend to be large; (b) large firms can also arrange for
the specialization of labour and machines as, for example, in the techniques of
the production line which can increase productivity (>-Smith, A.), and (c) only
large firms can afford the high costs of > research and development - non-
technological factors are important, too, however, e.g. by buying inputs in bulk,
large firms can get discounts from their suppliers (who grant them because of
economies of scale in distributing the supplies); there are also economies of scale
in ^business finance.
(2) External economies, that arise because the development of an industry can lead
to the development of ancillary services of benefit to all firms, i.e. a labour force
skilled in the crafts of the industry, a components industry equipped to supply
precisely the right parts, or a trade magazine in which all firms can advertise
cheaply; these can at least partly explain the much observed tendency for firms
to cluster geographically more often than would be predicted from random
location decisions. >industrial districts.
The existence of economies of scale in most industries is used to explain the predomi¬
nance of large firms in the world economy, but recently there has been some
reassessment of the relative importance of technological economies of scale as
efficient markets hypothesis
efficient markets hypothesis The idea that the prices prevailing in a market
make it impossible to earn abnormally large economic profits by trading in that
market on some specified amount of information. The hypothesis is invariably
applied to financial markets. Here, it says that if on commonly held information,
the price of an asset is expected to rise tomorrow, traders, anticipating this, will buy
EFTA
the asset today. This will drive the price of the asset up immediately until tomorrow's
price rise has already occurred, and no further rise is expected. Thus no quick capital
gain could be made by buying the share. The idea is encapsulated in the slogan that
there are no $roo bills on the sidewalk, because if there were, people would have
already picked them up. If the market were not efficient, the possibility of making
>arbitrage profits would exist, and a clever trader could make quick speculative
gains. »►capital-asset pricing model; chartist; random walk; rational expectations.
% change in y
% change in x
In the case of price elasticity, y would be the quantity demanded, and x would be
price. One might have observed market behaviour in order to calculate an elasticity;
alternatively, it can be derived from an ►econometric model expressing demand as
a >function of price in equation form. If an elasticity has an absolute magnitude
numerically smaller than unity, the quantity demanded is price-inelastic, i.e. that if
the price is increased (marginally) the quantity demanded will not fall proportion¬
ately as much and, therefore, the total expenditure on the good will increase. If the
good is price-elastic (i.e. elasticity is numerically greater than unity) demand will be
reduced more than price, and therefore less will be spent on the good than before
the price was increased. The term 'elasticity' was invented by ►Marshall.
substitutes. The formula for the elasticity of substitution between two inputs, x and
y, with prices pl and p2 respectively, is:
% change in x/y
% change in p2lpi
>E technical substitution, rate of.
emigration Emigration.
endogenous growth theory A set of economic models and ideas that attempt
to explain the rate of >economic growth without recourse to the assumption that
technological progress is simply given, and cannot be accounted for. Traditional
growth models did tend to assume that technology - which they interpreted very
widely to include everything from new machines to a better understanding of
efficient production methods or improved marketing techniques - is exogenous
(►exogenous variable), that for all intents and purposes it is predetermined. Models
of endogenous growth attempt to explain that technology. The earlier models simply
outlined a more important role for > investment - in physical and human capital -
than had until then been common. In particular, they questioned the assumption
of diminishing returns to investment (►diminishing returns, law of). As much
investment has appeared to be subject to diminishing returns, these models have
been superseded by others that have tended to focus far more narrowly on 'know¬
ledge-based' investment in education and in research in particular. They have
stressed the need for institutions that nurture innovation, and provide incentives
for individuals to be inventive. Indeed, > competition policy, industrial relations
and the trade regime in place could all be said to be important. In general, these
models have supported the conclusion that it may be sensible to subsidize education
and research and development. They have also demonstrated that a far wider set of
factors can affect growth than was traditionally supposed. But beyond that, they have
not yielded a precision sufficient to offer useful prescriptions for policy. >► sow's ear
effect; supply-side economics.
personal character but which are to some extent dependent upon the experiences
of the consumer. The most clear example of endogenous preferences follows from
addiction - an individual’s taste for cigarettes is very much affected by whether the
individual happens to have smoked many cigarettes or not. Acquired tastes, habits,
the desire to justify to oneself one's past consumption, all provide examples of ways
in which yesterday's purchase affects our preferences today. The notion is destructive
of much traditional economics, because once the assumption of exogenous (►exo¬
genous variable) preferences is removed, life is far more complicated than normal
demand theory (>demand, theory of) would imply. A cut in the price of a product
may lead to a shift of the demand curve. The notion of >diminishing marginal
utility may be turned upside down. Unfortunately, it is hard to provide a very
constructive and precise theory of endogenous preferences, although study of the
subject has fruitfully introduced an element of psychology into economics, ►behavi¬
oural economics.
Engel's law A law of economics stating that, with given tastes or preferences, the
proportion of income spent on food diminishes as incomes increase. The law was
formulated by Engel, the director of the Bureau of Statistics in Prussia, in a paper
published by him in 1857.
employed. Of course, if the firm were not optimizing, it would not be possible to
make the assumption that small changes in the input mix were irrelevant. The
theorem is central to ^duality theory - the relationship between the >* production
function and the related function describing the firm's costs, given an optimal
input mix. It asserts that the ^demand function for inputs is effectively deriv¬
able from the firm's cost function. Similarly, in demand theory (>demand, theory
of), it can be used as a means of obtaining the demand function, from observation
of the consumers' expenditure at different prices. The theorem is also known as
Shephard's lemma.
took place within these limits set by costs would depend on the reciprocal ►demand
of each country for the other's commodities. The ratio at which one country's
commodities exchange for another country's commodities (the ►terms of trade)
will be in equilibrium when the quantity the importer will accept at this ratio equals
the quantity the exporter will be willing to deliver. It will depend, inter alia, on
the ► elasticities of demand and ►supply of the goods traded. W^Marshall-Lemer
criterion.
equilibrium A situation in which the forces that determine the behaviour of some
variable are in balance and thus exert no pressure on that variable to change. It is a
situation in which the actions of all economic agents are mutually consistent. It is a
concept meaningfully applied to any variable whose level is determined by the
outcome of the operation of at least one mechanism or process acting on counter¬
vailing forces. For example, equilibrium price is affected by a process that drives
suppliers to increase prices when demand is in excess and to undercut each other
when supply is in excess - the mechanism thus regulates the forces of supply and
demand.
It is possible for a short-run equilibrium to exist when some quickly adjusting
processes are in balance while other, longer-term, forces are still causing change to
occur. For example, in >perfect competition, in the short run firms' profit-
maximizing behaviour can lead to a market equilibrium with price equal to marginal
cost, yet if abnormal ►profits exist at that price new firms might enter the industry
- a process quite separate from the price-setting behaviour of those already in it -
that will change the long-term equilibrium price.
A distinction can be drawn between a static equilibrium - when the value of the
relevant variable is unchanging - and a dynamic equilibrium - when the value of
the variable is changing, but in a regular way. Equilibrium growth, for example,
might manifest itself in a steady 2.25 per cent rise in gross domestic product.
The concept of an equilibrium has developed in recent decades with the advance
of >game theory. An equilibrium in a game is, loosely, a set of mutually compatible
strategies such that given the strategies of other players, each player will be content
with own strategy.
Finally, equilibrium should not be confused with efficiency. Although the efficient
level of a variable is sometimes likely to be an equilibrium, there is no guarantee that
equilibria are efficient. >► disequilibrium; Nash equilibrium; tatonnement process.
equity The residual ►value of a company's ►assets after all outside ►liabilities
(other than to shareholders) have been allowed for. In a ►mortgage, or >hire
purchase contract, equity is the amount left for the borrower if the asset concerned
is sold and the lender repaid. The equity in a company under ►liquidation is the
property of holders of ► ordinary shares, hence these shares are popularly called
equities. Equity yields and prices, although fluctuating, have historically delivered
returns about 8 per cent higher than risk-free ►stocks (>capital asset pricing model).
escalator The policy of the UK government to raise the specific duties (>tax,
specific) on petrol and tobacco by more than the rate of inflation each year. In 1997,
the escalators were set at 6 per cent and 5 per cent, respectively.
ESOP Employee Share Ownership Plan; Employee Stock Ownership Plan (>em-
ployee share-ownership schemes).
eurodollars >eurocurrency.
markets that would have a minimum of government intervention and whose govern¬
ments would be freely elected on a multi-party basis. Sixty countries and institutions
are members of the bank, including the >European Union and the »-European
Investment Bank, and of these shareholders, twenty-seven countries in central and
eastern Europe and central Asia are recipients of the bank's investment and lending.
It may lend at market rates of > interest or invest in > equities. Total new investment
in 2002 reached €3.9 billion and the shareholders agreed to double the bank's total
capital to €40 billion. The Bank is located in London. ^-International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development.
European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) The conception of the Schuman
Plan (named after the then French foreign minister) for the establishment of a
common European market in coal and steel. It was embodied in the Treaty of Paris
of 195T, ratified by the member countries (i.e. Germany, France, Italy and ^Benelux)
in 1952. All import duties and >quota restrictions on coal, iron ore, steel and scrap
were eliminated on intracommunity trade. The treaty also provided for the control
of restrictive practices and >mergers considered contrary to the maintenance of free
competition. The ECSC merged with the then European Economic Community and
Euratom in T967 to form the European Community (^European Union), and ceased
to exist with the termination of the treaty in 2002. >customs union.
European Exchange Rate Mechanism (ERM) The fixed >exchange rate regime
established by the then European Community (^European Union) in 1979. The
system was designed to keep the member countries' exchange rates within specified
European Free Trade Association
bands in relation to each other. Each currency in the system was allowed initially to
fluctuate between ±2.25 per cent against any other currency, later widened to up to
±15 per cent. The ERM came to be seen as a precursor to >European Monetary
Union, with membership implicitly representing a condition of entry to EMU
according to the ►Maastricht Treaty.
European Investment Bank (EIB) A bank established in t958 by the then Euro¬
pean Community (^European Union (EU)) whose board of governors comprises
the ministers of finance of the EU. It is a non-profitmaking institution whose
function is to make loans and give guarantees with respect to: (a) projects in the
underdeveloped areas of the EU and in support of EU >foreign aid (>-Lome Conven¬
tion); (b) projects of modernization, conversion or development that are regarded
as necessary for the development of the EU, and (c) projects in which member
countries of the EU have a common interest. Under the EIB's charter, loans and
outstanding guarantees cannot exceed two-and-a-half times its subscribed capital of
€r5o billion in 2002.
European Monetary System (EMS) The European Monetary System was the
name given to the common international financial structures adopted by the
member countries of the > European Union (EU) in advance of > European Monet¬
ary Union. The major elements in this structure were the ^European Exchange Rate
Mechanism, the > European Currency Unit and the European Monetary
Cooperation Fund. The last was the >clearing house for the ►central banks in the
EMS although, in practice, the day-to-day running of the system was carried out by
the >-Bank for International Settlements.
European currency (the euro). Member states of the European Union (EU) judged to
have 'converged' sufficiently with other members of the EU, by reference to a
number of conditions are entitled to join (>convergance criteria). EMU came into
full operation with the replacement of national currencies with euronotes and coins
on i January 2002. Twelve members of the EU joined the EMU, i.e. Austria, Belgium,
Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, The Netherlands,
Portugal and Spain. Three members (i.e. Denmark, Sweden and the UK) did not join.
Countries inside are subject to rules on government borrowing (S-stability and
growth pact).
Member nations are not able to exert an independent monetary policy. A level of
interest rate is set for all members. If each member tends to follow the others, and
absorb similar shocks to demand and supply, this need not be a problem. However,
if member states endure divergent patterns of economic performance, the burden
of adjustment will have to fall on domestic prices and employment, rather than
interest rates or exchange rates. For example, if Germany is >overheating, and
Austria is in the grip of >• deflation, Austria would have to endure the high interest
rates suited to calm down the German economy. To boost >aggregate demand in
Austria, the government would be constrained in its borrowing by the stability and
growth pact. It would have to rely on recession to cause domestic prices to fall in
order to lead to extra demand for Austrian products and, subsequently, higher
output and employment.
It is worth nothing that on the basis of >Keynesian economics - that regards
control of aggregate demand to be central to good economic management - monet¬
ary union looks risky. On the basis of »-new classical economics, which believes in
the > neutrality of money, the single currency should not make much difference to
the behaviour of European economies (>Mundell, R. A.).
European Union Six countries of Western Europe (i.e. France, West Germany,
Italy, Belgium, The Netherlands and Luxembourg) signed the Treaty of Rome in 1957
for the creation between them of a ^customs union or common market. By this
treaty the European Economic Community (EEC) came into force on 1 January 1958.
The EEC merged with the ^European Coal and Steel Community and Euratom in
1967 to form the European Community, subsequently referred to as the European
Union (EU). All internal import duties were abolished and a common external tariff
established by 1 July r968. For agricultural products, the ^Common Agricultural
Policy became effective in 1968. As from r January r973 the Republic of Ireland and
two members of the >■ European Free Trade Association (i.e. the UK and Denmark)
became full members of the EU. The elimination of tariffs between the original six
and the new members and the adoption by them of the common external tariff was
completed on r January 1977. Greece became a member in 1981, Portugal and Spain
in r986, Austria, Finland and Sweden in 1995. The German Democratic Republic (East
Germany) became a member in 1990 following its merger with the Federal Republic
of Germany (West Germany).
The EU was not a complete single ^market because there existed restrictions that
prevented free trade, e.g. national differences in technical standards within the
ex ante
Community and differential qualification requirements for the professions (> barri¬
ers to entry). A programme was initiated and embodied in the Single European Act
1986 for the abolition of such restrictions. The programme involved the abolition of
exchange controls, the recognition of qualifications, the abolition of restrictions on
internal transport (>cabotage), liberalization of the market in air services, public
procurement tendering, life insurance and banking services, and the abolition of
frontier controls (>Schengen Treaty). The Act also widened the application of
qualified majority decision-making in the EU. The Treaty of Rome was subsequently
amended by the Treaties of >-Maastricht in 1992, Amsterdam in t997 and Nice in
2000. The executive management of the EU is vested in a Commission, the members
of which are appointed for periods of 4 years. Problems of policy are the concern of
the Council of Ministers, to which the Commission's proposals are submitted. Each
member country is represented by one minister in the Council. Decisions can be
taken by unanimity (each country has a veto) or by qualified majority voting in which
each nation has votes partially weighted by its size; a majority of about 70 per cent
of total votes is needed to carry a provision. In preparation for the expansion of the
EU to twenty-seven member countries, voting rules were revised at Nice in 2000.
Majority voting was widened, and the qualified majority threshold raised to about
75 per cent. A unanimous vote was retained for decisions relating to taxation and
social security. Considerable legislative influence, but less ultimate power, also
resides in the European Parliament. The European Court of Justice has ultimate
authority to interpret the treaty, and acts as a kind of supreme court. It is supported
by a Court of Auditors, and a Court of First Instance. Decisions of the EU are
transmitted either through the member countries' governments by means of Direc¬
tives (^Directives of the European Union) or directly through Regulations. Consulta¬
tive institutions include an economic and social committee and a monetary
committee. The >European Investment Bank has been formed and a European
Regional Development Fund established with powers to lend and grant money for
the development of backward regions of the EU and for >foreign aid. In addition,
a European Social Fund has been set up to assist the redeployment of workers thrown
out of work, particularly if caused by the creation of the EU. A European Environment
Agency was set up in 1990. The Commission monitors competition to ensure that
no enterprise acts in such a way as to restrict the free movement of goods and
services in the EU or to exploit a dominant market position (^competition policy).
There is expectation that ten states in Central and Eastern Europe, the Baltic and in
the Mediterranean will join the EU in 2004, their applications having been approved.
A further three countries have applied to join. In 2002, a Convention on the Future
of Europe was opened to which representatives from prospective new member states
were invited. The Convention is to make recommendations regarding the future
governance of the EU, particularly in relation to its extended membership. The
recommendations of the Convention are scheduled for consideration in 2004. >-Eur¬
opean Monetary Union; migration.
ex ante Expected or intended before the event, as distinct from ex post, which is
the result after the event. Since the future is largely unpredictable, expectations and
outcomes will often be different. The concepts of ex ante and ex post are particularly
useful in economics because the nature of expectations may help either to realize or
to falsify expectations in the process of moving towards ^equilibrium. For example,
exchange control
if investors expect security prices to rise today ex ante, this will increase demand for
them and their price now, so that ex post and ex ante prices may be similar. If intended
aggregate > savings (ex ante) are larger than intended > investment, this will set in
train forces, via lower incomes, to reduce savings so that ex post savings and invest¬
ment will be equal (Encorne determination, theory of). W^Myrdal, G. K.
excess capacity 1 The difference between the amount produced by a firm or group
of firms and the higher amount that could most efficiently be produced. If a firm
produces 1000 cars at a cost of £5000 each, but the lowest cost output would be T300
cars at £4000 each, there is said to be excess capacity of 300 cars. It will exist at any
point on an ► average-cost curve to the left of the lowest point. Sustained excess
capacity is a feature of firms in ^monopolistic competition. In >perfect compe¬
tition, it will exist only in the short term. 2 The difference between actual output
and maximum possible output in a firm, industry or economy. Excess capacity
exists when there are unemployed resources; for a national economy it implies the
existence of a ^deflationary gap. Eutput gap.
excess demand The state of a market for a commodity in which consumers would
choose to buy more of the commodity than is available at the prevailing price.
Excess demand will be equal to zero at the Equilibrium price; it will be negative
(i.e. Excess supply will exist) when the price is higher and will be positive when
the price is lower. If price does not ration the available supply, something else must;
usually it will be State-organized rationing or a queuing system coupled with a
first-come first-served distribution. The situation can result from price control in
which suppliers are legally prevented from raising their prices in response to high
consumer demand, ^repressed inflation.
excess supply The state of the market for a commodity in which more of the
commodity is available for purchase than consumers choose to buy at the prevailing
price. Usually, such a situation leads to a price fall and excess supply disappears. In
a market in which minimum price control is applied it can, however, persist; if, for
example, trade unions prevent wages from falling enough, some argue that there
can be an excess supply of labour (or unemployment) at the prevailing wage.
^Excess demand; Keynesian unemployment.
exchange control The control by the State through the >banking system of
dealings in gold and foreign ^currencies. Exchange control is concerned with
controlling the purchase and sale of currencies by residents alone, since governments
do not have complete powers to control the activities of non-residents. This must
be done through the >market and is a matter of exchange management (Exchange
equalization account). Exchange control is required only where a country wishes to
influence the international value of its currency. It is not willing to leave the value
of its currency in terms of other currencies or gold to be determined in the Mree
market, as it would be under a system of floating Exchange rates, or to allow the
fixed external value of its currency to be the determinant of the domestic price level.
exchange economy
In its most extreme form, a country facing a balance-of-payments deficit may use
exchange control to restrict imports to the amount earned in >foreign exchange by
its nationals. All forms of exchange control are discouraged by the ^Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Development and other international organizations
concerned with encouraging > international trade. It should be noted that a currency
is not fully convertible (^convertibility) when exchange control is operated. ^Eur¬
opean Monetary Union; counter trade; mobility of capital.
exchange of shares A means of business combination which can take two forms:
(a) the companies retain their separate identities, but exchange a quantity of >-shares
so that each company holds shares in the other and normally some directors will sit
on both boards (>interlocking directorates), and (b) two companies will merge,
shares of one company being exchanged with or without a cash adjustment for the
whole of the issued share >capital of the other. X^merger; reverse take-over.
exchange rate The price (rate) at which one ^currency is exchanged for another.
Transactions in foreign exchange occur spot or forward (»-spot market and forward
market) in the > foreign-exchange markets. The actual rate at any one time is
determined by >-supply and >demand conditions for the relevant currencies in the
market. An economy has an internationally traded sector and a domestic sector.
The prices obtained by the former are determined by the prevailing prices on the
international market and the exchange rate, whereas prices in the latter are not
determined so directly.
A fall in the exchange rate will increase demand and make the internationally
traded sector relatively more attractive compared with the domestic sector and
therefore there will tend to be a redirection of resources in its favour. The reverse
would happen with an increase in the exchange rate. Often when the economy
receives a 'shock', the relative size and profitability of the two sectors needs to adjust,
and the exchange rate is one means by which the relative price changes needed to
induce the adjustment can be transmitted to the two sectors. For example, a shock
might include a big rise in domestic savings, without a rise in domestic investment.
In this event, as domestic demand falls, exports may be expanded to offset this loss
of demand by a fall in the exchange rate. The exchange rate is simply a component
excise duties
of the >price mechanism, albeit an important one, responding to the pressures set
by preferences for domestic and foreign goods and services, and the flows of savings
and investment funds across currencies. It follows that the value of the currency is
also determined by domestic >monetary policy - more inflation tends to mean a
lower exchange rate as, without a depreciation, inflation hits the tradable sector
more harshly than the non-tradable sector because it has to accept the world prices
for its products. Given the importance of such an economic variable, governments
have often sought to control exchange rates.
In the absence of government controls, there would be an entirely free or floating
exchange rate in operation. With a freely floating system, no >gold and foreign
exchange reserves would be required as the exchange rate would adjust itself until
the supply and demand for the currencies were brought into balance. Fluctuations
in the rate may be inconvenient for trading, and these fluctuations could be volatile
if left to move freely. Moreover, because of the pressure of short-term ^capital
movements or ^speculation, the exchange rate could move in a direction different
from that justified by conditions in the domestic economy (>exchange-rate over¬
shooting). The alternative is some form of fixed system, ranging from 'hard' to 'soft',
the ultimate 'hard' being a >currency union and the ultimate 'soft' being a freely
floating rate with no government intervention. A middle course has been proposed
in the 'moving parity', 'sliding parity', 'dynamic' or 'crawling peg' idea. In the moving
parity, the par rate is automatically adjusted according to a moving average of past
rates taken over a number of months. Under the sliding parity, instead of the whole
amount of a revaluation or devaluation taking place at once, it is spread in small
percentages over a number of months. Under the crawling peg, the gradual adjust¬
ments in the exchange rate are linked to the level of a country's reserves rather than
past exchange rates. A disadvantage of 'pegged' currencies is that an imbalance
between monetary policy and the exchange rate regime may remain concealed until
there is a forced devaluation leading to serious financial losses. Since the 1990s, there
has been a drop in the number of countries following pegged currency policies.
>-currency board; European Monetary Union; Mundell, R.; ^currency appreci¬
ation; effective exchange rate; European Monetary System; real exchange rate.
Exchequer The account of the central government kept at the >-Bank of England.
>*• Consolidated Fund.
excise duties Indirect taxes levied upon goods (e.g. beer) produced for home
exclusive dealing
consumption as distinct from customs duties (> tariffs, import), which are levied on
goods entering or leaving the country (^taxation). Both excise duties and tariffs in
the UK are administered by HM Customs and Excise.
exogenous variable A ►variable whose value is not determined within the set
of equations, or ►models, established to make predictions or test a hypothesis.
W'-endogenous variable; parameter.
cent of the utility of winning £10 and 50 per cent of the utility of winning nothing.
An important distinction should be made between the expected utility of a lottery
and the utility of the expected outcome. In the example above, the expected utility
of £5 may not be the same as the average of the utility of £10 and the utility of zero
pounds. >von Neumann-Morgenstern utility function,’^diminishing marginal
utility; risk; risk aversion.
exterieur (COFACE) in France and the >Export-Import Bank (US), ^export credit
insurance; Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency.
export incentives Preferential treatment for firms that sell their products abroad,
compared with firms that sell to the home market. They may take the form of direct
^subsidies, special ^credit facilities, grants, concessions in the field of >direct
taxation, benefits arising from the administration of indirect taxation, and >>export
credit insurance on exceptionally favourable terms. Various international associ¬
ations discourage the practice of artificially stimulating exports by any of these
methods. The EWorld Trade Organization lays down special provisions relating to
export subsidies, direct or indirect, in an attempt to limit them. In the field of 'tied
aid’ (>foreign aid) the rules of the > Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development determine that a minimum proportion of the finance must be grant
aid where the finance is not conditional on the donor country receiving the contract
for the project being financed.
export multiplier The ratio of the total increase in a country's > national income
to the increment in export revenue generating the increase. The size of the multiplier
depends on the propensities to save (>average propensity to save; marginal propen¬
sity to save) of the recipients of the increases in incomes derived from the increase
in export revenue and the country's ^propensity to import. The export multiplier
can be regarded as a special case of the general ^-multiplier.
exports The goods and »-services produced by one country that are sold to another
for gold, or ^foreign exchange or in settlement of >debt, in exchange for the second
country's own goods and services. Countries tend to specialize in the production of
those goods and services in which they can be relatively most efficient, because of
their indigenous factor endowments (»► factors of production). Countries devote
home resources to exports because they can obtain more goods and services by
international exchange than they would from the same resources devoted to home
production directly. The USA's exports of goods and services amount to about ir per
cent of its >-gross national income, compared with about 28 per cent in the UK.
^balance of payments; international trade; mercantilism; Ricardo, D.
face value Nominal as distinct from >-market value. The face value of a >security
is the price at which it will be redeemed: (a) of an ^ordinary share its >par value or
issued price, and (b) of a coin the amount stamped on it which might, for a silver or
gold coin, be less than its market value.
factor cost A term used in the national accounts (Asocial accounting) to describe
the valuation of output at market prices less taxes on expenditure plus subsidies.
factor markets The Mabour market, the >-capital market and other ^markets in
which the Mactors of production are bought and sold. The theory of distribution
(^distribution, theory of) attempts to explain how the >prices of factors are deter¬
mined and how they are allocated between alternative uses.
factor payments Payments made to the owners of the > factors of production in
return for their use in the production process.
factoring The business activity in which a company takes over the responsibility
for the collecting of the >debts of another. It is a service primarily intended to meet
the needs of small and medium-size firms. Typically, the client debits all his sales to
the factor and receives immediate payment from him less a charge of about 2-3 per
cent and interest for the period of > trade credit given to the customer, thus improv¬
ing the client’s cash flow considerably. There are a number of different types of
factoring; the simplest is known as 'invoice discounting'. In its most elaborate form
the factor maintains the company's sales ledger and other accounting functions,
and does not seek recourse to its client if unable to obtain payment from that client's
customers (non-recourse factoring). The customer need not know that a factor is
being used. The factor generally has some control over sales either by imposing a
maximum >credit limit that he is willing to meet or by vetting specific prospective
clients. Through international factoring companies, the factor can offer a service
to exporters by protecting his customers from bad debts overseas and by giving,
Federal Reserve System
f.a.s. Free alongside ship. The term in a contract by which the seller is required to
deliver the goods to a quay or to lighters alongside the vessel at the seaport of
shipment specified in the contract of sale. The seller is not obliged to obtain ►insur¬
ance cover, ►►c.i.f.; f.o.b.
Federal Reserve System (Fed) The ►central banking system of the USA, estab¬
lished by the Federal Reserve Act t9r3 and organized on a regional basis, given the
large area involved and the multiplicity of small- and medium-sized banks. The
system is composed of twelve regional Reserve banks, twenty-five branches and
Federal Trade Commission
fiat money Currency that is legally decreed a valid means of financing transactions.
It is, in short, legal tender, in contrast to other forms of paper (e.g. cheques) that
carry credibility but no legal support, ^fiduciary issue; monetary base.
fiduciary issue Paper Vmoney (►banknote) not backed by gold or silver. The
term has its origins in the Bank Charter Act 1844 in the UK, that fixed the fiduciary
issue limit at £14 million. Any notes issued in excess of this amount had to be fully
backed by gold. The fiduciary limit has been successively raised and the monetary
authorities are now free to alter the note issue as they wish; effectively the note issue
is now entirely fiduciary, ^banking and currency schools.
final goods Goods that are produced for ^consumption rather than as an Vinter-
financial intermediaries
mediate product used in the process of production. Final consumption (i.e. consump¬
tion of final goods alone) is included in the totals of national output in >social
accounting. (If intermediate goods were also included there would be double count¬
ing of output.) Only government final consumption (that excludes > transfer pay¬
ments), consumers' expenditure (all of which, by definition, is final) and investment
goods enter into final expenditure and thus into the >gross domestic product.
finance 1 he provision of >-money when and where required. Finance may be short
term (usually up to r year), medium-term (usually over i year and up to 5-7 years)
and long-term. Finance may be required for ^consumption or for ^investment. For
the latter, when provided, it becomes >capital. Ebusiness finance; consumer credit;
public finance.
of this distinction arises from the fact that the liabilities of banks are part of the
Pmoney supply, and this may not be true of the non-bank financial intermediaries
(Pbanking). The most important of the non-bank financial intermediaries are the
building societies, P hire-purchase companies, ^insurance companies, >-savings
banks, Ppension funds and investment trusts.
Financial Services Act 1986 (FSA) (UK) Legislation enacted in November 1986
but coming into force on 29 April T988 to regulate the investment business in the
UK. The Act followed a report on investor protection commissioned in 1981 from
Professor Gower and completed in 1984. The Gower Report recommended that the
new regulatory system should cover life assurance, Punit trusts and other forms of
investment in business in addition to Pstock exchange investments. The Act set up
a Securities and Investments Board (SIB) to oversee financial regulation, paid for by
investment professionals, but with statutory powers and reporting to the Depart¬
ment of Trade and Industry (DTI). Investment businesses were registered with the
SIB directly or with one of four self-regulating organizations (SROs). The original
SROs were: (a) the Financial Intermediaries', Managers' and Brokers' Regulatory
Association (FIMBRA), that covered independent intermediaries (e.g. Pbrokers deal¬
ing in Pinsurance); (b) The Securities Association (TSA), for Psecurities dealing (e.g.
by Pmarket makers); (c) the Association of Futures Brokers and Dealers, for dealings
in P futures and Poptions (these last two bodies were merged to form the Securities
and Futures Authority Ltd in 1991); (d) the Investment Managers' Regulatory Organiz¬
ation for investment management (e.g. pension funds), and (e) the Life Assurance
and Unit Trust Regulatory Organization (LAUTRO). The FIMBRA and LAUTRO
were replaced by the Personal Investment Authority in 1994. Certain investment
markets were also approved by the SIB or via the appropriate SRO; these markets
are recognized investment exchanges, e.g. the International Stock Exchange (Pstock
exchange) and the Baltic Exchange. Lawyers and accountants, for whom the pro¬
vision of investment advice is only a minor part of their business, are self-regulated
by their own professional bodies. Recognized professional bodies were approved by the
SIB, including the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales.
By the mid T990S, the regulatory system was deemed to be failing - burdening
firms with a large compliance requirement but not protecting consumers very
adequately. In 1997, it was announced by the new Labour government that a new
unified regulator would take over all the functions of the SIB and the SROs, and
indeed, some functions of the DTI and PBank of England, including bank super¬
vision. PFinancial Services and Markets Act 2000.
Financial Times share indices
Financial Services and Markets Act (UK) Adopted in June 2000 and coming
into force in November 200T, the Act superseded the > Financial Services Act 1986
and substantially replaced its provision. A new, single, statutory body, the Financial
Services Authority (FSA), was substituted for the Securities and Investments Board
(SIB) and the Self-Regulating Organizations (SROs): the Investment Management
Regulatory Organization, the Securities and Futures Authority and the Personal
Investment Authority. The rulebooks of the SIB and SROs were replaced by a
comprehensive rulebook compiled by the FSA. Part of the rulebook comprised a
Code of Market Conduct which, inter alia, contained a definition and prescribed
penalties for the new offence of market abuse, i.e. >* insider dealing and other practices
designed to distort the market.
The operational scope of the FSA was considerably widened. In addition to that
prescribed for the institutions under the Financial Services Act 1986, the new FSA
supervised and regulated the banking industry, >building societies, and >general
insurance (as distinct from life assurance - already covered). Thus, the Building
Societies Commission disappeared, and the >Bank of England and the ^Treasury
surrendered their authority over the banking system and insurance respectively.
Listing authority was passed over from the London Stock Exchange, which otherwise
retained its status, as did other 'designated investment exchanges' and 'recognized
professional bodies' (>■ Financial Services Act). The FSA is expected to assume powers
to regulate >-mortgages and funeral plans and long-term care plans.
The effect of the Financial Services and Markets Act was thus to place in the hands
of the FSA virtually the entire financial sector of the UK economy.
Financial Times share indices The standard measures of general stock market
performance in London. The FTO (Financial Times (Industrial) Ordinary) or FT 30
Share Index, an unweighted (^weighted average) geometric >average of 30 leading
>blue chips quoted on the London >stock exchange, was introduced in r935 and
calculated hourly. The FT 30 has been superseded by the FT/SE 100 'Footsie 100'
Index, a >market capitalization weighted average calculated minute by minute (real
time). The base period for the FT 100 is 3 January 1984 = 1000, and its constituents
are the 100 largest quoted industrial and commercial companies by capitalization,
reviewed quarterly (^investment trusts are excluded). The FT/SE \Iid250 Index, also
calculated minute by minute, covers the next 250 companies, ranked by market
value, and the FT/SE/Actuaries 350 Index includes all the constituents of the roo and
250 indices. The 350 Index covers about 92 per cent of total market value and the 100
Index about 72 per cent. The FT/Actuaries All-Share Index has been published daily
since ro April T962; it now covers some 800 shares and fixed-interest >stocks, covers
some 98 per cent of total market value and has indices for industry baskets and
subsections. The FT/SE Small Cap Index, introduced in 1993 and calculated daily,
covers those shares within the FT/A All-Share Index but not within the 350. In ^87,
the FT/Actuaries World Share Index was introduced, based on a weighted sample of
2400 share prices, initially from twenty-four countries. There is also a FTSE Eurotop
300 Index. The FT/Actuaries Fixed Interest Indices measure the prices and ^-yields of
UK gilts (>gilt-edged securities), index-linked (^indexation), ^debentures and
Moans. Total return figures are calculated for all the UK indices and published daily.
These figures, which are gross of tax, take account of both price performance and
income received from ^-dividends. >Mndex number.
| 142
financial trusts
financial year The period of account used for financial purposes. These often do
not coincide with calendar years, and are hence referred to as financial years. A
financial year 2002/3, for example, might run from 31 August 2002 to 1 September
2003. The UK government fiscal or tax year runs from 6 April of one year to 5 April
in the following year. In the USA the fiscal year runs from 1 July to 30 June.
firm, theory of the The study of the behaviour of firms with respect to: (a) the
inputs they buy; (b) the production techniques they adopt; (c) the quantity they
produce, and (d) the price at which they sell their output. Two basic approaches to
the theory can be identified:
(r) The traditional approach assumes that producers aim to maximize profits;
whether they are monopolists or perfect competitors, they produce at a point
where ^marginal cost equals >marginal revenue and employ inputs to a point
at which their ^marginal revenue product is equal to the cost of employing them
(>labour, demand for; perfect competition).
(2) Other theories attempt to represent the complications of the large institutions
which characterize society today, especially the Reparation of ownership from
control of firms which, it is suggested, may lead to objectives other than profit
maximization. These alternative theories postulate the aim as being the maximiz¬
ation of sales, growth, or management utility - with profit merely held to some
minimum level (>satisficing). The ^behavioural theory of the firm postulates
the existence of a multiplicity of conflicting objectives. It is not clear whether
the alternative theories actually contradict the claim of the traditional approach
that firms maximize profits because in the long run the maximization of, for
example, sales growth might merely amount to the maximization of profit.
Moreover, as a single goal, profit maximization perhaps better and more simply
approximates to the behaviour of firms than any other single objective. It is thus
usually accepted that the insights of traditional theory are useful despite their
dependence on apparently unrealistic assumptions.
More recently, >game theory has been influential in analysis of firms, with concepts
like the principal-agent problem increasingly deployed to explain behaviour.
Cournot, A. A.; Galbraith, J. K.; Simon, H. A.
first-mover advantage The notion that countries or firms that create new
industries or products first may establish a competitive advantage that makes it hard
or impossible for other countries to follow in the same area. The advantage is most
likely to prevail in sectors with large ^economies of scale, and especially in cases
where the most efficient scale represents a high proportion of the global market. It
would certainly be difficult for, say, China or Japan to enter wide-bodied aircraft
manufacture in competition with Boeing and Airbus. The frequency with which
airframe manufacture is quoted as an example of potential first-mover advantage
suggests it may be one of very few special cases requiring a large supplier chain and
technological depth. It is not difficult to think of examples of other first movers (e.g.
motor cycles in the UK) that have failed to sustain an early advantage. The argument
is not new; it is a variant of the >infant-industry argument for protection against
imports. It re-emerged in the late 1980s under the guise of strategic trade theory
fiscal neutrality
fiscal drag The effect of inflation upon effective tax rates, or the effect of growth
in >nominal gross domestic product on tax revenues. Under progressive ^income
tax systems, increases in earnings may push taxpayers into higher tax brackets. In a
tax system that is not indexed for inflation (^indexation), this has the result that
increasing earnings to keep pace with inflation will generate higher tax revenues.
With the decline in inflation rates since the r98os, the term 'fiscal drag' has loosely
been used to refer to the fact that, even in an indexed tax system, if earnings grow
more quickly than prices (and indeed, they typically do), then the government again
ends up with extra revenues without having to raise tax rates in explicit policy
changes. Fiscal drag could result in an unintended shift in ^fiscal policy, with a
depressing effect upon the growth of demand and output. A similar process can
work in reverse and under conditions of >-deflation, e.g. if prices fall, tax rates will
also fall even though real incomes have increased. Fiscal drag, therefore, can have
the effect of a >-built-in stabilizer; >► fiscal illusion.
fiscal federalism The system of sharing tax revenues and public expenditure
between central and regional government (>-public sector). Revenue may be raised
by the upper level of government and grants given to lower levels on the basis of
population or other criteria, or revenues from specific national taxes may be shared
in agreed proportions, e.g. a small proportion of national ► value-added tax revenues
in the >European Union go to help finance community institutions. Another
possibility is that certain >-tax bases (e.g. property in the UK) may be reserved for
local government, with or without freedom on the part of local authorities to
determine their own tax rates. For the division of expenditure between central and
regional government, the main principle is that local governments should confine
their expenditure to uses which have limited spillovers outside their areas, e.g. roads
and schools. >externalities; ^subsidiarity.
fiscal neutrality The idea that the tax system should be designed so that as few
distortions are caused to economic behaviour as possible. It is not fiscally neutral,
for example, to apply >-value-added tax to some items but not others, for this causes
consumers to switch spending from taxed items to untaxed ones. This distortion of
behaviour is economically inefficient. Despite the ^economic efficiency of applying
the principle of fiscal neutrality, it is often argued that distributional or other
objectives are served by manipulating different taxes. For this reason, >lump-sum
taxes, which are the most neutral, are rarely applied in practice and fiscal neutrality
fiscal policy
fixed costs VCosts that do not vary with output, e.g. the >rent on a factory
>-lease. Also called overhead, although in accounting terminology all costs except
direct labour and materials are usually regarded as overheads and some of these
overhead costs (e.g. electricity and postage) may vary with output. In the Mong run
all costs are variable, and the >-short run is defined as the period of time in which
all the >factors of production cannot be varied. average costs; sunk costs.
flexible trust The most common form of >-unit trust, in which the ^-portfolio of
^►securities purchased by the trust can be varied at the discretion of the managers.
Also called a 'managed' trust. Flexible trusts were developed in the 1930s to overcome
the problems raised by the inflexibility of fixed trusts, in which the investment
^portfolio is fixed in the trust deed.
floating capital ^Capital that is not invested in fixed Vassets, (e.g. machinery)
but in work in progress, wages paid, etc. Synonymous with >-working capital.
>► current ratio.
f.o.b. Free on board. The term in a contract in which the seller is required to deliver
and load the goods on board a ship in the seaport of shipment specified in the
contract of sale. The seller is not obliged to obtain Mnsurance cover. UK imports
are entered by HM Customs in the overseas trade accounts as c.i.f., and exports as
f.o.b. For the >balance of payments accounts, the Mmport figures are adjusted to
an f.o.b. basis to make them comparable with exports, the revenues or costs rep¬
resented by the difference between c.i.f. and f.o.b. being included in Mnvisibles.
»*c.i.f.; f.a.s.
Fogel, Robert William (b. 1926) A joint winner of the ►Nobel Prize for Economics
in 1993, an economic historian and director of the Center for Population Economics
at the University of Chicago, Fogel has been a pioneer in the area of 'new economic
history'. This attempts to analyse the past on the basis of new, or reconstructed
databases. Fogel has applied this approach in controversial ways, e.g. to argue that
slavery was an economically efficient social order that ultimately collapsed on
account of political decisions. He has also reassessed the role of the railways in
American economic development, in Railroads and American Economic Growth (1964),
arguing that the sum of many changes, rather than a few great innovations, deter¬
mines economic advance, ►cliometrics; North, D.
saving does occur in > planned economies and, at a > macroeconomic level, demo¬
cratic governments can enforce saving by increasing >taxation while holding
>public expenditure constant, ^quantity rationing; repressed inflation.
foreign aid The administered transfer of resources from the ^advanced countries
for the purpose of encouraging economic growth in the developing countries
(>economic growth, stages of). Funds transferred to the developing countries from
governments and international institutions (^International Bank for Reconstruc¬
tion and Development) in the form of official aid account for about one-third of the
total transfer of funds to the developing countries (the rest is accounted for by loans
through the ^commercial banks and ^foreign investment). Official aid from the
advanced countries represented in the >-Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development's Development Assistance Committee amounted to $sr.4 billion
in 20or, 0.22 per cent of their total >*►gross national income (GNI), significantly
lower than in the r990s. Within the total, the USA accounted for $10.9 billion (o.rr
per cent of GNI), Japan $9.7 billion (0.23 per cent) and the >European Union (EU)
$26 billion (0.33 per cent). Aid is expected to increase by 2006 to 0.24 per cent of
GNI, the USA at 0.15 and the EU at 0.39 per cent. >► Export credit insurance; export
incentives; foreign direct investment; generalized system of preferences.
foreign exchange Claims on another country held in the form of the currency
of that country or interest-bearing Vbonds. ^exchange control; foreign-exchange
market; gold and foreign-exchange reserves.
that average daily world turnover in foreign-exchange dealing was US$1,200 billion
compared with a turnover of US$1,490 billion recorded in its previous survey for
April 1998. Within the total, dollar-euro transactions accounted for 30 per cent,
dollar/yen 20 per cent and dollar/sterling ir per cent. > forward-exchange market;
>► convertibility; Tobin tax.
free goods ► Commodities that have no ►price because they are not scarce and
do not require the use of scarce >factors of production to create them, e.g. fresh air
and sunshine (in certain parts of the world). Things that are given away without
charge (e.g. book matches or government services) are not free goods because they
have >opportunity costs.
free market A ►market in which ►supply and ►demand are not subject to
► regulation other than normal >competition policy, but in which property rights
are allocated and upheld so that trade can occur. The definition of a free market
becomes blurred in cases where free trade and competition are incompatible. Most
economists would be loath to describe the world diamond market as completely
free, given its dominance by an international cartel arrangement. ^ Chicago School;
Coase theorem.
free trade The condition in which the free flow of goods (>economic good) and
►services in international exchange is neither restricted nor encouraged by direct
government intervention. In practice, all governments are involved in regulating
overseas trade in some way. The most common means of affecting the distribution
and levels of international trade are import ►tariffs, import ►quotas and export
subsidies (►export incentives). It has been broadly accepted among economists that
an international free-trade policy is desirable to optimize world output and ►income
levels in the long run. The >Organization for European Cooperation and Develop¬
ment and the United Nations (► World Trade Organization) are committed to freeing
world trade, but most economists would agree that under present conditions com¬
plete freedom of trade would not be desirable. In any case, it is clear that individual
countries could gain from protectionism (►customs union; first-mover advantage;
infant industry argument; protection). Towards the end of the eighteenth century
there was a reaction against ► mercantilism, which had advocated government
free trade area
free trade area An association of a number of countries between which all import
►tariffs and >quotas and export subsidies and other similar government measures
to influence trade (> export incentives) have been removed. Each country, however,
continues to retain its own international trade measures vis-a-vis countries outside
the association. There has been an increase in recent years in the number of trading
areas being formed worldwide. For example, in 20or, agreement was reached at
Quebec City, Canada, between representatives from thirty-four countries in North,
Central, South America and the Caribbean with a view to setting up a free trade area
for the Americas by 2005. >► Andean Pact; Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation;
Customs Union; Economic Community of West African States; international trade;
Latin American Integration Association; Mercosur; North American Free Trade
Agreement.
freeport A seaport or airport that is able to accept cargo without the imposition of
any import > tariff or some specified »-taxes. In addition, freeports may be granted
special dispensation regarding legislation affecting businesses in the domestic
market outside the port, e.g. employment conditions, health and safety regulations
151 Friedman, Milton
and development planning. There are several hundred such ports throughout the
world. >#»free trade zone.
59,756
stimulated controversy for a decade. His ► permanent income hypothesis was also
an important contribution to the theory of the Consumption function. His main
work, however, has been on the development of the ►quantity theory of money
and its empirical testing. He has extended the Fisher equation (►Fisher, I.) to include
other ►variables such as ►wealth and Cates of interest, and has made statistical
tests to attempt to measure the factors determining the demand for money to
hold. Friedman has advocated strict control of the ►money supply - preferably in
accordance with a simple rule as to how much growth will be allowed year by year
- as a means for controlling ►inflation. His view that it is not desirable to fine-tune
the economy using > stabilization policy (an early adherent to the ►policy ineffec¬
tiveness theorem) has, to a large extent, been accepted, but in the world of economic
theory Friedman's findings have been overshadowed by the more elegant route to
similar conclusions based on ► rational expectations, and associated with ► new
classical economics. ►►Chicago School; economic doctrines; liquidity preference;
unemployment, natural rate of.
fringe benefits Non-wage or salary rewards provided for employees, e.g. pensions
and company cars. Some fringe benefits, within certain limits (e.g. pension arrange¬
ments, private use of company e-mail, or subsidized canteens) are not assessed for
► income tax, while others (e.g. cars and low-interest loans), are. Holidays (in excess
of any legal minimum requirement), private health insurance and discounts on
goods purchased through the employer are other examples of fringe benefits. In
England, a series of laws from r749 onwards culminating in the Truck Acts in the
nineteenth century made it illegal to pay workers wholly in kind, because of abuse
by employers of rights given, for example, in 'company stores'.
full-line forcing The exercise of market power to oblige a buyer to take a whole
range of products rather than only one of them. Also known as Cie-in sales, that
more strictly means that sale of a product carries with it a condition that some other
item will be purchased at the same time, ^competition policy; vertical restraints.
funded debt Generally, short-term Cebt that has been converted into long-term
debt (>-funding). Specifically, the funded debt was originally that consisting of
Consols, the Vinterest on which was paid out of the >Consolidated Fund. Then
it came to mean all government perpetual > loans where there is no obligation on
the part of the government to repay (e.g. consols 2V2 per cent war loan) but it
is sometimes taken to include all government ^securities quoted on the Ctock
exchange.
futures Contracts made in a 'future ^market' for the purchase or sale of Commodi-
futures
ties or financial >-assets, on a specified future date. Futures are negotiable instruments,
i.e. they may be bought and sold. Many commodity exchanges (e.g. wool, cotton
and wheat) have established futures markets that permit manufacturers and traders
to (►hedge against changes in >price of the raw materials they use or deal in.
^forward exchange market; London International Financial Futures Exchange;
options; speculation.
G
G7 Originally a forum of the world’s largest five industrial economies: the US,
Japan, Germany, France and the UK; the group became seven in r986 when Italy and
Canada joined. In r997, Russia also joined the group, although not as a full member.
The G7 finance ministers meet several times a year, and on some notable occasions
(e.g. the Plaza Agreement in September ^85 that talked the dollar down, the Louvre
Agreement in February ^87 that set out a sophisticated package of exchange rate
co-ordination, and, to a lesser extent, the Washington meeting in April r995 that set
out the beliefs of the G7 that the dollar was too low) the ministers have successfully
managed to engineer changes in the direction of the > foreign-exchange market. In
2002, in Halifax, Canada, the G7 confirmed action plans for the control of potential
international financial crises and for international co-operation in the policing
of the financing of terrorism. The G7 reiterated their support for the policy that
^developing countries with strong institutions and appropriate economic policies
should be given priority in the granting of »-foreign aid.
G8 >G7.
►profits. The highly capitalized nature of the industrial system has required a
considerable extension of planning and control, notably of the ►capital supply
through > self-financing, and of demand through advertising and distribution tech¬
niques. Under these conditions the assumption of ►consumers' sovereignty that
underlies modern microeconomic theory (►microeconomics) is invalid and the
theory no longer relevant to much of the economic system. Galbraith's views have
been challenged by many economists as an overstatement of monopolistic power
but are none the less sometimes accepted as an accurate statement of tendency in
the modern economy. He has been critical of the advocates of the strict control
of the supply of ►money as a means of reducing ►inflation, ^consumption;
countervailing power; firm, theory of the; Friedman, M; Keynes, J. M.; Mill, J. S.;
oligopoly; quantity theory of money.
new ideas in > microeconomics, and the mindset of game theory now dominates
almost any analysis of interactions between economic agents. Game theory was at
the heart of the design of the rules applied in the W^auction of telecommunications
licences in the UK in 2000. ^-bargaining; mixed strategy; Nash equilibrium;
prisoner's dilemma; repeated game; tit-for-tat.
GDP deflator An index of prices (Mndex number) that can be applied to the
value estimates of the >gross domestic product (GDP) over a time period in order
to remove the effects of changes in the general level of prices. The resultant revised
estimates give a more accurate picture of movements during the period in the
physical or real output of goods and services. In practice, the components of GDP
are deflated (>deflation) separately to constant prices and then added together to
give an estimate for a given year in Meal terms. The advantage of the GDP deflator
as a measure of domestic ^inflation, is that it strips out the effect on prices of a
change in the price of ^imports, on account of, say, a change in the ^exchange
rate. It is argued that it represents the best measure of ^underlying inflation. It is
not used as the basis for the ^inflation target, as publication of the deflator is less
frequent than the > retail prices index, and often subject to late revision.
gearing The relative importance of Moans in the ^capital structure of a firm. Also
called the debt ratio and, in the USA, leverage. There are several ways of measuring
gearing. The usual way is the ratio of fixed-interest >debt to shareholder's interest
plus the debt (>net worth). Equity gearing is the ratio of borrowings to >equity or
risk capital. Capital gearing may be defined as bank borrowings and other debt as a
percentage of net tangible assets (>assets; financial ratios). A corporation may borrow
>-capital at fixed interest, and if it can earn more on that capital than it has to pay
for it in interest, then the additional earnings accrue to the >equity shareholders. A
firm with high gearing will be able to pay higher >-dividends per >share than a firm
with lower gearing earning exactly the same return on its total capital, provided that
return is higher than the rate it pays for Moan capital. However, the contrary is also
true, so that the higher the gearing, the greater the risk to the equity shareholder.
Roughly speaking, if a firm's initial capital consists of £7000 subscribed by ordinary
shareholders and £3000 borrowed at fixed interest (e.g. through ^debentures) it
would be said to have a gearing of 30 per cent. The tax system (>taxation) encourages
gearing, since interest is deductible for > corporation tax but dividends are not.
>*► Modigliani-Miller theorem.
the interests of any other member they were required to discuss the possibility of
reduction or elimination. On export subsidies, in particular, member governments
'should seek to avoid' the use of subsidies on the export of primary products. For
exports of other products, subsidies, whether direct or indirect, should cease 'as soon
as practicable' if they resulted in export prices lower than the home prices of the
product. In r965, a revision came into force that laid emphasis on the special problems
of the ►developing nations and a committee on trade and development was given
the responsibility for progress on the elimination of barriers on the trade in products
of particular interest to the developing nations. This enabled the ►most-favoured
nation principle to be waived in relation to agreements entered into with developing
countries (>generalized system of preferences). There had been a growing tendency
for countries to become more protectionist (►protection) through the imposition
of non-tariff barriers, and for economic blocs to make preferential trade agreements
with other countries. >free trade area.
A ministerial meeting of GATT was held in r982 to reaffirm the ►free trade
principles upon which GATT was founded. The ministers affirmed that they would
'make determined efforts to resist protectionist measures and refrain from taking
or maintaining any measures inconsistent with GATT'. Studies were initiated to
examine farm export subsidies, financial support for domestic industries, a formula
by which a country may impose import restrictions to protect its domestic industry,
textiles, tropical products, and trade in ►services. Agreement was eventually
reached, at a meeting of delegates at Punta del Este, Uruguay in r986, on an agenda
for the Uruguay round of trade negotiations. This round considered aspects such as
agricultural export subsidies, restrictions on trade in services (e.g. banking,
insurance, transport, etc.) and restrictions on direct ►foreign investment. The
GATT was replaced by the >World Trade Organization from i January 1995. A
further round of trade negotiations was agreed at Doha in 2002. ►Doha round of
trade negotiations.
general government Term used as an overall heading for the central and local
government sectors, but which excludes public corporations. General government
is thus a more restrictive notion of the state than that defined as the >public sector.
German stock exchanges The numerous >stock exchanges in Germany are now
grouped under Deutsche Borse AG which itself floated (>flotation) in 2oor. Frankfurt
is by far the largest, accounting for over 75 per cent of volume. There is an >unlisted
securities market, the Neuer Markt (New Market).
giffen good A commodity for which demand increases at higher prices and
falls at lower prices. This odd feature of basic commodities in the budgets of the
nineteenth-century poor was observed by Giffen (1837-1910). As the price of bread
rose, the poor, who relied on it as their staple diet, could no longer afford to buy
other relatively more luxurious food items that they had to replace with increased
purchases of bread. Similarly, because bread constituted the bulk of their spending,
they enjoyed such an increase in their Weal income when its price fell that they
could afford to substitute other more palatable food than bread in their diet.
The 'giffen paradox' is explained within the normal framework of demand and
supply analysis. When the price of any good rises, it has two effects: (a) it changes
the relative attractiveness of other goods, increasing the desire of consumers to buy
more of the items with prices that have not risen - the ►substitution effect, and (b)
has an effect on the spending power of consumers, who can do less with their money
than they could before prices rose, as though their income had fallen and no prices
had changed - the ►income effect. Two features explain the characteristics of a
giffen good: (a) demand for it rises as the income of consumers falls (it is ►inferior),
and (b) what essentially accounts for its perverse behaviour is the fact that this
income effect on the demand for the giffen good outweighs the substitution effect
which causes consumers to switch purchases from items that have rising prices.
The giffen good should not be confused with items that enjoy 'snob value'. These,
too, can enjoy simultaneously rising prices and demand, accounted for by the fact
that some consumers delight in paying for the knowledge that certain of their
possessions are expensive. Such behaviour can be explained as a form of Signalling.
The usual way of viewing this 'snob effect' is to treat a change in price of an item to
which it applies as a change in the fundamental characteristics of the product sold,
making it wholly incomparable to the same physical object sold at a different price
and not, therefore, an item for which a single demand curve can be constructed,
►price theory.
gift tax (US) A levy on the lvalue of certain property given away to others and
paid by the donor. The gift tax is graduated and levied by the Federal government
and also by some states. In the UK prior to the introduction of capital transfer tax
(►inheritance tax), there was no tax on gifts as such, although they were added
back into the estate of the donor for duty purposes if made within 7 years of the
donor's death.
gilt repos The market in agreed sales and repurchase of >gilt-edged securities
(►repo) introduced by the ►Bank of England in January r996. Within 2 months of
launch, the open gilt repo market was already much larger than the ►bill market
(►money market), the restricted size of which has recently hampered ►open-market
GNP
operations. The gilt repo market was launched to increase the attractiveness of gilts
to foreign investors and to reduce the cost of funding the government X-deficit, but
may be used by the Bank of England for open-market operations as repos are used
by the > Bundesbank and the > Federal Reserve System.
gilt stripping The creation of two tradable financial securities out of a single
>gilt-edged security, with one security taking the Mnterest, and the other left with
the ^-principal. The facility for strippable gilts was introduced by the x-Bank of
England in r997 but has long been available in the USA for US Treasury and other
securities.
gini coefficient A coefficient, based on the >Lorenz curve, showing the degree of
inequality in a >frequency distribution, e.g. personal income. It is measured as:
If the frequency distribution is equal, the Lorenz curve coincides with the 45° line,
and G = 0. ^concentration ratio.
gold This precious metal ceased to have a significant monetary role in r97i, when the
USA abandoned its commitment to buy or sell gold at a fixed price (►International
Monetary Fund). However, the non-monetary role of gold, especially in jewellery,
has expanded rapidly and gold also remains in demand as a store of value as well as
a means of adornment. In the long term, gold has retained its value in real terms.
Recent sales of gold depressed sentiment in favour of gold but there has been some
recovery in the gold price with the weakness in stock markets in the early part of the
millenium. >^gold standard.
gold and foreign exchange reserves The stock of gold and foreign >currencies
held by a country to finance any calls that may be made from its creditors for the
settlement of ►debt. Reserves used to be held primarily to finance the >balance of
payments. Pressure on the reserves, therefore, tended to reflect underlying trading
problems of the country in question, or sometimes the expectation of a fall in the
►exchange rate which led people to sell their holdings in the currency. Today,
however, currencies are more freely traded than they used to be (>convertibility)
and the national reserves are not relied upon to finance private transactions. As a
result, the reserves are primarily seen as a tool for influencing the ►exchange rate.
The authorities can use them to influence supply and demand on the ►foreign-
exchange market. Such intervention is bound to be of limited duration, but can
serve a role as a >signalling device, letting the markets know the intention of the
authorities. The official published figures of reserves, however, do not necessarily
reflect the total amount of gold and foreign currency that could be used to meet
obligations any more than does an individual's ►current account at the bank. The
reserves exclude, for example, the ►credit facilities available through the ►Intern¬
ational Monetary Fund and ►portfolio foreign investments, ►►foreign investment;
reserve currency.
gold exchange standard A special form of the >gold standard. In this system
the ►central bank will not exchange its ►currency for gold on demand (as is the
case under the gold standard), but will exchange it for a currency which is itself on
the gold standard. The central bank holds the parent country's currency in its
reserves along with gold itself. The Scandinavian countries adopted this system in
respect of sterling up until r93r, when the UK came off the gold standard.
gold standard A country is said to be on the gold standard when its ^central
bank is obliged to give gold in exchange for any of its ►currency presented to it.
When the UK was on the gold standard before 1914, anybody could go to the ►Bank
of England and demand gold in exchange for ►banknotes. The gold standard
was central to the ►classical economists' view of the equilibrating processes in
►international trade. The fact that each currency was freely convertible into gold
fixed the ►exchange rates between currencies (►specie points), and all international
debts were settled in gold. A ►balance of payments surplus caused an inflow of gold
into the central bank's reserves. This enabled the central bank to expand the ►money
supply without fear of having insufficient gold to meet its >liabilities. The increase
in the quantity of money raised prices, resulting in a fall in the demand for ►exports
and therefore a reduction in the balance of payments surplus. The reverse happened
in the event of a ►deficit. The UK came off the gold standard in r9i4, partly returned
Cossen, Hermann Heinrich
to it in 1925, but was forced to abandon gold finally in 1931. The USA was on the gold
standard from T879 to r933, although gold was officially required in bank deposits to
support a percentage of the currency in circulation until 1968. For overseas monetary
authorities only, the dollar was convertible into gold until r97r. Switzerland, which
abandoned gold convertibility in T954, still required a percentage of its currency to
be supported by gold until 1999.
golden rule 1 The idea that government should borrow each year only to finance
^-investment, not to finance ^current expenditure. This implies that the >current
budget should be in balance. Meeting the golden rule across the economic cycle
became official UK government policy in 1997. At that time, net >- public-sector
investment spending represented a little under r per cent of gross domestic product
- the government's rule could be interpreted as saying there should be a structural
budget deficit no higher than that in any year. 2 The level of savings and investment
that an economy enjoying ^balanced growth would need to support, in order to
maximize the long-term value of consumption per head (»-optimal growth theory).
The rule holds, under a number of restrictive assumptions, that the growth rate of
population, output and capital stock should equal the real Sate of interest. This is
sometimes referred to as the biological interest-rate rule, as it stipulates projects should
be discounted (>- discounting) at the rate of population growth. It implies that share
of profits in the economy should equal the share of savings and investment. Note:
Definitions 1 and 2 above are clearly related. If the rule in definition 2 holds, it
will be the case that a government subscribing to the rule in definition 1 will
have interest payments on its debt equal to the value of its borrowing. So such a
government would be in a sustainable and balanced position. It will be borrowing
to invest, and the returns it makes on investment will just finance its debt. Conduct
of government in definition 1 is therefore consistent with the golden rule in
definition 2 .
goodwill The value of a business to a purchaser over and above its >net asset
value. It is normal practice to show goodwill in the »-balance sheet but to write it
down for >-depreciation.
►marginal utility by ►Jevons, ►Menger and >-Walras. The first edition of his book
was completely ignored, and Gossen's recognition had to wait until after his death.
It was Jevons who, in the preface to his own Theory of Political Economy (1871), drew
attention to the significance of Gossen's achievement, admitting that Gossen had
'completely anticipated him as regards the general principles and methods of econ¬
omics'. Gossen's first law states that the pleasure obtained from each additional
amount consumed of the same >-commodity diminishes until satiety is reached.
Gossen's second law states that once a person had spent his entire ►income, he
would have maximized his total pleasure from it only if the satisfaction gained from
the last item of each commodity bought was the same for each commodity. Gossen's
third law, derived from the first two, states that a commodity has a subjective
►value, and the subjective value of each additional unit owned diminishes and
eventually reaches zero. ^Bernoulli's hypothesis.
Gresham's law The law states that if two coins are in circulation, the relative
►face values of which differ from their relative ►bullion content, the 'dearer' coin
will be extracted from circulation for melting down (►'bad money drives out good').
The law is named after Gresham (1519-79), a leading Elizabethan businessman and
financial adviser to Queen Elizabeth I.
gross domestic product (GDP) A measure of the total flow of goods and ►serv¬
ices produced by the economy over a specified time period, normally a year or a
quarter. It is obtained by valuing outputs of goods and services at ►market prices,
and then aggregating. Note that all ►intermediate goods are excluded, and only
goods used for final ►consumption or investment goods (►capital) or changes in
►stocks are included. This is because the ► values of intermediate goods are impli¬
citly included in the ►prices of the final goods. The word 'gross' means that no
Croup of Seven
deduction for the value of expenditure on capital goods for replacement purposes is
made. Because >income arising from ►investments and possessions owned abroad
is not included, only the value of the flow of goods and services produced in the
country is estimated; hence, the word 'domestic' to distinguish it from the gross
national product >gross national income. Since no adjustment is made for indirect
taxes (>direct taxation) and >-subsidies, the measure here defined is often referred
to as 'GDP at market prices'. >-gross value added at basic prices.
gross margin In a retail business, the margin on a sale that is the difference
between the purchase >price of a good and the price paid by the retailer, i.e. it
makes no allowance for > fixed costs, >stock appreciation or >tax. The gross margin
is sometimes loosely referred to as gross profit, but this term has a different, strictly
defined, meaning in accounting (>-profit).
gross national income (GNI) >Gross domestic product plus the ►income
accruing to domestic residents arising from ►investment abroad less income earned
in the domestic market accruing to foreigners abroad. >national income.
gross national income at market prices >Gross national income with all
flows valued at ►market prices. Since market prices include indirect taxes (►direct
taxation) and ► subsidies, and since taxes and subsidies are regarded simply as
> transfer payments, it is often preferable to measure national income and output
excluding these. This gives the measure of national income, net of ►taxation and
subsidies, known as >gross value added at basic prices. Valuations may be at prices
obtaining in the current year (current prices) or in a specified year, e.g. r995 prices.
► real terms.
gross trading profit Gross ►profit before allowing for ►depreciation, ►interest
and stock ►appreciation.
gross value added at basic prices The measure of ►gross domestic product
(GDP), that makes an adjustment for the impact of taxes and subsidies. In the
measure of 'GDP at market prices', the prices used to value outputs and aggregate
them include indirect taxes, i.e. lvalue added tax, and ^subsidies. As a result, the
►value of output will not equal the value of ►incomes paid out to ^factors of
production. This is because it is the revenue received by firms after indirect taxes
(►direct taxation) that is distributed as factor incomes. So, by subtracting the total
of indirect taxes (and, since subsidies have the opposite effect of taxes, by adding-in
subsidies) from the GDP we arrive at the estimate of the gross value added at basic
prices, which is consistent with the value of incomes paid to factors of production.
This is the measure of GDP from which growth rates are conventionally drawn,
►national income.
growth theory The area of economics concerned with the development of models
that explain the rate of > economic growth in an economy. The most important
questions in growth theory post-Second World War were about: (a) the optimal level
of growth (>► optimal-growth theory), and (b) whether the economic system has a
natural tendency to achieve ^balanced growth, a position in which all variables
grow at the same rate. If growth in the economy is balanced, it can be shown that
n = s/v where n is the rate of growth of the labour force, s the ^average propensity
to save and v the ratio of capital in the economy to output produced ^capital-
output ratio). For balanced growth to be sustained with ^investment equal to
savings and with constant full employment, some mechanism has to exist to cause
one of these three factors to change when one of the other two moves out of balance.
In the neo-classical (>neo-classical economics) approach to growth, it is the capital-
output ratio, v, that alters. If, for example, the labour force was growing too fast to
maintain full employment with the given level of savings and stock of capital, the
capital-output ratio would fall as entrepreneurs switched from employing capital
to labour in response to the lower wages that the excess supply of labour caused.
The fixed relationship between the three factors would thus still hold.
In the >Harrod-Domar model, none of the three variables is endogenous (►en¬
dogenous variable) and thus there is no tendency for balanced growth to occur at
all. The capital-output ratio is assumed to be fixed by technological factors or by
sticky interest rates (^liquidity trap). In models associated with the ^Cambridge
School, it is the propensity to save which is the endogenous variable; in particular, if
there is a difference between the inclination for profit-earners and wage-earners to
save, growth can lead to redistributions from one group to the other in such a way
as to alter the savings necessary to maintain a full-employment steady-state growth
path. In recent years, economics has become less concerned with steady-state
growth, and more with the factors that explain why some economies grow faster
than others, ^endogenous growth theory; inequality; optimal growth theory.
H
Harrod, Sir Roy Forbes (1900-78) Educated at New College, Oxford, Professor
Harrod began his career in 1922 as lecturer at Christ Church, Oxford, and continued
teaching there until r952. From 1940 until 1942, he served under Lord Cherwell and
in the prime minister's office and then held the post of Statistical Adviser to the
Admiralty until 1945. In 1952, he was appointed Nuffield Reader of International
Economics. His publications include The Trade Cycle (r936), Essay in Dynamic Theory
(i939)/ Towards a Dynamic Economics (1948), The Life of John Maynard Keynes (r95r),
Policy Against Inflation (1958), The British Economy (1963), Reforming the World's Money
(r965), Towards a New Economic Policy (1967), Dollar-Sterling Collaboration (1968),
Money (1969) and Economic Dynamics (1973).
His Essay in Dynamic Theory (1939) brought together in a mathematical framework
the accelerator and the ^multiplier (^accelerator-multiplier model). Professor
Harrod shifted economic theory away from its preoccupation with the conditions
of stationary Equilibrium toward the analysis of the problems of growth (>► growth
theory). He investigated the implications for growth of the interactions of the
^acceleration principle and the multiplier (>^Harrod-Domar model).
the model, set up a vicious circle, by which any discrepancy between their expected
growth and actual growth magnifies as they attempt to change the level of their
investment to the level warranted. The result is instability.
The conclusion of the Harrod-Domar model (i.e. that the economy does not
naturally find a full-employment, stable-growth rate) is analogous to the Keynesian
(3*#>-Keynes, J. M.) belief that it need not find a full-employment equilibrium level of
output. However, the model's results can be criticized because of the severity of the
assumptions built into it. The first problem suggested by the model - that there is
no reason for growth to equal the level necessary to maintain full employment -
is largely because it assumes that the relative price of labour and capital is fixed,
and that they are always employed in equal proportions. It is quite possible,
however, that increases in labour supply might drive down wages and lead to an
increase in the amount of labour used relative to capital. Secondly, the model
naively assumes that investors are influenced by only one thing: the level of
output. This is the ^acceleration principle. This explains the way in which discrep¬
ancies between warranted and actual growth may lead to spiralling increases or
decreases in growth, ^economic growth; optimal-growth theory; steady-state
growth; trend growth.
Hawtrey, Sir Ralph George (1879-1975) After a long career in the UK ^Treasury
that lasted from T904 to 1945, Hawtrey was appointed Professor at the Royal Institute
of International Affairs. He held his post until his retirement in 1952. Hawtrey's
publications include Currency and Credit (i9r9), The Gold Standard in Theory and
Practice (1927), The Art of Central Banking (1937), Capital and Employment (1937), A
Century of Bank Rate (r938), The Balance of Payments and the Standard of Living (1950),
Cross-Purposes in Wages Policy (1955), The Pound at Home and Abroad (1961) and Incomes
and Money (1967).
His theory of the ^-business cycle emphasizes monetary factors. The amount that
consumers and investors were willing to save or spend depended on the level of
>rates of interest. Fluctuations in economic activity arose through variations in
the quantity of money (>#*-money supply), especially bank >credit, because these
variations alter the level of the rate of interest (>Mises, L. E. von). He criticized
the Radcliffe Committee (>Radcliffe Report) because he felt that it had not given
sufficient attention to the possibility that the rate of interest had a significant
influence on a firm's willingness to hold stocks of commodities (>inventories).
Hayek, Friedrich August von (1899-1992) Born in Vienna, Hayek was director
of the Austrian Institute for Economic Research from r927 to T93r and lectured at
Vienna University. In r93r, he was appointed Tooke Professor of Economic Science
and Statistics at the London School of Economics, a post he held until 1950. From
t950 until 1962 he was Professor of Social and Moral Science at Chicago University.
He was Professor of Economics at the University of Freiburg until 1969, when he was
appointed Visiting Professor of Economics at the University of Salzburg. In 1974, he
received the Alfred Nobel Memorial Prize (>Nobel Prize) in Economics jointly with
> Myrdal. His published works include Monetary Theory and the Trade Cycle (1929),
Prices and Production (t93r), Profits, Interest, Investment (1939), The Pure Theory of Capital
(r94i), Road to Serfdom (1944), Individualism and Economic Order (r948), The Constitution
of Liberty (t96r), Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics (1967), Law, Legislation
and Liberty (3 volumes, 1973-79), Denationalisation of Money (1976), New Studies in
Heckman, James J.
Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas (1978) and The Fatal Conceit: the
errors of socialism (1988).
A member of the ►Austrian School, Hayek elaborated the ►business-cycle theory
of von ►Mises by integrating it with von ►Bohm-Bawerk's theory of ►capital. In a
boom, >real wages fall because of the rise in prices, and so firms switch to less
'roundabout' (►capital-intensive) methods of production. In consequence, ►invest¬
ment in total is reduced. In ►recession, the reverse situation induces 'roundabout'
production methods, and investment is stimulated. Professor Hayek believed that a
very severe restriction on the growth of the ►money supply was necessary in order
to control the growth of ►inflation, even if such a policy led to very high levels of
►unemployment. Hayek criticized socialist planning (►planned economy), advo¬
cating free markets which, he argued, were more accommodating to the propagation
and dissemination of the knowledge required for efficient economic systems. Open
markets gave proper opportunities to the expression of personal incentives and the
freedom to work and save, ►►acceleration principle; Keynes, J. M.; Ricardo effect.
Heckman, James J. (b. 1944) Economist from the University of Chicago and a
pioneer in the area of microeconometrics, the study of large sets of data on groups of
individuals, firms or households. Professor Heckman jointly won the Nobel Prize for
Economics in 2000 for his work on statistical techniques for coping with samples
that are not randomly selected. The problem is ubiquitous, not just because adminis¬
tratively data collation agencies may have their own impediments to random sam¬
pling, but because there are innate obstacles to unbiased samples. For example,
when looking at wages and labour supply, data can only include the wages of those
in work, and yet those out of work are, of course, an important component of
analysis that looks at the motivations for work participation. Another example is
work that assesses the effectiveness of government schemes to get the unemployed
into work. Entry into these schemes is non-random, and thus you can't just compare
people in the schemes to those outside them to see how successful the schemes are.
Professor Heckman's published works include 'Sample Selection Bias as a Specifi¬
cation Error', Econometrica (1979). But he has not just been a theoretician in econo¬
metrics - he has also practised empirical economics too, most notably in the study
of labour supply decisions and racial discrimination. His works include 'Shadow
Wages, Market Wages and Labour Supply', Econometrica (1974) and 'Determining the
Impact of Federal Antidiscrimination Policy on the Economic Status of Blacks: a
study of South Carolina', with Payner, American Economic Review (1989). Apart from
Chicago, his career has involved periods at Columbia and Yale Universities.
Heckscher-Ohlin principle The principle that a country will export those com¬
modities that are intensive (►capital-intensive; labour-intensive) in the factor (►fac¬
tors of production) in which it is most well endowed. The law of >comparative
advantage (►►Ricardo, D.) had been established by economists as an explanation
for the existence and pattern of international trade based on the relative ►opportun¬
ity-cost advantages between different countries producing different commodities.
The principle says nothing about why or how a comparative advantage exists. The
Heckscher-Ohlin principle states that advantage arises from the different relative
factor endowments of the countries trading. The principle was first put forward by
Eli F. Heckscher (1879-1952) in an article published in i9r9 and reprinted in Readings
in the Theory of International Trade (1949). It was refined by ►Ohlin in his Interregional
Hicks, Sir John Richard
and International Trade (1933). The principle has been developed further by >Samuel-
son in his factor price equalization theorem.
hedge Action taken by a buyer or seller to protect his business or assets against a
change in >prices. A flour-miller who has a contract to supply flour at a fixed price
in 2 months can hedge against the possibility of a rise in the price of wheat in 2
months by buying the necessary wheat now and selling a 2 month > future in wheat
for the same quantity. If the price of wheat should fall, then the loss he will have
sustained by buying it now will be offset by the gain he can make by buying-in the
wheat at the future price and supplying the futures contract at higher than this
price, and vice versa. In practice, perfect hedging may not be possible because spot
(>spot markets) and future prices will not balance one another out after the event,
but a significant reduction in risk is normally possible. Hedging in this form is, in
effect, shifting risk on to specialized futures operators. The purchase of ^equities,
or other things for which prices are expected to move at least in line with the general
price level, is often referred to as a 'hedge' against > inflation.
hedonic price index An >index number for prices adjusted for changes in the
quality of the goods for which market prices are being measured, i.e. quality adjusted
price indices. The rationale for these adjustments is that products are not homogene¬
ous over time. For example, motor cars now frequently have radios or assisted
braking systems, or even air-conditioning, fitted as standard equipment, features
which at one time were optional extras. If car list prices have not changed, then
effectively there has been a price reduction. For personal computers, prices have
actually fallen considerably but at the same time processing power has increased so
that price for a given standard of product has fallen even faster. In a hedonic price
index the price-relatives (>■ index number) are adjusted downwards to allow for
product improvements. The use of hedonic indices has important implications
because >gross domestic product (GDP) in >real terms will be higher if the >GDP
deflator is quality adjusted than if it is not. Official statistics in the USA make
extensive use of hedonic indexes while those in, for example, Germany do not.
Hedonic price adjustments have been criticized for being confined to quality
improvements, whereas quality reduction resulting from overcrowding on transport
systems, for example, is not. While theoretically defensible, in practice quality
adjustments involve judgements by statisticians and may not necessarily reflect
market-determined prices.
Hicks, Sir John Richard (1904-89) Educated at Balliol College, Oxford, Hicks
lectured at the London School of Economics from T926 until 1935, when he became
Hicksian demand function
a Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. In 1938, he was appointed to the
Chair of Political Economy at the University of Manchester. In T946, he was made
Official Fellow of Nuffield College, Oxford, and in r952, Drummond Professor of
Political Economy at Oxford, a post he held until ^65. In r972, he was awarded the
»-Nobel Prize in Economics jointly with > Arrow. His major published works include
The Theory of Wages (1932), Value and Capital ^939), The Social Framework (1942), A
Contribution to the Theory of the Trade Cycle (1950), A Revision of Demand Theory
(1956), Capital and Growth (1965), Critical Essays in Monetary Theory (1967), A Theory of
Economic History {1969), The Crisis in Keynesian Economics (1974), Capital and Time: a
neo-Austrian theory (t976), Economic Perspectives: further essays on money and growth
(i977)- Causality in Economics (1979) and A Market Theory of Money ^989).
In an article in Economica in 1934, Hicks and Allen showed how the ► indifference
curve could be used to analyse consumer behaviour on the basis of >-ordinal utility.
Their exposition gave an important impetus to the development of this tool of
analysis in economic theory (►►Slutsky, E.). In his work on the ►business cycle,
Hicks demonstrated by means of mathematical ►models how the accelerator could
induce several types of fluctuation in total output. In an article in Econometrica in
1937, 'Mr Keynes and the Classics', he expounded the analytical tool of the MS-LM
model that he had invented in order to explore the assumptions relating to the
equilibrium between the supply and demand for ►money, ^savings and > invest¬
ment, the rate of Mnterest and >income. ►►Harrod, R. F.; Keynes, J. M.
by forms of non-vendor credit such as > personal loans, credit cards and store cards.
Please.
holding company A company that controls one or more other companies, nor¬
mally by holding a majority of the >-shares of these ^subsidiaries. A holding
company is concerned with control and not with > investment, and may be econ¬
omically justifiable where one holding company can perform financial, managerial
or marketing functions for a number of subsidiaries; most large companies in the
UK are holding companies exercising a greater or lesser degree of control over
their subsidiaries. The holding-company form of organization also has a number of
practical advantages, e.g. it is a simpler and less expensive way of acquiring control
of another company than by purchasing its >assets, and the original company can
retain its name and goodwill. It is possible for a holding company to control a large
number of companies with a combined >capital very much greater than its own,
since it needs to hold only half or even less of the shares of its subsidiaries. Abuse of
this possibility of 'pyramiding', as it is sometimes called, is now limited by company
legislation (>company law). Diversified holding companies, or >conglomerates,
are tending to become less important than they once were, ^downsizing.
hot money Funds that flow into a country to take advantage of favourable > rates
of interest in that country, influencing the ►balance of payments and strengthening
the ►exchange rate of the recipient country. These funds are highly volatile and
will be shifted to another ►foreign-exchange market when relative interest rates
favour the move, ►►arbitrage; Bank for International Settlements.
tition’, Economic Journal (1929), he showed how profit maximization can lead retail
outlets or competing companies to locate close to each other (»-Hotelling's law). In
'The General Welfare in Relation to Problems of Taxation and of Railway and Utility
Rates', Econometrica (1938), he put forward the case for > marginal-cost pricing by
public utilities, arguing that, even if by so doing such industries ran at a loss that
had to be financed by lump-sum payments by the State, total economic welfare
would be increased by such a pricing policy (^welfare economics).
HP >hire purchase.
human capital The skills and knowledge embodied in the >-labour force. A
metallurgist can expect to earn more than a laboratory assistant because he/she has
invested more in education and training, and these higher earnings are a return on
the investment he/she (or his/her parents, or the State) have made in school fees
and forgone earnings. Investment in human ^capital should increase labour >prod-
uctivity in the same way as investment in machinery. W^Becker, G.; sow's ear effect.
Programme also publishes a Gender Development Index based on the HDI but
adjusted for inequalities between men and women in the population.
hysteresis A term derived from more common use in the physical sciences, to
describe a lag between the behaviour of a variable and a change in the factors that
influence the variable. It is a characteristic of viscous liquids, for example, that when
inverted in an open jar they do not pour out immediately. In economics, hysteresis
has acquired a life of its own, to describe the idea that the history of a variable - the
path it has followed over time - can have an effect on where it settles. In its most
common manifestation, hysteresis is the idea that a high level of unemployment is
self-reinforcing because the unemployed become less and less suited to work as they
stay out of work longer. A burst of high unemployment tends to solidify into a
hysteresis
illiquidity A situation in which >assets cannot easily and quickly be turned into
► money. Antonym of >liquidity.
Immigration ►migration.
impact effect The first effect of a change in a variable before any secondary
responses can be made to the change. It amounts to the very short-run effect. For
example, when demand in a market increases, price rises because output is fixed in
the short period involved by more than it does once producers have had time to
respond to the increases in demand. ►►J-curve.
imperfect market A market in which the forces that tend to ensure productive
and allocative efficiency are thwarted (►economic efficiency). In a perfect market,
three characteristics predominate: (a) price equals >marginal cost (or >marginal
revenue equals marginal cost); (b) there are no abnormal ►profits (i.e. ►average
cost equals ►average revenue), and (c) production takes place at the minimum cost,
i.e. at the bottom of the average-cost curve, where average cost equals marginal cost.
implicit contract
Although price acceptance by consumers and firms, and free entry and exit of firms,
are the important features to ensure these hold, underlying them are a number
of other conditions. These include rational consumers, profit-maximizing firms,
►homogeneous products made without ►economies of scale, a smooth pattern of
►demand without peaks, a smooth pattern of ► supply where the quantity of output
is easily adjusted, no collusion between producers, and the existence of complete
and costless market information. In the absence of any of these, imperfect markets
exist and the efficiency result no longer necessarily holds. The most important
developments in economics in recent years have concerned the role of inform¬
ation in explaining deviations from perfect markets (>-asymmetric information;
screening; signalling). >Pareto, V. F. D.; ^perfect competition.
import licence A document that gives the importer authority to import the
commodity to which the licence applies. It is a device to enable the government to
regulate and supervise the flow of ► imports, e.g. under its import ► quota regu¬
lations.
latter. Other examples are domestic taxes applied according to the technical charac¬
teristics of goods (e.g. on engine capacity) which may subtly discriminate against
imports. > General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade; World Trade Organization.
imports The flow of goods and >services that enter for sale into one country and
that are the products of another country. About 30 per cent of >gross domestic
product in the UK was spent on imports in 2000 compared with, for example, the
USA, where the proportion was about 12 per cent, >► balance of payments; exports;
international trade; invisible; parallel imports.
imputed cost The cost attributed to using an asset owned by the user. The
► opportunity cost of not putting an asset to its best alternative use. For example, a
shopkeeper who owns his/her own shop forgoes rent if the shop was not used for
his/her own business. This loss of income is an imputed cost, which the owner
would compare against the revenue from the business when considering whether it
were truly profitable. Similarly, an imputed income is the amount an owner would
pay not to put the asset to an alternative use. If the shopkeeper had to pay £10 a day
to rent an alternative to his own shop he would willingly forgo £10 to keep it, and
he thus enjoys an imputed income of £10 from his shop. Aincome.
inactive money > Money that is not in circulation, i.e. not on ^deposit or invested
in other financial >assets or being used for transactions. Inactive money is also
inactivity rate
inactivity rate The percentage of the ^labour force that is neither employed nor
looking for work. >ILO unemployment.
income A flow of money, goods or services to any economic agent or unit. Such
flows can take a variety of forms. At the level of individuals, income is usually a
return to a > factor of production - Mabour yields wages, ^-capital yields ^interest,
land yields >rent and entrepreneurship yields >profit. Otherwise, income can be a
^•transfer payment in the form of a State benefit or receipt from a private-sector
source, e.g. alimony payments. At the level of the firm, income can be seen as either
total sales receipts (turnover) or receipts minus costs. For a country, ^national
income is taken as the sum of all incomes.
Economists do not view income in conventional ways. First, their concept of
income extends more widely than a cash receipt - the person who lives in his own
house effectively derives an income in the form of housing consumption worth the
rental values of his property. Secondly, great importance is attached to the concept
of 'permanent income' - the flow of resources that is sustainable in the long term.
For example, North Sea oil provides the UK with sale receipts but these will expire
when the oil runs out. The permanent income deriving from the oil is therefore the
money that would be earned from investing those receipts and making a return on
them that lasts for ever. This would be lower than the actual flow of receipts while
the oil is still being tapped but it would provide a flow of income after the oil has
gone. > income, distribution of; permanent-income hypothesis.
income elasticity of demand
income determination, theory of The body of theory that describes the factors
affecting > national income. The term is usually used to describe specifically
Keynesian models of the economy, in which ^aggregate demand is the primary
factor explaining output and employment. »-Keynesian economics.
income effect The change in demand for a product caused by the impact of a
change in its price on the spending power of consumers. The change in price of a
product leads to a change in the Vreal income of individuals, who either can no
longer afford the ‘basket' of goods that they previously bought or who can afford
the old basket with cash over to spend on extra items. The income effect is the impact
of this change in spending power on the demand for the product with the price that
has changed. It is equivalent to some change in income with all prices remaining
constant. It can be added to the ^-substitution effect to derive the total effect of the
price change on the demand for the product.
The main factor in determining the size of the income effect of a product is the
proportion of total spending that item comprises. The effect on total spending of a
change in the price of matches, for example, is trivial, but it is large for a change in
the price of food. Unlike the substitution effect, the income effect can move in either
direction. If a product is demanded more as incomes fall (e.g. second-hand clothes)
it is called an >-inferior good. If, as is more usual, it is demanded more as income
rises, it is called nonnal. ^-income elasticity of demand; giffen good.
policymakers because any product that has an income elasticity below i in a growing
economy will have a falling share of total spending, and countries that export
commodities with low-income elasticities will suffer worsening >-terms of trade in
the long term if world economic growth occurs. The income elasticity of a com¬
modity is equal to the negative of the sum of the elasticity of demand of a commodity
with respect to its own price and all other prices.
income tax A >tax on >income. In the UK, individuals are taxed on the full
amount of their income from employment or >-investment in the > fiscal year
(including some > fringe benefits but not including gifts (^inheritance tax); >capi-
tal gains are taxed separately). Deductions (e.g. single and married personal allow¬
ances or dependant's allowance) are allowed by the Tax Acts in arriving at taxable
income. Income tax is progressive in its effect, and successive slices of assessable
income are taxed (2002/03) at 10 per cent (lower rate), 22 per cent (basic rate) and 40
per cent (higher rate). To complicate matters, dividends at the higher rate are taxed
at 32.5 per cent. There are special rates for capital gains and other savings income.
Married couples may opt for taxation as individuals. Persons in employment are
normally taxed under the >pay-as-you-earn system under the so-called Schedule E.
Working Families Tax Credits and Disabled Persons Tax Credits are administered by
the Inland Revenue and employers and are payable to persons on low incomes. The
self-employed, including those in ^partnerships, are taxed under the so-called
Schedule D, Cases I and II. Under this schedule, the assessment was formerly made
on the > profits of a continuing trade or profession for the year preceding the
year of assessment, but from 1996/97 this system was changed (>self-assessment).
(Other schedules deal with investment income (where tax is not deducted at
source), income from abroad and other sources of income.) Company income is
taxed under a different system ^corporation tax). There is some disagreement
among economists on the effects of income tax on incentives to work and save and
these effects are difficult to verify empirically. On equity grounds, a progressive
income tax places a higher burden on those with the means to bear it, but this may
discourage effort through the > substitution effect or encourage people to work
harder (and encourage sophisticated tax avoidance) to make up their income (>in-
come effect). The system of income-tax reliefs for particular types of saving
(e.g. pension contributions) distorts savings decisions and this is one of the reasons
why many economists advocate an ^expenditure tax in place of income tax.
>► supply-side economics.
incomplete contract A formal or written > contract that fails to outline the rights
and duties of each party in all situations. The difficulty of framing complete contracts
- even in quite straightforward situations - is increasingly seen as an economic
problem in that it can inhibit individuals from trading with each other. A builder
may not wish to enter a contract to build a wall for someone at a given price in a
given time unless he knows exactly what will happen if the ground is found to be
hard to build on, or if the weather is bad. It is very costly to draw up a contract that
specifies every eventuality, and this may force the builder to charge a high price to
index-number problem
cover the risks. Or it may be that certain features of the best contract would be
unenforceable. »► principal-agent problem; transaction costs.
index-linked ^indexation.
index-number problem This problem arises from the use of Mndex numbers,
that are summary single numbers encapsulating a range of values and used to
describe succinctly changes in values over time. The ^retail prices index, for
example, could equally rationally, for the above purpose, be calculated as a base-
weighted or a current-weighted index, but the two types of index do not necessarily
give the same answer. For example, consider a simple example of two goods X and
Y that have the following prices and quantities purchased in the base year 1 and the
current year 2:
indexed
Year i Year 2
According to the base-weighted index, the general level of prices rose in year 2
compared with year r (by 2.5 per cent), but according to the current-weighted index,
prices fell in year 2 (by 14 per cent). The problem of choice is that if base weights are
not updated, items will continue to be included that are no longer relevant in
household expenditure. On the other hand, changing weights in order to keep them
current could lead to the index being influenced by changes in quantities and
therefore not be properly representative of price movements only. Further, a con¬
sumer price index may fail to reflect in its weights technological changes enhancing
product quality. A new computer launched in 2003 could have benefits unknown to
its 5-year-old predecessor that are not reflected in its price, s^-hedonics; price index.
indexed ► indexation.
(1) They slope downward. As the consumer loses some of one commodity, he/she must
receive more of another if satisfaction is to be maintained. Similarly, a consumer
should always prefer a basket with more of both commodities than another.
(2) They are convex to (i.e. bulge towards) the origin (>convexity). This is because, as
units of the first commodity are removed from the basket, increasing amounts of
the second commodity will be required to compensate. A consumer may start off
valuing CDs and books equally, but after accumulating a basket of books with
only a tiny selection of CDs remaining, there will be a requirement for a large
number of extra books in return for one CD.
In the diagram, the line AB is the >-budget line. The consumer would buy a combi¬
nation of CDs and books given by the point at which the budget line is tangent to
the indifference curve. Any other combination would either be above the budget
line and therefore unaffordable, or on a lower indifference curve and therefore give
less satisfaction.
Various extreme forms of indifference curve can be drawn without the usual
properties described above. Perfect ^substitutes (two identical brands of washing
powder, for example) have indifference curves that are straight downward-
sloping lines. At no stage will the consumer change the rate at which one item is
swapped for the other. Perfect complements (^complementary goods) on the other
hand, have L-shaped indifference curves; increasing quantities of a left shoe will
derive for a consumer no extra utility at all unless extra right shoes are found to
match. If a consumer actively hates one commodity, his indifference curves will
slope upwards.
Indifference maps are used extensively in theoretical economics. By plotting
money against any commodity, the individual's demand curve for that commodity
can be derived. If leisure is compared to money on an indifference map, analysis of
indifference-curve analysis
the decision of individuals on how much to work (and earn) and how much to
relax can be analysed, »convexity; demand, theory of; indifference-curve analysis;
marginal rate of substitution; ordinal utility.
indirect utility function The relationship between the total futility of a con¬
sumer on the one hand, and the price of different commodities and the income of
the consumer on the other. In >demand theory, a direct utility function maps the
quantity of different commodities consumed to the utility of the consumer. To get the
indirect utility function, we have to make two steps from this: (a) for any level of
income and set of prices, rational consumers will select a particular quantity of each
commodity that maximizes their utility, and (b) we can see from this 'rational'
selection of goods, what overall level of utility is delivered. By combining these two
steps, we can get the direct function linking prices and income and total utility.
»ordinal utility.
industrial districts Geographical clusters of firms in the same and related activi¬
ties, e.g. Silicon Valley near San Francisco and Route r28 near Boston in the USA,
infant-industry argument
and Cambridge in the UK. In these three instances the firms are predominantly in
new >technology-based industries that are >research and development intensive.
There are many other examples of industrial districts in traditional sectors, e.g.
ceramic goods in Sassuolo, Emilia Romagna, Italy. The existence of industrial districts
has long been noted by economists - indeed, they are sometimes referred to as
'Marshallian districts' after >Marshall, who first gave them extended analysis. Firms
in industrial districts benefit from > externalities in the availability of suppliers,
reserves of skilled labour, specialized distribution, training facilities and information
that seems to promote >innovation. It has been suggested that industrial clusters
allow >-small businesses to enjoy some of the >economies of scale (via market
co-ordination under conditions of low ^-transactions costs) available to large
firms within their own organizations. The origin of industrial districts cannot be
attributed to similar causes. In Cambridge and on Route r28, proximity to centres of
academic scientific research has played a major role. In some traditional industries,
the origin of clusters can be traced to putting-out systems, trade routes, markets and
other factors.
argument concludes that >protection is necessary until the industry has reached its
optimum size (> first-mover advantage).
inferior good A good, the demand for which falls as income rises, i.e. its >-income
elasticity of demand is negative, e.g. the demand of married couples for small apart¬
ments. A good that is not inferior is called a normal good. W^giffen good; income effect.
1992 as a range of 1-4 per cent, subsequently to fall to 'below two and a half per cent'.
In T997, the target was set at 2.5 per cent precisely for the >retail prices index
excluding mortgage interest (>-underlying inflation) with policy ex post (>ex ante)
considered satisfactory if it actually delivers inflation within one percentage point
either side. The recent 'point target' is a more useful guide to policy - if inflation is
heading above the target, policy should be tightened, and vice versa if it is below.
The range around the target is more useful for judging whether the authorities have
succeeded or failed reasonably to control inflation. In New Zealand, Canada and the
UK, inflation targets came to have an explicit role in setting the relationship between
national government and the ^central banks, who were given responsibility for
setting monetary policy. The objective of policy - the target - is then an explicit
political choice, while the operation of policy is delegated. The >European Central
Bank, which was established on the setting up of the >European Monetary Union,
has a similar inflation target based on the ^harmonized index of retail prices.
>Taylor rule; >*-monetary policy.
inflation tax A form of incomes policy (>prices and incomes policy) under which
firms granting pay rises above a set level are taxed on those pay rises.
innovation Putting new products and services on to the market or new means for
producing them. Innovation is preceded by research that may lead to an invention
that is then developed for the market (^research and development) (R & D). Inno¬
vation is an important source of economic expansion and > productivity. It is central
to the new theories of economic growth (^endogenous growth theory) although it
has long been taken as important - >Schumpeter gave a central role to it in his
theory of economic growth. Long before, »-Smith drew attention to the way in
which specialization through the >division of labour stimulates technological
invention, and >Marx emphasized the embodiment of technological innovation in
^capital goods. Interest in innovation grew with the much later recognition that
the expansion of physical and human capital left a major proportion of growth to
be explained by other factors, including technological progress (^growth account¬
ing). For these reasons there is intense interest in how innovation comes about and
what can be done to promote it.
Whitehead announced in his book Science and the Modem World (1925) that 'the
greatest invention of the 19th century was the invention of the method of invention'.
Research, development and innovation became more strongly institutionalized in
the twentieth century and Schumpeter believed that ^-monopoly favoured inno¬
vative development because research and development (R & D) required large
resources and large markets. This view can no longer be fully sustained. Studies
input
Y\ - Cl + flll7l + 0,272
Y2 = C2 + a--. 7, + o22 72
7, and Y2 are total outputs, C, and C2 are the final consumptions for each and o„,
o,2, o2i and a22 are the input-output coefficients representing the amounts of 7, and
Y2 required to produce one unit of 7, and 72. These equations may be put in > matrix
form:
institutional economics
where Y is the >vector Y,YZ, C the vector C,C2 and A the matrix
an al2"I
,a21 flzzj
insolvency The state of a firm when its Pliabilities, excluding Pequity capital,
exceed its total > assets (xPbankruptcy). A less stringent definition would be that a
firm is insolvent if it is unable to meet its obligations when due for payment.
instalment credit (US) Term for Phire purchase, though sometimes used gener¬
ally to refer to a credit sale when payment is made in instalments (> consumer
credit).
ists for relying on theoretical and mathematical models that not only distort and
oversimplify even strictly economic phenomena but, more important, ignore their
non-economic, institutional environment. The political and social structure of a
country may block or distort the normal economic processes (Peconomic develop¬
ment). Institutionalists believe that there is a need for economists to recognize the
relevance of other disciplines (e.g. sociology, politics, law) to the solution of econ¬
omic problems. > Veblen, PMitchell and PMyrdal have been the leading econom¬
ists sympathetic to institutionalism. Institutional economics has been strengthened
institutional investor
insurance A contract to pay a Ppremium in return for which the insurer will
pay compensation in certain eventualities, e.g. fire, theft and motor accident. The
premiums are so calculated that, on average in total, they are sufficient to pay
compensation for the policyholders who will make a claim together with a margin to
cover administration costs and profit (Pactuary; underwriting). In effect, insurance
spreads risk, so that loss by an individual is compensated for at the expense of all
those who insure against it, and as such it has an important economic function. The
traditional forms of insurance are general insurance (i.e. marine and other property
insurance against theft, fire and accident) and life insurance, the last-named strictly
being Passurance, because the cover is given against the occurrence of an event that
is inevitable. There are also many other kinds of insurance, including public or
professional liability, sickness and unemployment insurance, some of which, like
PNational Insurance and the BUPA insurance for private medical treatment, are
not carried out by the traditional insurance companies. Traditional insurance is
carried out in the UK by several hundred companies. The UK is an important centre
for the world insurance industry and about half of the premium income of British
insurance companies is derived from their overseas operations. The bulk of their
Passets consist of > investments made out of premium income against their Pliabili¬
ties to 'pay out' on life policies - only about 10 per cent of their assets are in respect
of general funds. Life insurance is a popular way of providing for old age and
purchasing a house or even Pequity shares, as well as protecting the financial
positions of dependants. SPadverse selection; Lloyd's; moral hazard; pension funds;
unit trust.
effect was an increase to 5 per cent for Japan and reductions for the USA down to 30
per cent, and of the Latin American and Caribbean countries to 50 per cent. Bank
lending reached about $ro billion per year by 1998. >Asian Development Bank.
interest 1 A charge made for the use of borrowed money, levied as a percentage of
the amount of the >debt (►rate of interest; usury). 2 More generally, a right,
privilege or share in something, as in common grazing land or in shareholders'
interest (►balance sheet).
interest, classical theory of In the early tradition of classical theory (e.g. that of
►Smith and >Ricardo) interest was regarded as simply the >rate of return on
►capital invested. It was considered to be an ►income to capital rather like >rent
to land. With the subsequent development of the classical system, (>classical econ¬
omics), the nature and the determinants of the rate of interest came to be regarded
in terms of a more complex pattern. The rate was arrived at by the interaction of
two forces operating on the supply of, and the demand for, funds. On the one
hand, the strength of demand was related to businessmen's expectations regarding
► profits. This was connected with the marginal productivity of >investment. On
the other hand, the supply was dependent upon the willingness to save. This
willingness was in turn related to the marginal rate of ►time preference. People
judge how much a pound is worth to them today compared with a pound in the
future. They make their decision of whether or not to save by comparing this 'rate
of exchange' between now and the future with the current rate of interest. In the
classical system, therefore, it was the rate of interest that brought >savings into
balance with investment. ►Keynes attacked this assumption in his General
Theory of Employment, Interest and Money (1936). The balance was brought about, he
argued, by means of changes in income and output. The rate of interest was itself
more closely identified with monetary factors. ►•Hume, D.; liquidity preference;
loanable funds.
internal rate of return That >rate of interest necessary in discounting the flow
over time of net revenue generated by an investment such that the > present value of
the net revenue flows is equal to the capital sum invested. The internal rate of return,
therefore, is the discount rate at which the net present value of a project is zero. It may
be used in ^investment appraisal to determine whether a prospective investment is
viable. For example, if the internal rate of return is higher than the rate of interest at
which a firm can borrow, the investment would be worth pursuing. However, the
internal rate of return has two disadvantages: (a) if the period (e.g. annual, quarterly)
costs and revenues of the project being considered change sign more than once (costs
exceeding revenues give negative flows and revenues exceeding costs give positive
flows) during the life of the project, a solution cannot be found giving a unique internal
rate of return, and (b) in ranking alternative investment proposals in priority order,
the internal rate of return procedure could give a different ranking from that of net
present value. For example, consider the following two investment projects:
(1) (■2)
Capital cost £100 £300
Net revenue per year £ 40 £ 40
Project life (years) 3 12
Net present value at 5 per cent £ 8.9 £ 54-5
Internal rate of return (per cent) 9-7 8
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development 198
According to the ranking by net present value, (2) is preferable to (1), whereas by
ranking according to the internal rates of return (1) is preferred to (2). The net present
value calculation always gives the correct answer because it shows the absolute
amount of profit to be made on the investment. The internal rate of return is also
the marginal efficiency of capital and investor's yield.
by the Association of Tin Producing Countries that operate an export quota system.
In t973, an International Cocoa Agreement was concluded that has been sub¬
sequently renewed and amended on several occasions, the last being in 2001 for
co-operation between producers and consumers to achieve long-term price stability,
but market intervention has now been discontinued. At the end of 1976, an agree¬
ment was concluded among producers for the stabilization of the prices of natural
rubber by means of a buffer stock and controls on production. The International
Rubber Agreement was renewed in 1995 with thirty-one member countries, both
producers and consumers of rubber. It was the last agreement that regulated price
by selling and buying from a buffer stock. The agreement was abandoned in 1999
when Thailand, Malaysia and Indonesia formed their own joint project for control¬
ling prices through restraints on production, ^developing country; multi-fibre
arrangement; Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries; United Nations Con¬
ference on Trade and Development.
the size of the IMF, and in 1962 the General Arrangements to Borrow (GAB) was signed
by twelve countries, namely the USA, the UK, West Germany, France, Belgium, The
Netherlands, Italy, Sweden, Canada and Japan (called the 'Group of Ten' or the 'Paris
Club'), Switzerland and Saudi Arabia, under which SDR 6.7 billion credit was made
available to the IMF should it be required. This agreement has been regularly
renewed and in 1993 the credit limit was raised to SDR 18.5 billion. In 1998 the
New Arrangements to Borrow (NAB) was approved between the IMF and twenty-five
member countries and institutions to supplement the funds available for an initial
period of 5 years. The sum available under the GAB and the NAB together totals
SDR 34 billion. >s*gold standard.
International Settlements, Bank for (BIS) > Bank for International Settlements.
international trade The exchange of goods and services between one country
and another, which arises because of differences in relative costs of production
between countries, and because it increases the economic welfare of each country
by widening the range of goods and services available for >consumption. > Ricardo
showed with the law of comparative advantage that it was not necessary for one
country to have an absolute cost advantage in the production of a commodity for it
to find a partner willing to trade. Even if a country produced all commodities more
expensively than any other, trade to the benefit of all could take place provided only
that the relative costs of production of the different commodities were favourable.
Differences in costs of production exist because countries are differently endowed
with the resources required. Countries differ as to the type and quantity of raw
materials within their borders, the climate, the skill and size of the labour force,
the stock of physical >>capital and their institutions (^institutional economics).
Countries will tend to export (>exports) those commodities the production of
which requires relatively more than other commodities of those resources (^factors
of production) it has most (>Heckscher-Ohlin principle). By increasing the scope
for the specialization of labour (^division of labour) and for achieving ^economies
of scale by the enlargement of > markets, there is a presumption that international
trade should be free from restrictions (>*-free trade). The classical economists
(>classical economics) condemned >mercantilism for its advocacy of government
control over trade in order to achieve export surpluses, and from the nineteenth to
the early twentieth century there was a presumption in favour of free trade. This
philosophy gave place to economic protectionism (>protection) in the 1930s but it
was revived again in the ^General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade in r948. The latter
had some success in reducing tariffs on ^imports (>tariffs, import), culminating in
the creation of the > World Trade Organization. However, many trade restrictions
still remain (>protection). At the same time, there has been an increase in the
number of ^customs unions and >free trade areas. The >European Union, for
example, had, in 2002, free-trade agreements agreed or in discussion with thirty-
seven countries. While these agreements do establish free trade between member
countries, they discriminate against outsiders. World trade has expanded faster than
world output. Over the past 50 years, trade has grown on average at about 6 per cent
per annum, about 50 per cent more than world output.
International Trade Commission
intervention Any form of government interference with > market forces to achieve
economic ends. Intervention may be in the area of ^macroeconomics (impolicy
ineffectiveness theorem), or may be applied to one sector or market. In the latter
case, it may take the form of ^regulation, ^taxation (e.g. a tax on environmentally
destructive behaviour, ►pollutor-pays principle) or ^subsidy. There are numerous
problems with interventions. They may have: (a) unforeseen costs (e.g. a regulation
designed to improve food hygiene in restaurants may result in the closure of many
local restaurants); (b) side-effects (e.g. the provision of subsidized child care may
undermine the provision of informal, unpaid child care); (c) revenge effects (in which
they achieve the opposite of the intended result, e.g. the building of a road to reduce
traffic congestion may create extra traffic and increase congestion); (d) > deadweight
costs (the intervention ends up affecting many more people than it needed to to
achieve its end, e.g. a job subsidy for those in Mong-term unemployment may go
to many people who would have found jobs anyway), and (e) they may create
perverse incentives (e.g. a job subsidy to help the long-term unemployed gives the
short-term unemployed an incentive to become long-term unemployed). cost-
benefit analysis; risk assessment.
invention The creation of ideas for new products and processes that lead to
► innovation that makes them available on the ►market. Inventions that may be
subject to >patents may be made by one individual or organization and developed
for the market by others, or the whole process may be carried out by one organization.
There may be a long gap between invention and innovation, e.g. between the
Wright brothers' flight in T903 and the development of scheduled intercity flights
30 years later.
inventories Term for ^stocks of raw materials, work in progress and finished
goods. Inventories represent ►capital tied up in unsold goods and require storage
space, insurance and other incurred costs, but are an inevitable part of the process
of production and distribution. This is because: (a) in most cases, customers are not
willing to wait while goods are produced, but expect delivery off the shelf; (b) it is
not possible to forecast sales accurately and sales might be lost if stocks were not
held, while it may be uneconomic to interrupt production to match short-term
fluctuations in sales because of loss of ^economies of scale; (c) while production
may be continuous, deliveries of components and raw materials arrive in batches,
and (d) transport arrangements may be such that finished goods also need to be
investment, inward
inverse elasticity rule The rule that, if prices are to deviate from marginal cost
(►marginal-cost pricing), it is best for the mark-ups to be highest for those products
that have the most inelastic demand. By this argument, first articulated by Ramsey
and also known as Ramsey pricing, if we were to tax certain goods, the tax should be
highest on goods that people will continue to buy anyway and low on those items
that are very price-sensitive. Keeping to these rules will minimize the distorting
effect of the tax, because it means that consumers will behave very much as they
would have without the tax. The same principle can also be applied to allocating
fixed costs to different consumers when >marginal cost is below >average cost in a
particular industry. Although this idea has achieved wide currency, it does not stand
up to ►general equilibrium analysis. If all commodities are going to be taxed, for
example, the inverse elasticity rule will not apply.
investment bank (US) A financial intermediary that purchases new issues and
places them in smaller parcels among investors. In the UK, the alternative terms
>'merchant bank' or >'issuing house' are still occasionally used. Investment banks
are often subsidiaries of banks and other financial institutions; they provide advice
on >mergers and acquisitions and deal in ^-securities.
investment trust A company, the sole object of which is to invest its > capital in
a wide range of other companies. An investment trust issues >shares and uses its
capital to buy shares in other companies. A >unit trust, on the other hand, issues
units that represent holdings of shares. Unit holders thus do not share in the Vprofits
of the company managing the trust. Although sharing the advantages of widespread
investment with unit trusts, investment trusts pay their management expenses out
of taxed ^income and not out of shareholders' incomes. The total funds managed
by investment trusts are twice as great as those of unit trusts. Investment trusts can
also raise part of their capital by fixed-interest > securities, and the >yield on
>ordinary shares can thus benefit from ^gearing. There are some 250 investment-
trust companies in the UK. Some investment trusts underwrite new issues (>new-
issue market; open-ended investment company).
invisible A term used to describe those items (e.g. financial services) included in
the current > balance of payments accounts, that are distinct from physically visible
IS-LM model
'invisible hand' The idea, promoted by >Smith, that society is best served by
individuals being free to pursue their own self-interest. Smith said that each indi¬
vidual was Ted by an invisible hand to promote an end which was no part of his
intention'. >Mandeville, B. de; price system; resources.
irredeemable security A > security that does not bear a date at which the »-capital
sum will be paid off or redeemed, e.g. 2/2 per cent >consols or certain ^debentures.
Sometimes called 'undated securities'. Possession of an irredeemable security entitles
the owner to ^interest payments but not to repayment of face-value capital. This
affects the price at which the security is marketable. For example, 2/2 per cent
consols, which are irredeemable £roo stock bearing 2/2 per cent interest, might,
depending on prevailing interest rates, fetch only about £50, i.e. the price at which
they will give a 5 per cent yield. If this stock were redeemable in r year, its price
would obviously be very much higher.
L-M
0 expenditure
determine whether: (a) equilibrium exists in the two markets; (b) the demand for
>investment goods matches the supply of >savings, and (c) the demand for cash
(or liquid assets) matches the supply. On a graph (see diagram) with the interest rate
on the vertical axis and the level of spending on the horizontal axis, two curves
can be plotted. The I-S (investment-savings) curve slopes down from left to right
depicting the set of combinations of interest rate and spending that ensure equilib¬
rium in the investment and savings market. For each level of the interest rate, there
is a unique level of spending, ensuring that planned investment equals planned
saving. The second curve, L-M (liquidity-money supply), plots combinations of
interest rates and income levels, ensuring that the demand for money (^liquidity
preference) is equal to the supply. A high interest rate suppresses the demand for
cash and thus may be combined with a high level of national income (stimulating
the demand for cash) if equilibrium is to be maintained. This curve usually thus
slopes upwards. Where the two curves intersect, there is an equilibrium level of both
> aggregate demand and the interest rate.
Much of the dispute between > Keynesian economics and ^monetarism can be
interpreted as arguments over the relative slopes of the I-S and L-M curves. However,
the IS-LM model says nothing of the factors determining the >aggregate supply of
goods and services, and in recent years more attention has been paid to this area of
analysis rather than the level of demand. >supply-side economics; ^economic
doctrines; transmission mechanism.
line passing from the point of ten robots and no workers to ten workers and no
robots. Every point on such a graph would represent a combination of inputs costing
a certain level and each point would be on one, and only one, isocost line.
The isocost line, which is analogous to the >budget line in consumer theory,
is useful for analysing the optimal combination of inputs firms should employ,
isoquant.
isoquant. Normally, economists allow for two inputs - capital and labour - but the
analysis can be extended. Isoquants have the following properties: (a) they are
downward sloping because, as one factor is removed (and we move down one axis),
more of another factor must be added to maintain the old level of output (moving
up the other axis), and (b) they are convex to (i.e. bulge towards) the origin, because
increasing amounts of a second factor are required to compensate for unit decreases
in the first (^-diminishing returns, law of). The isoquant is analogous to the ►indiff¬
erence curve in the theory of consumer demand, ^ convexity; isocost line; rate of
technical substitution.
issued capital That part of a company's ^capital that has been subscribed to by
shareholders. It may or may not be paid up (>paid-up capital).
issuing broker 208
(evons, William Stanley (1835-82) Jevons studied natural science and worked as
an assayer to the Australian Mint from 1853 to 1859. He became Professor of Logic at
Owens College, Manchester in 1866, and in r8/6 at University College, London. His
main theoretical economic work is Theory of Political Economy (1871). Other aspects
of his work are collected together in Investigations in Currency and Finance (T884). He
was one of the three economists to put forward a ^-marginal utility theory in the
r870s. He argued that one > commodity will exchange for another such that the
ratio of the >prices of the two commodities traded equals the ratio of their marginal
utilities. > Edgeworth criticized the way Jevons developed these ideas, and in so
doing invented the >indifference curve. Jevons also made an important contri¬
bution to the theory of >• capital, many aspects of which were, in fact, taken up by
the > Austrian School. He superimposed on the »-classical economic theory the idea
that capital should be measured in terms of time as well as quantity. An increase in
the amount invested is the same as an increase in the time period in which it is
being employed. Output can be increased by extending the period in which the
investment is available by, for example, reinvesting the output instead of consuming
it at the end of the production period. With given levels of Mabour and capital,
output becomes a function of time only. He derived from this a definition of the
>rate of interest as the ratio of the output gained by an increase in the time capital
remains invested divided by the amount invested (>Bohm-Bawerk, E. von; internal
rate of return). Jevons was also one of the founders of ^econometrics - he invented
>moving averages. He also propounded a theory of the ^-business cycle based on
sunspots, but this is of little importance except for the stimulus it gave to the study
of statistics for economic empirical work. »**Gossen, H. H.; Menger, C.; Walras,
M. E. L.
jobseekers' allowance The main Asocial security benefit in the UK for those out
of work but looking for a job. It replaced unemployment benefit (which was available
joint costs
to anyone who had paid sufficient »-National Insurance for 12 months), and income
support for the unemployed (which was available on a >means-test basis thereafter),
►^unemployment.
joint demand ^-Demand for two or more Commodities or >• factors of production
that are used together so that a change in demand for one will sooner or later be
reflected in a change in demand for the other, e.g. cloth and thread. Another term
for complementary demand (Complementary goods).
joint products ►Commodities that are produced in such a way that a change in
the output of one of them necessarily involves a change in the output of the other.
For example, in refining crude oil into petrol, fuel oil and other heavier oils, limits
are set to the relative proportions of each product that can be achieved. Leather and
beef are joint products. Under conditions of joint production, the allocation of costs
between the products will be arbitrary, ^economies of scope.
Kantorovich, Leonid (1912-86) An economist of the then USSR, and joint winner
of the >Nobel Prize for Economics in 1975. Based at the Academy of Sciences in
Keynes, John Maynard | 212
Moscow, Kantorovich's subject was the optimal allocation of resources. His book,
The Best Use of Economic Resources, was published in 1965. He was keen to improve the
planning system adopted by his country, and developed mathematical techniques -
notably ►linear programming and the use of ►shadow prices - as a means to that
end. His work was concerned with the decentralization of planning, and the need
for a rational price system to make decentralization work.
Keynes, John Maynard (1883-1946) Educated at Eton, Keynes won prizes there
in mathematics as well as in English and Classics before going up to King's College,
Cambridge. At university he graduated with a first in mathematics. During his
stay at Cambridge he studied philosophy under Whitehead and economics under
► Marshall and ►Pigou. After a period in the Civil Service, he accepted a lectureship
in economics at King's College, Cambridge. In 1911, he became editor of the Economic
Journal. During the First World War he held a post in the UK >Treasury, but resigned
because he believed that the figure for German war reparations was set too high {The
Economic Consequences of the Peace (1919)). He was also a severe critic of the decision
of the government to return to the >gold standard at the prewar >-exchange rate
CThe Economic Consequences of Mr Churchill (1925)). In 1930, he published A Treatise
on Money, and in the same year was appointed a member of the ►Macmillan
Committee on Finance and Industry. His major work, The General Theory of Employ¬
ment, Interest and Money, appeared in 1936. He served a second spell in the Treasury
during the Second World War, and was responsible for negotiating with the USA
on Lend-Lease. He took a leading part in the discussions at ► Bretton Woods in 1944
that established the ►International Monetary Fund.
► Unemployment during the interwar period persisted in the UK at high levels,
never falling below 5 per cent, and at its worst reaching 20 per cent of the total
► labour force. The failure of the economy to recover from such a long depression
was unprecedented in the economic history of industrial society. Fluctuations in
activity were well known, and had received much attention from theorists on the
► business cycle in the past. The classical economists (►classical economics) held
that in the downturn of the business cycle both wage rates (►earnings) and the
►rate of interest fell. Eventually, they reached levels low enough for businessmen
to see a significant improvement in the profitability of new ►investments. The
investment so induced generated employment and new ►incomes and the economy
expanded again until rising prices in the boom brought the next phase in the cycle.
The classical economists therefore concluded that the failure of the economy to
expand was because wages were inflexible. Their policy recommendations were that
the unions should be persuaded to accept a wage cut. Keynes argued that, although
this policy might make sense for a particular industry, a general cut would lower
► consumption, income and ►aggregate demand, and this would offset the encour¬
agement to employment by the lowering of the ►'price' of labour relative to the
price of ►capital, e.g. plant and machinery. Pigou countered Keynes' argument by
pointing out that, by lowering wages, the general price level would be lowered,
therefore liquid balances that people owned would have a higher spending value
(►Pigou effect). The upturn, it was agreed, was stimulated by businessmen
responding to lower wages with increased investment expenditure. Why, said
Keynes, should not the government take over the businessman's function and
spend money on public works? Current opinion upheld the belief that government
mj Keynes Plan
budget-deficit financing would bring more hardship than already existed. The >-bal-
anced budget was regarded as a correct accounting practice for the government and
for a private household. Most economists of the period accepted that public-works
expenditure would reduce unemployment, even given the need to keep the budget
in balance. Pigou showed the mechanism by which this could be brought about.
However, the Treasury view was that public works would merely divert ^savings
and labour from the private sector and, as the former was less productive, the net
effect would be a worsening of the situation (^-crowding out). It was not until after
Keynes had written his General Theory and crystallized his arguments into a coherent
theoretical framework that his views were accepted.
Keynes did not deny the classical theory. He agreed that a reduction in wage rates
could be beneficial, but it would operate only through the ^liquidity preference
schedule. A fall in prices would increase the value of the stock of money in people's
hands in real terms. This would make available an increase in the amount that
people were willing to lend, with a consequent drop in the rate of interest to the
benefit of investment. However, if this is so, why not operate directly on the rate of
interest or the quantity of money in the economy? Moreover, Keynes argued that
there exists a level of interest rate below which further increases in >money supply
are simply added to idle balances (> inactive money) rather than being used to
finance investment. Wage cuts or not, the economy would stick at this point with
chronic unemployment. In the classical system, the national product (^national
income) was determined by the level of employment and the latter by the level of
>real wages. The quantity of money determined the level of prices. Savings and
investment were brought into balance by means of the rate of interest. In Keynes'
system, the equality of savings and investment was achieved by adjustments in the
level of national income or output working through the ^multiplier. The rate of
interest was determined by the quantity of money people desired to hold in relation
to the money supply. The level of output at which savings equals investment does
not necessarily correspond to full employment. The innovation in the Keynesian
system was that the rate of interest was determined by the quantity of money and
not the level of output, as in the classical system. In the Keynesian model, if you
increased the propensity to invest or consume, you did not simply raise the rate of
interest, you raised output and employment (^-consumption function). Keynes'
study of monetary aggregates of investment, savings, etc., led to the development
of national accounts. Keynes' General Theory is now criticized for its reliance on
special cases (wage rigidity, the insensitivity of investment to the rate of interest,
and the idea of a minimum rate of interest at which the demand for money became
infinitely elastic), its preoccupation with ^equilibrium and the fact that, despite its
presentation as a radical new departure, it nevertheless embodies many of the
analytical limitations of the >Classical School of economics. However, the transfor¬
mation which Keynes brought about, in both theory and policy, was considerable.
In effect, he laid the foundations for what is now > macroeconomics. >► Keynesian
economics; Keynesian unemployment; new Keynesian economics.
Keynes Plan Proposals by the UK > Treasury submitted for the establishment
of an International Clearing Union (ICU) for discussion at the >Bretton Woods
conference in r944. These proposals were primarily the work of >-Keynes, and became
known as the Keynes Plan. The ICU would have basically the same functions as a
Keynesian economics | 214
Keynesian economics The branch of economic theory, and the doctrines, associ¬
ated with >Keynes. In general, Keynesian economics tends to support the following
propositions: (a) ^-aggregate demand plays a decisive role in determining the level
of real output; (b) there is no automatic tendency for the level of >-savings and
^-investment to be equal, as the level of investment is not primarily determined by
the >rate of interest; (c) as a result, economies can settle at positions with high
unemployment and exhibit no natural tendency for unemployment to fall, and (d)
governments, primarily through fiscal policy, can influence aggregate demand to
cut unemployment.
It would be wrong, however, to consider Keynesian economists to be a single,
united body of theorists. Since t945, two predominant Keynesian schools have
emerged. First the Neo-Keynesians reached a consensus view with more classically
oriented economists. Under what is known as the neo-classical synthesis (>neo¬
classical economics), it was largely accepted that the practical conclusions of Keynes
were correct but that, at least in theory, the market did have a theoretical tendency
toward full employment (other than possibly in the very exceptional circumstances
of a ^liquidity trap). It was on account of price rigidities and institutional inflexi¬
bility that unemployment could persist. This Neo-Keynesian view used the >TS-LM
model to describe the determination of aggregate demand, and the > Phillips curve
acted as a description of the behaviour of ^aggregate supply. The synthesis domi¬
nated ^macroeconomics until it was challenged by >Friedman and ^monetarism.
At the same time, a second strand of Keynesian thought emerged. This held that
economists were mistaken in considering the behaviour of an economy only in
>equilibrium. It was possible that because of interactions between different sectors
of the economy, a state of disequilibrium could persist. When the economy left
an equilibrium state, no amount of price flexibility could guarantee its return to full
employment. This branch of disequilibrium economics is associated with Clower,
Leijonhufvud and Malinvaud (^Keynesian unemployment; quantity rationing).
More recently, another variant - >new Keynesian economics - has been concerned
to find foundations for Keynesian findings in >-microeconomics. It arrives at certain
Keynesian implications, using the assumption of ^rational expectations, .^inform¬
ation, economics of.
thus exists in both the labour and goods markets. Keynesian unemployment is one
of four possible regimes in an economy in which ^-quantity rationing exists, i.e.
that markets are not in equilibrium. Its important distinguishing feature is in its
possible cures. For >classical unemployment, a cut in wages should make it profit¬
able for employers to take on new workers. In the Keynesian case, however, firms
are already unable to sell all their output. This induces them to cut their prices at
the same time that workers will be trying to price themselves into jobs by accepting
lower wages. When both prices and wages fall >-real wages remain constant, and it
is real wages that determine the level of employment. Thus, when both the labour
market and goods market are in excess supply, even if prices and wages are flexible,
there will be no natural tendency for the economy to lift itself out of recession. In
this case, the most obvious solution is for the government to inject some demand
through higher borrowing. ^Keynesian economics; unemployment.
Klein, Lawrence R. (b. 1920) Professor Klein studied at Berkeley, the University of
California, and obtained his Ph.D at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
After working for the Cowles Commission, he was at Michigan University from 1949
to r954 and at Oxford University until 1958. Professor Klein was then appointed
Professor of Economics and Finance at the Wharton School of Finance, University
of Pennsylvania. He was awarded the >Nobel Prize in Economics in r98o. His major
publications include The Keynesian Revolution (1947), Economic Fluctuations, 1921-
1941 (1950), Econometric Model of the United States, 1929-1952 (1955), An Essay in the
Theory of Economic Prediction (1971) and The Economics of Supply and Demand (1983).
Professor Klein pioneered the design, construction and application of large-scale
►econometric models for forecasting gross national product and its components in
the r950S and r96os, capitalizing on the emergent computer technology of the
time. His work has contributed to the development of applied > econometrics
and stimulated the development of statistical information about ► macroeconomic
fluctuations.
first came into common use in the 1960s and had its roots in the observations
that services accounted for more employment than agriculture, manufacturing and
mining, and that rates of economic growth were considerably higher than could be
explained by the combined growth of inputs of >capital and >labour, a difference
that in part was attributed to advances in knowledge (>-growth accounting). The
preponderance of service activities and the role of knowledge has given rise to
another term - post-industrial economy - which can be a synonym for knowledge
economy. However, all production, whether in manufacturing, agriculture or ser¬
vices, requires knowledge and always has, and there is no novelty in the importance
of knowledge, ^innovation; new economy.
Kuznets, Simon S. (1901-85) Professor Kuznets, who was born in Russia, went to
the USA in 1922 where he studied economics at Columbia University, receiving his
Ph.D in 1926. After a number of years at the National Bureau of Economic Research, he
went in 1930 to the University of Pennsylvania where he was later to be appointed
Professor of Economics, a post he held until 1954. There followed a period as Professor
of Economics at Johns Hopkins University until 1960 when he accepted a Chair in
Economics at Harvard, where he remained until his retirement in 1971. Professor Kuz¬
nets was awarded the >Nobel Prize in Economics in 1971. His publications include
Secular Movements in Production and Prices (1930), National Income, 1929-1932 (1934),
National Income and its Composition, 1919-1938 (1941), National Product Since 1869
(1946), Six Lectures on Economic Growth (1959), Economic Growth and Structure (1965),
Modem Economic Growth: rate, structure and spread (1965), Economic Growth of Nations
Kuznets curve
(1971) and Population, Capital ami Growth (1979). Professor Kuznets made important
contributions to the development of applied >econometrics through the compi¬
lation of macroeconomic statistics. His analysis and statistical identification of T5-
20-year fluctuations in time series of production and prices initiated a continuing
debate in the analysis of >trade cycles. He completed major studies in income
distribution exploring the relationship between growth in income per head and the
distribution of income (>-Kuznets curve). >juglar cycle; Kondratiev cycle.
Kuznets curve A proposition put forward by ► Kuznets in 'Economic Growth and
Income Inequality', American Economic Review (1955) which suggested that inequality
in ^income distribution increased during the early rapid phase of economic growth
and subsequently moved towards equality; thus tracing an inverted U-shape.
labour A >factor of production. The term not only includes the numbers of people
available for, or engaged in, the production of goods or services but also their
physical and intellectual skills and effort, ^employment, full; human capital;
labour force; sow's ear effect; unemployment.
labour, demand for The amount of labour that firms will employ at different
wage levels. In a simple model of the structure of the Mabour market, firms employ
labour as long as it is profitable for them to do so. It will be profitable as long as the
selling price of the output of the marginal worker is greater than the cost of that
worker. To maximize profits, therefore, firms employ additional workers until the
> marginal revenue product (i.e. the marginal revenue of the firm's output times the
number of extra units produced by taking on one more worker) is equal to the wage
costs. In this situation: (a) when the price of the firm's output rises, its demand for
labour rises; (b) when the physical output of workers rises (from more developed
skills or harder work), the demand for labour rises; (c) when the wage rate falls, the
demand for labour rises, and (d) when the amount of capital employed increases,
the demand for labour will either increase - as the capital enhances the productivity
of each worker - or it will fall - if the capital displaces workers.
This account, in which all workers are assumed to be identical, has been developed
in many directions: (a) complications can be added, e.g. the influence of trade
unions and industries in which there is only one employer (>■ monopoly); (b) alterna¬
tive models have been developed to account for the stickiness of wages and to
describe alternatives to fixed-wage contracts (>efficiency-wage hypothesis; profit-
sharing). Finally, the whole subject can be viewed in a >macroeconomic perspective,
in which the demand for labour is viewed as a function of >aggregate demand only.
In this case, high wages can be portrayed as stimulating employment through
their effect on maintaining high aggregate demand, ^-marginal productivity theory
of wages.
labour force The total number of people in a country who are either in work
or unemployed but looking for work. According to the > International Labour
Organization, the total labour force of the more developed countries (MDCs) of
North America, Europe, Japan and Australasia was 6or million in 2000, having grown
by 6.2 per cent in the previous decade compared with a labour force of 2.3 billion
and a growth of 21 per cent in the less developed countries (LDCs). Activity rate (or
participation rate) is defined as the proportion of the labour force of a specified group
labour, mobility of
in the total population of that group. In 2000, the activity rate for women was
44 per cent in the MDCs compared with 39 per cent in the LDCs. The labour force
is significantly younger in the LDCs where over 50 per cent is in the age-
group between r,5 and 35, compared with less than 40 per cent in the MDCs.
developing country.
Labour Force Survey (LFS) A regular public survey designed to elicit accurate
information about the state of the labour market. It is used to derive a measure of
unemployment on the basis of the International Labour Organization definition
(>ILO unemployment) in contrast to the »-claimant count measure. It counts
everyone who wishes to work, and has looked for work in the previous 4 weeks,
as unemployed, whether or not he/she is eligible for benefits. It includes many
unemployed people who live with working partners and are thus excluded from
obtaining benefit. It excludes people who are on benefits but admit to not having
looked for work in the previous 4 weeks. The net effect is that the LFS measure of
unemployment has followed the same trend as the claimant count, but is higher,
^unemployment.
labour market The >-market in which wages, salaries and conditions of employ¬
ment are determined in the context of the supply of labour (>labour force) and the
demand for > labour. Most economists believe that lack of labour market flexibility
is an important cause of ^unemployment and a drag on ^economic growth. Many
factors can reduce incentives for the unemployed to move to available jobs, e.g.
deficiencies in training and education, the availability of housing and transport and
generous unemployment benefits. The >regulation of labour markets, restrictions
on temporary workers, hiring and firing and, possibly, > minimum wages, if set at a
high level, can reduce labour market flexibility. There is little direct evidence that
employers are deterred from hiring the unemployed by these 'employment protec¬
tion' measures, but various measures of labour market flexibility have been found
to be negatively correlated (>-correlation) with unemployment rates across a wide
range of countries. >Neo-classical economic analysis certainly indicates that any¬
thing that raises the cost of employment will reduce the demand for labour and
encourage J-capital-intensive methods of production. Lack of labour market flexi¬
bility could help to explain (and many economists think it mainly explains) the loss
of the growth advantage that Europe had over the US before the early r970S. Superior
USA growth since then has been made possible not by a greater productivity increase
(which has been lower than in Europe) but by higher labour utilization rates, i.e.
lower unemployment. The USA seems to have been more able to employ its low-skill
workers and this can be explained by greater labour market flexibility. »► active
labour-market policies; labour, demand for; labour, mobility of.
labour, mobility of The degree to which workers are able and willing to move
between jobs in different occupations and areas. A lack of .^labour mobility may
manifest itself in high ^frictional unemployment or high ^structural unemploy¬
ment and it has been an object of policy to encourage workers to move to areas in
which jobs are available and to take on jobs in new occupations requiring skills
labour, specialization of
different from those in which they were first trained. Policies to this end could
include: (a) a faster rate of housebuilding, making it easier for people to find homes
in different areas; (b) the removal of taxes like >stamp duty on house transfer; (c)
the provision of full information on what jobs are available and where; (d) the
provision of training courses for the unemployed, and (e) the abolition of restrictions
on entry to different jobs. In practice, it has been found that, for a multitude of
social and economic reasons, labour may be geographically and occupationally
immobile. Moreover, it is recognized that social costs could be incurred by an
itinerant population, from regional overcrowding or depopulation. These factors
have been used to justify ^subsidies to jobs in regions of high unemployment. The
Treaty of Rome of the ^European Union (EU) guarantees the free movement of
labour throughout the Union. Such movements are, however, additionally con¬
strained in Europe by the lack of a common language and it has been found that
interstate mobility in the USA is 6 times higher than intercountry mobility in the
EU. »► active labour market policies.
labour turnover The number of employees who leave a firm within a year as a
percentage of the firm's total employment.
Laffer curve A graphical illustration of the argument that there exists an optimum
rate of tax at which government tax revenue is maximized. If tax rates are low,
revenues will be increased if tax rates are increased; however, if rates are raised
beyond the optimum point, the loss of incentives caused by the resultant low net
incomes discourages production and tax revenues fall. The curve is named after the
American economist Professor Arthur Laffer, who argued that the economy could
be expanded without government budget deficits. Lower taxes lead to lower prices,
higher output and, therefore, higher government revenues. This argument has yet
to find full empirical justification. >► supply-side economics.
Y = XxZ
X + Z -10 = 0
L = X x Z + X(X + Z - io)
This is, in fact, the same as the old one, but it has had the constraint added on. It
has been added on, however, in such a way that it equals zero, if it holds. We could
just as well have subtracted it. The constraint is also multiplied by A, called the
Lagrange multiplier.
Maximizing this new objective function is the same as maximizing the old one
subject to the constraint. So we then maximize L by controlling X, Z and X in the
normal way. We set the partial derivatives of these three equal to zero and solve
them as a system of simultaneous equations. The resulting values of X and Z are the
values we want. Note that the partial derivative of the equation with respect to X is
the constraint itself, thus ensuring that it will hold when the solution is found. We
can also interpret A as the value by which the objective can be advanced for a
one-unit relaxation of the constraint. It can thus be seen as the >shadow price of
the constrained variables. In this case, the values of X and Z will each be 5, and the
value of A will be -5. ^-calculus of variations; linear programming.
laissez-faire ‘Laissez-faire, laissez-passer1 was the term originally used by the >Physi-
ocrats. They believed that only agriculture yielded wealth. Consequently, they
condemned any interference with industry by government agencies as being inap¬
propriate and harmful, except in so far as it was necessary to break up private
►monopoly. The principle of the non-intervention of government in economic
affairs was given full support by the classical economists (> classical economics),
who inherited the theme from ►Smith (Wealth of Nations, Book IV, chapter 2):
The Statesman, who should attempt to direct private people in what manner they
ought to employ their capitals, would not only load himself with a most unnecessary
attention, but assume an authority which could safely be trusted, not only to no
single person, but to no council or senate whatever, and which would nowhere be
so dangerous as in the hands of a man who had folly and presumption enough to
fancy himself fit to exercise it.
More recently, laissez-faire economics has been associated with the > Chicago
School, who not only believe in ►free-market economics, but have also promoted
the idea that some privately imposed restrictions on trade are socially efficient.
^►Manchester School; Mandeville, B. de; Sismondi, J. C. L. S. de.
land Taken to include, in economics, all ►natural resources, including the sea and
outer space. One of the ►factors of production, land is distinguished from the others
in that its supply is more or less fixed. Since the productive power of land is
Laspeyres index
Lie
conceptually distinct from that of >-capital, land is a factor of production only in its
natural, unimproved state, ^depletion theory.
Latin American Free Trade Association (LAFTA) > Latin American Integration
Association.
Latin American Integration Association (LAI A) The Latin American Free Trade
Association (LAFTA), which had been set up in r96o, was replaced by the LAIA
through a new treaty agreed in r98o. Under this treaty the member countries Argen¬
tina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Mexico, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay
and Venezuela agreed to continue the encouragement of economic integration
through regional tariffs and other measures. The intention of the LAIA is to reduce
tariffs between member countries but on a pragmatic industry-by-industry approach,
rather than by across-the-board tariff reductions following a fixed timetable, as
attempted by LAFTA. Cuba joined the Association in r999. >^Mercosur.
Law, John (1671-1729) A Scottish financier who put his monetary theories into
practice in France through such institutions as the Banque Royale and the Compag-
nie des Indes. His most significant publication appeared in ^05 under the title Money
and Trade Considered, with a Proposal for Supplying the Nation with Money. He was in
favour of the replacement of specie coin by paper money (>banknote). Not only
would this save expensive precious metals, but it would enable the State to manage
the currency more effectively by making it independent of the ^market for
precious metals. Moreover, it would facilitate increasing the quantity of money in
circulation and therefore the stimulation of economic activity. )»Hume, D.; quan¬
tity theory of money.
law of one price The law, articulated by VJevons, stating that: 'In the same open
market, at any moment, there cannot be two prices for the same kind of article.' The
reason is that, if they did exist, >arbitrage should occur until the prices converge.
M» price system.
'leads and lags' The differences in timing in the settlement of >debts in >intern-
ational trade. These differences could cause a deficit or surplus for a short period in
the >balance of payments, even though the underlying trade was in balance. The
effect may be particularly acute when there is an expectation of a change in the
>exchange rate. Importing countries will delay payment to their supplying country
if it is expected that the latter's rate of exchange will fall, ^devaluation; J-curve.
such that the difference between the actual observations and those traced by the
line along its length is at a minimum. The slope and position of the line yields the
estimates for b and a, respectively. >**-beta; dummy variable; heteroscedasticity;
latent variable.
legacy costs The Asocial costs inherited from past economic activity. An ►enterpr-
ise might incur such costs through legislation requiring it to clean up the site of an
abandoned chemical plant or through damages awarded to users of a product that
has had unintended consequences. These are examples applying mainly to large
firms but any firm may, if it goes into voluntary ►liquidation, be left with large
costs for compensating redundant employees. Some legacy costs will have to be met
by the public sector, but in the case of an otherwise still viable enterprise they may
be an obstacle to the acquisition of the firm and the redeployment of its ^assets,
►sunk costs.
legal tender That which must be accepted in legal settlement of a money >-debt.
In the UK > Bank of England notes and £r coins are legal tender up to any amount.
Cheques and postal orders are not legal tender. >*-fiat money.
lender of last resort The essential function of a >central bank, in its willingness
to lend to the >banking system at all times (►bank rate). Because it can do so on its
own terms, it is this function that permits the bank: (a) to influence the level of
►rates of interest and the >money supply, and (b) to provide a basis of confidence
for the banking system, since it stands ready to lend to solvent but illiquid banks.
In the UK the >Bank of England traditionally acted as a lender of last resort only to
the ► discount houses, and would not lend to the ►commercial banks, as part of its
exercise of monetary policy (the first function). Since March 1997, the bank uses
► gilt repos as a means of influencing the interest rate structure and deals directly
with counterparties which include commercial banks. One of the motives for these
changes was to prepare the way for >European Monetary Union and it has brought
the UK into line with other countries in which the central bank deals directly with
the commercial banks.
edition, 1919-1939, appeared in 1951. He attempted, with the limited statistical facts
available to him, to establish in these studies a tableau economique (^Physiocrats) of
the USA. The economy was described as an integrated system of flows or transfers
from each activity of production, Consumption or distribution to each other
activity. Each sector absorbs the outputs from other sectors and itself produces
Commodities or Cervices that are in turn used up by other sectors, either for
further processing or for final consumption. All these flows or transfers were set out
in a rectangular table - an input-output matrix. The way in which the outputs of
any industry spread out through the rest of the economy could be seen from the
elements making up the rows. Similarly, the origins of its >-inputs could be seen
directly from the elements of the appropriate column. Given such a structure, the
implications of a specific change in one part of the economy could be traced through
to all the elements in the system. >► social accounting.
leverage s-gearing.
Lewis, Sir William Arthur (1915-91) Professor Lewis was born in St Lucia in the
Caribbean. He received his university education at the London School of Economics
and the University of Manchester. He was appointed to a Chair of Economics at
Manchester University in 1948 where he remained until he took up the post of
Principal of the University College of the West Indies in 1959. He was subsequently
appointed Professor of Public and International Affairs at Princeton University in
r963- Professor Lewis was awarded (jointly with >Schultz) the >Nobel Prize for
Economics in 1979. His published works include Overhead Costs (1949), Economic
Survey, 1918-1939 (1949), The Principles of Economic Planning (1950), The Theory of
Economic Growth (1955), Development Planning (1966), Some Aspects of Economic Develop¬
ment (1969), Tropical Development, 1880-1913 (1971), The Evolution of the International
Economic Order (1977) and Growth and Fluctuations, 1870-1913 (1978). Professor Lewis
made fundamental contributions to the theory and application of economics in
the context of the problems of the growth of developing countries. Developing
countries were characterized by dual economies of urban growth centres within
large areas of traditional agriculture in which the latter was the source of a supply of
labour that kept urban wages low. Wages remained low until urban industrialization
had absorbed the surplus labour from the agricultural sector.
liabilities Sums of >money for which account has to be made. The liabilities of a
life-cycle hypothesis | 226
company include its ►bank loans and ►overdraft, short-term >debts for goods
and ►services received (current liabilities) and its Moan capital and the ^capital
subscribed by shareholders, imbalance sheet.
life-cycle hypothesis A theory that suggests that consumers during their lifetime
will save when their income is high and spend more than they earn when their
income is low. In this way, they smooth their consumption flow, despite the fact
that income varies over a lifetime. The theory, attributable to ►Modigliani, comple¬
ments the ►permanent-income hypothesis, ^consumption function; product
life-cycle.
(x) Stocks of a commodity are located at a number of ports and need to be shipped
to meet a demand for specific quantities at a number of other ports. The cost per
tonne for shipping differs between the various ports of loading and discharge.
The problem is to find the minimum cost of shipment, subject to the constraints
that no more than the stock available can be loaded at a port and the total amount
discharged at a port should equal the demand at that port.
(2) A firm able to produce a range of commodities, each of which would require a
different mix of inputs (►factors of production). Given the selling prices of the
commodities and the costs per unit of the various inputs, the firm chooses the
mix of output which maximizes profits, subject to the technical constraints of its
►production function and restrictions on the availability of the different inputs.
As its name implies, the technique is applicable only to problems in which all the
relationships are linear (►linear relationship). In problems of resource allocation of
the firm and the economy as a whole (►input-output analysis), linear programming
is also synonymous with activity analysis.
are constants. These functions are such that any given absolute increase in an
independent variable (e.g. x), will give an absolute increase in the ^dependent
variable (e.g. y), which will always be the same whatever the size of x on which it
is based. Many non-linear relationships can be transformed into linear ones by
converting the values of the variables into logarithmic form.
liquidity 1 The degree to which an Passet can be quickly and cheaply turned into
Pmoney that, by definition, is completely liquid. A Pcurrent account bank deposit
is a liquid asset because it can be withdrawn immediately at little cost; an office
building, by contrast, will take a considerable time to dispose of and estate agent's
fees and other costs will be incurred. A company or individual is said to be liquid if
a high proportion of its or his/her assets are held in the form of cash or readily
marketable securities. 2 international liquidity consists of the total of Pgold and
foreign-exchange reserves and Pspecial drawing rights of all countries.
liquidity preference The desire to hold Pmoney rather than other forms of
Pwealth, e.g. Pstocks and Pbonds. It can be thought of as stemming from the
P transactions motive, »>-speculative motive and ^-precautionary motive for holding
money, and so will be influenced by the levels of income and wealth, >-rates of
interest, ^expectations and the institutional features of the economy. A high degree
of liquidity preference implies that a given supply of money flows relatively slowly
through the economy, resulting in a low ^velocity of circulation. >P Keynes, J. M.
liquidity ratio 1 The proportion of the total Passets of a bank which are held in
the form of Pcash and iiquid assets. These assets consist, in general, of money lent
out to the Pmoney market at call and short notice, short-term Pbonds issued by
the government and other borrowers and balances at the PBank of England. There
is no longer a mandatory liquidity ratio, although all larger banks are now required
to deposit 0.45 per cent of eligible liabilities with the Bank of England. This cash-ratio
deposit earns no interest and is effectively a tax to provide income for the bank - it
has no significance for credit control or »-monetary policy. The Bank of England
now monitors the adequacy of liquidity and its composition for each, but does not
make public what it regards as satisfactory liquidity ratios (^-capital adequacy).
2 The ratio of liquid assets to the current Pliabilities of a business. Also called the
Pcash ratio, it is a very crude test of solvency.
liquidity trap
liquidity trap A situation in which the >rate of interest is so low that no one
wants to hold interest-bearing assets (i.e. ►bonds) and people only want to hold
cash. The interest rate can fall far enough for everybody to expect it to rise. Bond
prices fall when interest rates rise and, because no one wants to hold an asset whose
price will fall, everyone will hold cash rather than bonds. In this situation, the
interest rate can fall no further - >-liquidity preference is absolute. If the government
expands the money supply, instead of the usual fall in interest rates occurring, there
is no effect at all. There is no need for the interest rate to drop to entice people to
hold the extra cash available. Although best described in terms of the simplifying
assumptions of the MS-LM model, the liquidity trap can also be applied to a world
in which wealth is stored in forms other than merely cash or bonds. It was first
described by > Keynes as an example of a case where, at least theoretically, changes in
the money supply did not affect ► aggregate demand. >► transmission mechanism.
listed company A company, the shares of which are listed on the main market of
the ► stock exchange.
local taxation >Taxation levied by (or for) local rather than central government.
The design of local tax systems is not straightforward. ►Income tax is not easy to
229 location theory
administer, at least in small jurisdictions where people may work and live separately.
In any event, in the UK at least, governments have been reluctant to let local
authorities determine a variable as important as the basic rate of income tax. Corpor¬
ate taxes do not work well at all, given the extensive nature of most large companies.
>Sales taxes fail, in that varying rates of tax encourage cross-boundary shopping,
and distort trade. As a result, in the UK, local taxes have for the most part been
property taxes - with the advantage that at least property can't move between
jurisdictions. Until r9$>o, domestic rates were proportional to the estimated rentable
value of business and domestic properties (though not farms, which were exempt).
They were criticized as being unrelated to income, and there were many anomalies
in the valuations that had not, in any case, been re-estimated since r973. In 1990 (in
England, earlier in Scotland) rates were replaced by the community charge, a flat-rate
tax levied on all adults, with some exemptions and rebates for those with limited
means. This tax, the poll tax (>lump-sum tax) required costly compilation of new
registers of residents and massive changes to billing systems, since under rates
there was only one bill to each household while under the new system all eligible
individuals had to be billed separately. The new tax aroused such widespread hostil¬
ity that in 1992 the government reverted to property tax with the council tax. The
council tax is levied on occupants of dwellings valued in one of eight bands at rates
set by local councils. Non-domestic rates are based on estimated rentable value and
set by the government on a uniform basis. Local government finance still has
two major problems, however. The varying nature of property prices in different
authorities means that central government subsidy to poorer authorities is necessary
to equalize the effective tax base. At the same time, even in the rich authorities, as
government has been reluctant to see council taxes rise to very high levels, a
substantial proportion of local authority spending has to be financed nationally.
This undermines the relationship and accountability that should exist between
voters and their local politicians.
Internationally there are greater differences in the forms of local than national
taxation. In the USA the states levy a >► sales tax. In France, the principal local tax
on business is based on the rentable value of buildings and equipment but also
includes a ^payroll tax. In Germany, regional government levies local business
profits, assets and property taxes.
location theory The area of economics concerned with the factors that determine
where producers choose to locate and the effects of the location of a piece of land
on the use made of it. The starting-point of this area of theory was developed by
>Thiinen in T826. Thunen held that farmers near a market would tend to grow
things that would be relatively expensive to transport, while those further away
from towns would produce lighter items that were cheap to carry. Thus, the location
of land would have a significant effect on the >economic rent that could be derived
from it. A second important theory, of industrial location, attributable to Weber,
established that firms producing goods less bulky than the raw materials used in
their production would settle close to the raw-material source. Firms producing
heavier goods would settle near their market. The firm minimizes the weight it has
to transport and, thus, its transport costs. These two theories primarily treated
transport costs as the main factor in influencing location. However, many other
factors have been identified as having an important role:
logistic curve 2 BO
logistic curve A curve traced on a graph by the function, y = a/(i + be-**), in which
a, b and care constants (^parameters), x = >independent variable, e = approximately
2.7T828, which is a constant with many applications in the analysis of growth (e can
0 x
231 | long rate
be defined as follows: if £i were invested at ioo per cent per annum, its worth at
the end of the year would get closer and closer to £e, the more frequently interest
was added and compounded (Vcompound interest) for shorter and shorter
periods during the year). The logistic function takes the following values: if x = o,
y = a/(i + b); if x —> + °c, y a; and if x —» - °c, y o; as can be seen by substituting
these values in the above equation. The curve is illustrated above. It is often used to
describe the sales growth of a new product - an initial learning period when sales
are low, rising rapidly as sales spread through the population and then slowing
down as new demand for the product reaches Saturation point.
long-end of the market That part of the market for >bonds that is concerned
with dealings in long-term issues.
Longfield, Samuel Mountifort (1802-84) An Irish lawyer who became the first
incumbent of the Chair of Political Economy at Trinity College, Dublin. His most
important work in economics was Lectures on Political Economy, which was published
in 3834. He argued convincingly against the labour theory of value (►value, theories
of) and developed a marginal revenue productivity theory (> marginal revenue
product) of ►labour and >capital. Some of his ideas on capital and ►interest
foreshadowed the work of the ►Austrian School.
long rate The Xrate of interest on long-term ►bonds. Because purchasers of bonds
take a risk that ►inflation may erode the value of their investment over a long time
period, the market rate that is observed is often held to be a good indicator of
inflationary expectations. Long rates tend to drop when the authorities gain
►credibility, and appear to be more committed to low inflation.
long run
Lff
long run A period of time in which all variables are able to settle at their equilibrium
or final disequilibrium levels and all economic processes have time to work in full.
Its most common application is in the theory of the firm (►firm, theory of the), in
which it is the period of time in which the quantities of all ► factors of production
employed are allowed to vary and all entry and exit that can occur into or from an
industry has occurred. The duration of the 'long term' will clearly vary with the
context in which the term is applied, depending on the speed with which the
variables spoken of change. >**-short run.
taxpayers, firms) are plotted against the cumulative percentage of the variable under
study, e.g. incomes, employment. A straight line rising at an angle of 45° from the
start on the graph will indicate perfect equality, e.g. if 10 per cent of firms employ
ro per cent of the total labour force, 20 per cent of firms employ 20 per cent of the
total labour force and so on (►linear relationship). However, if there are a large
number of small firms that employ few people and a small number of large firms
employing many people, the distribution will be unequal. When such a distribution
is plotted, a curve will be traced below the 450 line (see diagram) and the degree of
curvature will be greater the greater the inequality (►►gini coefficient).
Lucas, Robert E. (b. 1937) An economist from the University of Chicago, Lucas
probably had more influence than anyone else in the 1970s on research in > macroe¬
conomics. He was the man who took »-rational expectations, first devised as an
assumption by Muth in 1961, and investigated their rich implications for economic
policy. He also did more to promote the rational expectations hypothesis than
anyone else. His name was put to the > Lucas critique, the argument that relation¬
ships that appeared to characterize the fundamental features of an economy could
not be relied upon to last, were policy to change. In particular, the Phillips curve
(►Phillips, A. W. H.) would break down as soon as one attempted to exploit that
apparent trade-off between inflation and unemployment. It is now virtually taken
for granted that in assessing a change in policy, the authorities must take into
account any change in expectations and behaviour consequent upon the policy
change. For these contributions, Lucas won the >Nobel Prize for Economics in 1995.
►policy ineffectiveness theorem; new classical economics.
Lucas critique An argument put forward by ►Lucas in the 1970s that economists
were mistakenly assuming that relationships they observed to hold would continue
to hold even when conditions changed. The critique was an important component of
the move towards accepting ^rational expectations as a significant development in
► macroeconomics. In essence, Lucas argued that, although economic agents may act
in a certain way, you should not assume that they would continue to act in that way if
you changed economic policy. For example, if consumers believed that inflation was to
be 5 per cent next year, they might only demand 5 per cent wage increases. But suppose
that a government, failing to understand the Lucas critique, expands the money supply,
causing inflation to be ro per cent in the hope that this would cut the ►real income of
consumers and make it cheaper for firms to employ new staff to make higher-priced
goods. This would increase output by effectively exploiting people's expectation that
inflation would be 5 per cent and cutting their real wage. Lucas claimed that such
policies may work once or twice, but that if a government tried to exploit via such
corporations, people would come to anticipate the ro per cent inflation and set their
wage demands accordingly. Thus, the expansionist policy would not work at all.
Exploiting the trade-off between unemployment and inflation is rather like employers
getting 2 minutes' of extra work out of employees by setting the clocks 2 minutes slow
and fooling them into staying a little longer than they wanted to stay. Observing that
the workers do work more when the clocks are slow would not imply at all that, by
setting the clocks 10 minutes, or an hour slow, you would get 10 minutes or an hour of
additional work from them. »^new classical economics.
can work in order to reduce ^unemployment imply the belief that there is a limited,
fixed, amount of work available to spread among the >Tabour force. Similar is the
argument against the introduction of innovative production methods in that these
displace labour and therefore increase unemployment. It is a fallacy because there
is always work to be done, and increases in ^productivity through innovation
increase opportunities for workers through the generation of higher incomes.
lump-sum tax A tax that must be paid irrespective of the behaviour of an economic
agent, e.g. a tax of £roo on blue-eyed people that bore no relation to their income
or spending. While usually considered impractical on political grounds, economists
see lump-sum taxes as efficient in that they do not have any tendency to affect the
incentives of individuals to work, save, purchase goods or services, etc. These are all
things that other taxes will necessarily distort, ^fiscal neutrality; local taxation;
marginal tax rate.
M
and the development of >-unlisted securities markets have largely closed the
Macmillan Gap. >^new issue market; Radcliffe Report.
used to allocate overheads in a way that reflects cost-drivers. For example, the cost
of the after-sales service overhead is allocated to products according to the number
of guarantee claims received or the number of sales-engineer-related visits in connec¬
tion with the product in question.
Management accountancy may be concerned simply with the production of
management accounts prepared on a more frequent basis (e.g. quarterly) than
financial accounts and show gross profits for profit centres, i.e. their contribution to
overheads and the overall financial result for the enterprise after overheads. Or
management accounts may be very similar to the audited financial results, with
adjustments for >depreciation, >work in progress, foreign exchange gains and
losses, etc. With modern information technology and full data capture throughout
the organization it should be possible to produce management accounts at shorter
intervals - indeed, one large IT company claims to produce them on a daily basis!
management buy-out (M BO) The acquisition of all or part of the >equity capital
of a company by its directors and senior executives, usually with the assistance of a
financial institution (>risk capital). Competitive pressures upon large companies in
the r98os led to the disposal of many weak or peripheral subsidiaries in this way. In
a management buy-in an outside team of managers acquires a company in the same
way. In a >BIMBO, some existing management is retained. Developing in the early
1970s in the USA, buy-outs were virtually unknown in the UK before 1980 but have
developed greatly since then.
marginal analysis The study of >variables in terms of the effects that would
occur if they were changed by a small amount. For example, rather than analyse
whether or not it is in the interest of an individual to spend money on food at all,
attention can sensibly be focused on whether or not welfare could be enhanced by
spending slightly more or less on food. Nothing better demonstrates the concept
than the paradox of value: although water is more necessary to man than diamonds,
it has a much lower price. This is because man usually has so much of it that extra
water is worthless. This is not true of diamonds ( W#-marginal utility). The marginal
marginal efficiency of investment
value of a variable is equivalent to its rate of change or, mathematically, its first
derivative. For example, a firm's sales revenue rises as sales increase and this can be
plotted on a graph as total revenue. By taking the gradient of the total revenue curve,
>-marginal revenue can be derived, depicting how much extra revenue is gained,
from an extra sale, at each different level of total sales. If the marginal revenue is
plotted on a graph, total revenue can be derived by finding the area under the
marginal-revenue curve up to a given level of sales. The marginal value of a variable
lies below the average value of that variable if the average is falling. The marginal
value lies above it if the average is rising.
The margin is important in economics as it is the impact of small changes in
variables rather than their level per se that determines whether rational economic
agents change them. It is the average level of utility, costs or revenues that tends to
determine whether things are consumed or produced at all, but the marginal
utility, costs or revenues that determine how much is consumed or produced once
a decision to do so at all has been taken. »S»*-Gossen, H. H.; Jevons, W. S.; marginal
cost; marginal-cost pricing; marginal product; Menger, C.; Thunen, J. H. von;
Walras, M. E. L.
marginal cost The increase in the total costs of a firm caused by increasing its
output by one extra unit. If all costs are fixed, the marginal cost of the first unit of
output will be very high, but all subsequent units can be made for nothing. Econom¬
ists normally assume firms to be producing at a point at which marginal costs are
positive and rising. ►►firm, theory of the.
marginal-cost pricing The setting of the price of an item equal to the cost of
producing one extra unit of the item. >-Marginal cost represents the >opportunity
cost, or the total sacrifice to society from producing an item. The price represents
the cost to consumers of buying a unit of it, and they will ensure therefore that they
will buy it if and only if they value it at least as much as the money it sells for. If
price is below marginal cost consumers will be happy to buy an item even if they
perhaps value it less than the goods that could have been made if it had not been
produced. If, on the other hand, price is greater than marginal cost, some consumers
who value the item more than it costs to make will still be deterred from buying it.
For an efficient allocation of >resources (^economic efficiency), therefore, mar¬
ginal-cost pricing is considered essential.
There are, however, factors that undermine the case for marginal-cost pricing.
Primarily, any company enjoying >economies of scale will have average costs in
excess of marginal costs (^marginal analysis), and with marginal-cost pricing, aver¬
age costs will exceed price. A company in such a position will therefore make a loss.
Only if production is at a point at which marginal and average costs are equal,
will marginal-cost pricing be sustainable. Marginal-cost pricing provides a major
advantage of >perfect competition over ►monopoly or ►monopolistic compe¬
tition, and attempts to impose it on firms outside competitive markets - especially
►nationalized industries - have been made, with limited success. ►►Hotelling, H.;
peak pricing.
marginal product The output created by the employment of one additional unit
of a ► factor of production. In general, it is believed that the marginal product of a
factor rises when the factor is employed in small quantities, but eventually falls as
the amount of the factor employed increases. Marginal product is measured in the
physical units of the output produced and it is thus sometimes called marginal
physical product, ^diminishing returns, law of.
marginal product of labour The output created by the employment of one extra
worker with all other >-factors of production held constant. It is a measure of the
physical increase in output that occurs in a firm or in the economy as a whole when
one extra person starts work. It is generally assumed that the marginal product of
>labour rises initially, and then diminishes. In a hypothetical factory manned by a
single worker, adding helpers would allow at first for specialization and the ^division
of labour. Eventually, however, all such gains would be realized and the gains from
employing additional staff would diminish, ^-diminishing returns, law of.
marginal productivity of capital The value of the output that would be created
by the employment of one extra unit of capital. As a major part of the cost of capital
is the interest that has to be paid to buy the capital, the marginal productivity of
capital can be measured by the >internal rate of return, the interest rate at which
the marginal productivity has a > present value of zero.
marginal productivity theory of wages The doctrine that the demand for
labour is determined by the value of the output created by the employment of an
extra worker. In this account of the determination of wages, firms employ workers
as long as the revenue generated by the output of the marginal worker exceeds the
cost of that worker, i.e. until the worker's ^marginal revenue product is equal to
the market wage rate. From this account of a firm's behaviour, a curve depicting
the demand for labour at different wage levels can be derived, and the wage rate
determined by the interaction of this curve with that of the supply of labour at
different wage levels. As more workers are employed at a given level of capital stock,
the ^marginal product of labour will decline and the wage of all workers will fall
^diminishing returns, law of). This fall in wages occurs because any new workers
entering the labour market cannot profitably be employed at the going wage rate as
the value of their output would be less than that of the workers already employed.
If they are keen for work, therefore, they will offer themselves to employers at lower
rates of pay than the current employees, and all wages will be bid down. At the new
lower wage level, all workers can profitably be employed.
The theory is part of the neo-classical theory of distribution (>distribution, theory
of) that attempted to explain the share of total output accruing to labour, investors
and landowners (^bargaining theory of wages; efficiency-wage hypothesis; neo¬
classical economics).
marginal revenue The increase in the total revenue received by a firm from the
sale of one extra unit of its output. For a small firm that cannot influence market
price (^perfect competition), the extra revenue gained is equal to the price of the
sale. For a firm with a large share of the total market (>monopoly), however, putting
an extra item on sale drives down the market price slightly, so that the revenue gain
equals the cash gained on the new sale minus the loss that occurs on all the sales
that would otherwise have been made at the previously higher price, ^market
power.
marginal revenue product The revenue gained by a firm when it sells the output
generated by the employment of one additional unit of a >factor of production. It
is influenced by three factors: (a) the physical output of the extra factor; (b) the sale
price of the product made, and (c) the rate at which that price falls when the extra
supply of the new factor is put on to the market. To calculate it, ^marginal product
must be multiplied by >marginal revenue (> marginal productivity theory of wages;
marginal value product).
marginal tax rate The rate of tax paid on extra units of income. An individual
may pay no tax on the first £rooo of income, and 50 per cent tax on all pounds earned
thereafter. Those individuals earning more than £rooo will thus face a marginal tax
marginal utility | 242
rate of 50 per cent even though their overall tax rate will be less than 50 per cent.
Someone earning £1001, for example, will only pay sop of tax - a tiny proportion of
his total income. The marginal tax rates facing economic agents are often considered
important in determining how far taxation impinges on incentives to work, save or
spend money. They are of only limited importance in determining whether a tax is
progressive or not (> progressive tax). The fact that poor people may lose 80 per cent
of any marginal earnings (^poverty trap) and the rich only 60 per cent is irrelevant
in assessing whether the tax system is borne more heavily by either group - an
assessment that depends not on the tax paid on incremental pounds of earnings but
on tax paid on all actual earnings. M^lump-sum taxes; taxation.
marginal value product The market value of the output generated by the
employment of one additional unit of a Mactor of production. It is equal to the
►marginal product of a factor multiplied by the unit selling price of the extra output
produced. It is thus comparable to the >• marginal revenue product, which is marginal
product multiplied by >-marginal revenue; in >perfect competition, where price is
equal to marginal revenue, the two are identical.
> barter. Exchange agreements are reached through the operation of the laws of
►supply and ► demand. In traditional economics (►Marshall, A.) a market is charac¬
terized by a single prevailing price for commodities of uniform quality (Maw of one
price). This is not necessarily the same as the business view (the market is a collection
of selling opportunities) or the legal view (the market is a trading zone free of
artificial restrictions on transactions). >►price system; single market.
(r) They derive from the fact that many transactions that would need to occur for
the sake of economic efficiency simply do not occur. This may be on account of
►transaction costs. Or there may be a deficiency of information to the parties
involved, or ►asymmetric information (with its corresponding problems of ►ad¬
verse selection, >moral hazard and ►agency costs). Or the necessary transaction
may be deterred by the fact that the efficient price is not set - on account of
►menu costs. Or there may be strategic behaviour by the individuals involved,
who fail to engage in a trade in the hope that they might extract a better deal
from their adversary if they 'play it tough'. A large number of 'missing trades' are
those involving the many resources over which no properly defined ►property
rights exist (such as clean air) and thus over which no trade can occur (S*#*-Coase
theorem).
(2) There are sometimes collective interests that are unable to be served by self-
interested, individual behaviour. There are goods or services that have to be
consumed collectively, e.g. ►public goods like defence. There can be ►free-rider
problems in which, for example, citizens hope to avoid paying for a service on
the ground that someone else will pay (why should I invest in ►innovation, if
someone else will do it for me?). There can be ►prisoner’s dilemma-type situ¬
ations, in which selfish behaviour leads to sub-optimal outcomes (particularly
apt in areas in which ►utility is a function of relative position, rather than
absolute position). There can be industries subject to ►increasing returns to scale,
in which ►monopoly is inevitable, that carries large efficiency costs unless there
is a collective effort to regulate.
The two sources of market failure - missing trades and collective interests - can be
used to describe certain market failures that are commonly discussed. For example,
►externalities are a combination of lack of allocation of property rights, and a lack
of trade in the externality itself. Or deviation of price from ►marginal cost tends to
occur as a result of increasing returns to scale.
market maker A ►broker-dealer who is prepared to quote buy and sell (bid- and
market power
offer) prices and to buy and sell specified ^securities at all times at these prices and
is thus 'making a market' in them. Prior to the >Big Bang this function was carried
out by the jobbers, who were not allowed to deal with the public. Since the Big Bang,
all members of the >stock exchange have been able to deal with the public as
broker-dealers, some of whom specialize as market makers and others as >stockbro-
kers. Market makers help to provide >-liquidity on the stock market, particularly for
less frequently traded >shares.
market power The degree to which a firm exercises influence over the price and
output in a particular market. Under >-perfect competition, all firms are assumed to
have zero market power: they have to take the going price, and cannot hope to alter
it on their own. Wherever firms represent a non-negligibie portion of the whole
market, however, instead of facing a flat >demand curve, they will face a downward-
sloping one. This means that, in contrast to the perfect competitor, they do not lose
all their sales if they raise their price. It also means, however, that if they wish to
increase their sales they have to lower their price. The stronger this relationship,
the greater the market power. Where market power exists, the producer has such
influence on the market that the amount he/she produces affects the market price,
and so price is not equivalent to 5»-marginal revenue. Market power is related to the
availability of substitute items. Those items that are highly differentiated from those
of competitors will give more market power to the producer than those that are
standard. monopoly.
market share Either: (a) the sales of the product or products of a firm as a
proportion of the sales of the product or products of the >market as a whole, e.g.
sales of Ford motor cars compared with total UK motor car sales, or (b) the sales of
a particular >commodity compared with the total sales for the class of commodity
of which the particular commodity is a member, e.g. sales of mobile telephones
compared with sales of all telephones. The presumption is that the firm's product
in (a) and the particular commodity in (b) are faced with competitive Substitutes
in their respective markets.
Market shares may also be calculated in terms of the proportion of the product in
the total existing stock of that class of products, as opposed to its share of the flow
of new sales, ^Saturation point.
Markowitz, Harry M. (b. 1927) Markowitz, from the City University of New York
Marshall, Alfred
and a joint winner of the 1990 >Nobel Prize for Economics, is credited with the
pioneering contribution in the field of financial economics. His insight was to
recognize that the risk of an asset that was relevant to assessing its price was its risk
relative to the market generally. Other risks more specific to particular assets can be
diversified away in a moderately sized ^portfolio. With his contribution, the massive
problem of designing the optimal portfolio, with maximum expected return for
minimum risk, could be seen to be reduced to a two-dimensional problem of looking
at the mean and the variance of the portfolio returns. That laid the foundation to
the >capital-asset pricing model.
market, the price will be the same for each unit of the commodity sold. However,
for any individual purchaser the price is equal to the utility of the last unit of the
total quantity purchased, the last but one being worth more, the last but two worth
more again, and so on. These utilities can be added up and the extra, over the
price and quantity paid out, is the consumer's surplus. Marshall was aware of the
shortcomings of the 'stationary state' of the typical classical analysis and emphasized
the importance of the production period. He recognized the element of time as the
chief difficulty of almost every economic problem, and considered: (a) a market
period in which supplies are all fixed; (b) a short period in which supplies can be
increased, but only to the extent possible by better use of current capacity, and (c) a
long period in which capacity itself can be increased. The classical economists had
shown how >rent is received by landowners as a surplus. As land was a >-factor of
production in fixed supply, it differed from other factors of production in that its
returns were not related to work done. Marshall extended the concept by pointing
out that, in the short run, manmade >capital was in fixed supply also, and during
the period it took to manufacture earned a > quasi-rent. W^Cournot, A. A.; Marshall-
Lerner criterion; Mill, J. S.
Marshall Aid At the end of the Second World War, only the USA had the necessary
productive capacity to make good the losses experienced by other countries. Euro¬
pean countries had heavy ^balance of payments deficits vis-a-vis the USA. In 1946,
in order to alleviate the resultant shortage of dollars, the USA and Canada made
substantial >loans, including £1 billion to the UK. It was expected that these loans
would be sufficient to cover requirements over the short period that was all that was
expected to be necessary for the world economies to recover. However, in r948 a
general >liquidity crisis was avoided only by further loans made under the ►Euro¬
pean Recovery Programme, through which the UK received loans amounting to
£1.5 billion between 1948 and 1950. This programme was called Marshall Aid, after
the then US Secretary of State, General Marshall. The loans were allocated under the
direction of the Organization for European Economic Cooperation (► Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Development) set up for this purpose. Marshall Aid
in total amounted to the equivalent of 1 or 2 years > gross domestic product of the
recipient European countries and it allowed imports, particularly of capital goods,
to continue despite payments deficits.
the domestic currency outweighs the value of the growth in exports. Putting it
another way, the improvement in the volume of the balance of trade is not sufficient
to offset the fall in the value of the balance of trade occasioned by the devaluation.
>►1-01 rve; terms of trade.
Marx, Karl (1818-83) Born in Trier, Marx studied philosophy at Bonn University
and at the Hegelian Centre at Berlin University, and took a doctorate at Jena. For a
time, he was editor of Rheinische Zeitung, but the paper was suppressed, and in 1843
he fled to Paris. There he began his friendship and close association with Engels,
who encouraged in him an interest in political economy. After a brief return to
Germany he was banished, and in 1849 he settled in London where he remained
until his death in 1883. The Communist Manifesto, written jointly by Marx and Engels,
was published in 1848. In 1859, the first fruits of his long, painstaking research at the
British Museum appeared: the Critique of Political Economy. The first volume of Das
Kapital appeared in 1867. The remaining volumes, edited by Engels, were published
posthumously in 1885 and 1894.
Marx's economics was essentially that of the ►Classical School, especially of
►Ricardo, to whom he owed a great debt. However, he shifted economics away from
its preoccupation with agriculture and stationary states. For Marx, ►capitalism was
a stage in the process of evolution, removed from the primitive agricultural economy
and moving toward the inevitable elimination of private property and the class
structure. Marx attempted a synoptic view of the development of the whole structure
of human society. His economics was only a part, though a fundamental part, of his
all-embracing sociological and political theories. Marx postulated that the class
structures of societies, their political systems and, indeed, their culture were deter¬
mined by the way in which societies produced their goods and >services. Moreover,
the whole structure was evolutionary. The class structure of a capitalist state was a
reflection of the split between owners and non-owners of ►capital, which division
characterized the manner in which production was carried out, and that already had
within it the necessary ingredients of change.
Marx developed from ►Smith and Ricardo their labour theory of value (>value,
theories of) which held the central place in his economic theory. For Ricardo,
the amount of ► labour used in the production of ►commodities was a rough
determinant of relative prices in the long run. For Marx, however, the quantity of
labour used up in the manufacture of a product determined value, and this value
was fundamental and immutable. He did not satisfactorily explain any connection
with relative prices. Labour consumption determined exchange value, which dif¬
fered from use value. The distinction between the two in the case of labour, regarded
in itself as a commodity, was a vital one in Marx's analysis. The capitalist pays wages
that are determined by the exchange value of workers. This exchange value is, in
turn, determined by the socially necessary labour time required to 'produce' the
worker, i.e. labour inputs required to rear, feed, clothe and educate him/her. How¬
ever, in return, the capitalist receives the labourer's use value. The value of the
labourer to the capitalist who uses him/her is greater than the value the capitalist
paid in exchange for his/her services. This difference Marx called 'surplus value' (s).
Only labour yields surplus value. Other ►factors of production (e.g. plant and
machinery and raw materials) reproduce only themselves in the productive process.
(These ideas have some affinity with the ►Physiocrats' ‘produit net, although in
matrix
their case it was inland that was the only factor which produced a surplus.) The
amount of capital required to pay wages Marx called variable (v) (>wage-fund
theory), and the remainder he called constant (c). >-Gross national product in the
Marxian system therefore is given by c + v + s. The ratio of constant capital in total
capital d{c + v) he called the organic composition of capital. The 'exploitation rate'
was s/v. The rate of profit was s/(c + v). The desire for further wealth, coupled with
competition and technical change, induced capitalists to invest from the surplus
(which they expropriated from the workers) and in labour-saving machinery. The
organic composition of capital, therefore, rose over time as more was spent on plant
and machinery (c) compared with wages (v), with the result that, as only variable
capital produced a surplus (and assuming that the exploitation rate remained con¬
stant), the rate of profit tended downwards (>profit, falling rate of). On the one
hand, diminishing profits and stronger competition would lead to >-monopoly and
the concentration of >wealth in a few hands, and on the other there would be an
increasing squeeze on the >real incomes of workers by the capitalists in their attempt
to maintain ^profits and the emergence of a large 'reserve army of unemployed'
arising from mechanization (>• Ricardo, D.). The class conflict would become increas¬
ingly acute until the environment was such that the change inherent in the econ¬
omic structure would be made manifest by the overthrow of capitalism.
'2 f
.7 3.
The numbers are called the elements of the matrix and are generally denoted by aif
in which i refers to the row and / to the column. In the example above, a21 = 7- The
order of a matrix is given by the product of the number of rows times the number
of columns. The above matrix is of order 4. An algebra exists for the manipulation
of matrices, with rules for addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. Matrix
algebra has found many useful applications in ^econometrics, and in particular in
Mnput-output analysis and > linear programming. ^Vector.
maturity The date upon which the principal of a redeemable security becomes
repayable, ^redeemable securities; securities.
maximin strategy A decision rule in the theory of games (>game theory). The
rule states that a 'player' with a number of optional strategies to choose considers
first the minimum pay-offs that could be gained from each depending on the reaction
of his 'opponent'. The 'player' should then choose that strategy corresponding to
the maximum of all the possible minimum pay-offs. In other words, it is a selection
of the best possible worst-case scenario. For example, consider a decision-maker
faced with two optional strategies, each of which could have two pay-offs. They can
be summarized in a ^matrix:
(1) 1"2 5"
(2) 1.4 3.
Strategy (r) could have a pay-off of 2 or 5, strategy (2) a pay-off of 4 or 3. The minimum
pay-off of strategy (1) is 2 and that of strategy (2) is 3. The maximum minimum
Meade, Sir James Edward
pay-off is therefore 3 and strategy (2) would be chosen under the rule. There is no
obvious rationale for choosing a maximin rule. Most of us would focus attention on
likely outcomes, not just worst-case outcomes. However, since >• Rawls, the rule has
almost developed into a political philosophy, with the argument that it justifies
increased attention to the poor in society (^prisoner's dilemma).
Meade, Sir James Edward (1907-95) Educated at both Oxford and Cambridge
Universities, Professor Meade was appointed Professor of Commerce at the London
School of Economics in T947. He was appointed to the Chair of Political Economy at
Cambridge University in r957, a post he held until 1969. Professor Meade was awarded
the >Nobel Prize in Economics (jointly with ►Ohlin) in 1977. His published works
include The Theory of International Economic Policy (1951), A Geometry of International
Trade (1953), The Theory of Customs Unions (1955), A Neo-Classical Theory of Economic
Growth (1961), Efficiency, Equality and the Ownership of Property (1964), Principles of
Political Economy (1965, r976), The Inheritance of Inequalities (1974), The Intelligent
Radical's Guide to Economic Policy (1975) and Stagflation (1981, 1983). Professor Meade
made important advances in the theory of international trade, in the study of
equilibrium conditions in domestic and external economies. In his work on the
welfare effects (^welfare economics) of tariffs and customs unions (^customs
union), he introduced the concepts of the theory of the >second best. Professor
Meade contributed much to the analysis of income distribution and in the field of
>growth theory, being an advocate of a >-prices and incomes policy, ^nominal
gross domestic product.
mean
mean ►average.
means test The assessment of wealth or income as, for example, when determining
the eligibility of a claimant for welfare benefits. Means tested benefits contrast with
universal benefits given to all families irrespective of income, e.g. State pensions,
^dependency culture; marginal tax rate; poverty trap.
median ► average.
menu costs The practical costs incurred by producers in having to change their
!2J merger
merchant banks Institutions that carry out a variety of financial services, includ¬
ing the acceptance of Mulls of exchange, the issue and placing of Moans and
insecurities, ► portfolio and >unit trust management and some Manking services.
Several houses, often through subsidiaries, also provide >risk capital for small firms,
deal in gold Mullion, insurance banking and >hire purchase and are active in
the market for ►eurocurrency. Historically, the merchant bankers were merchants
dealing in overseas trade and who used their knowledge of traders to accept bills of
exchange and who developed other banking services connected with foreign trade,
e.g. dealing in gold and foreign ^currency and assisting foreign borrowers to raise
money in London. Their most prominent function has been that of advising the
government on ►privatization and the ^private finance initiative and firms on
► mergers and Make-overs and other financial matters. Many merchant banks
are well known, e.g. Rothschilds, Barclays de Zoete Wedd, Lazards and Schroders.
Merchant banks are also referred to as Missuing houses', Maccepting houses' or
►'investment trusts' in exercising particular functions. The merchant banks are
relatively small institutions that pride themselves on their personal, flexible manage¬
ment. There has been a recent trend, especially following the ►Big Bang, for mer¬
chant banks to join financial ►conglomerates so as to be able to offer a full range of
financial services, including retail services, and many of these banks in London are
foreign-owned. The term is now falling out of use in favour of ►investment banks.
merger The fusion of two or more separate companies into one. In current usage
merit goods
I*
merger is a special case of combination, where both the merging companies wish to
join together and do so on roughly equal terms, as distinct from a >take-over,
which occurs against the wishes of one company. However, 'merger', 'take-over',
'amalgamation', 'absorption' and 'fusion' are sometimes all used as synonyms.
Where two firms in the same business (i.e. competitors) merge, this is known as
‘horizontal integration'. Where two firms that are suppliers or customers of one
another merge, this is known as Vvertical integration'. Acquisitions and mergers -
which research suggests frequently do not benefit the shareholders of the acquiring
company - have been an important cause of increasing ^concentration, and some
economists have argued that major mergers should be controlled more closely by
the authorities, even when they do not threaten to reduce competition directly
(^competition policy; Take-Over Panel). This is because pressures to maintain high
short-term earnings and, hence, share prices to avoid the risk of a take-over bid, may
inhibit investment in research and development. Against this it is argued that
mergers are the only way of transferring assets to more capable hands when existing
management has proved deficient. The value of merger activity has fluctuated
roughly in line with stock-market prices. Not all acquisitions involve take-overs of
independent companies. In recent years between one-fifth and one-third of total
expenditure has been accounted for by sales of subsidiaries between company
groups. ^Management buy-outs have also been growing, ^conglomerate; holding
company; reverse take-over.
economics that it can justify the behaviour it ascribes to individuals as being logical,
given their preferences or objectives. The general concern of microeconomics is
the efficient allocation of scarce resources between alternative uses (^resource
allocation) but more specifically it involves the determination of >-price through
the optimizing behaviour of economic agents, with consumers maximizing futility
and firms maximizing S-profit. It covers both the behaviour of individual sectors
and the way the sectors interact in ^equilibrium and disequilibrium in individual
markets. The main areas of microeconomics are: (a) demand theory (Vdemand,
theory of); (b) the theory of the firm (>firm, theory of the); (c) the demand for
labour (^labour, demand for), and other >factors of production; (d) >-welfare
economics, and (e) the study of the interactions between markets in ^general
equilibrium analysis.
Mill, John Stuart (1806-73) Mill was subjected as a child to a regime of severe
educational discipline by his father, James Mill. He was acquainted with the major
works of economics of the day by the age of 12, and was correcting the proofs of his
father's book, Elements of Political Economy, when he was 13. He learnt Ricardian
economics and Benthamite >utilitarianism from his father. In 1823, he joined the
East India Company, where he remained for 35 years. For 3 years, before moving
to France to spend his retirement, he was a Member of Parliament. He was an
extraordinarily prolific writer, especially when it is remembered that he had a
full-time job. His reputation was made by his A System of Logic, Ratiocinative and
Inductive, Being a Connected View of the Principles of Evidence and the Methods of Scientific
Investigation, which was published in 1843. His essay On Liberty appeared in 1859, and
his Examination of Sir William Hamilton's Philosophy in 1865. His two most important
works on economics are Essays on Some Unsettled Questions of Political Economy (which
came out in 1844, though he actually wrote it in 1829 when he was only 23) and
Principles of Political Economy with Some of Their Applications to Social Philosophy (1848).
Miller, Merton H. | 254
The latter was intended to be a comprehensive review of the field of economic theory
at the time, and was, in fact, an up-to-date version of >-Smith's Wealth of Nations
(1776). It succeeded so well that it remained the basic textbook for students of
economics until the end of the century. The work is regarded as the apogee of the
»-Classical School of Smith, >Ricardo, >Malthus and >-Say. Mill himself said the
book had nothing in it that was original, and indeed it is basically an eclectic work,
intended simply to bring together the works of others. However, it is not true to say
that Mill lacked originality altogether. He analysed the forces that lead to increasing
>■ returns to scale, arguing that as a result there will be a tendency for industries to
become more and more concentrated in a few firms. The advantages this gave should
be set against the disadvantages that will accrue in the form of higher prices from
the loss of competition. Recognition of this tendency led him to support strike
action by trade unions. Trade unions were a necessary counterweight to the powerful
employer (VGalbraith, J. K.). In his exposition of the theory of >value, Mill showed
how >price is determined by the equality of > demand and >-supply, although he
did not demonstrate the relationship by means of graphs or schedules. Mill recog¬
nized as a distinct problem the case of ^commodities with >joint costs. He showed
also how reciprocal demand for each other's products affected countries' terms of
trade. Mill brought in the idea of ^elasticity of demand (though the actual
expression was invented later by >Marshall) to analyse various alternative trading
possibilities. His father had suggested that tent, being a surplus according to
Ricardian theory, was ideally suited to taxation. Mill took up this idea, and it
became quite popular. He proposed that all future increases in unearned rents should
be taxed.
minimum wage Legislation prohibiting the paying of wages below some specified
level. The aim of such a prohibition is to boost the incomes of the low paid, or to
prevent employers exploiting the existence of government benefits for the low paid
Mises, Ludwig Edler von
by cutting wages. As a means of helping the poor, minimum wages are of limited
efficiency - many poor households have no worker in them and are thus not affected.
Many reasonably well-off households have a second earner on low pay, and they
are affected. A minimum wage can price labour out of the workforce, and create
unemployment. It is at least very difficult to set a national minimum wage that is
high enough to help, say, someone supporting a family of three children, while also
giving employers sufficient incentive to employ single r8-year-olds. In defence of
such laws, it has been argued that the demand for labour is in practice very inelastic
(>elasticity) and that minimum-wage laws do not give rise to the problem of the
>poverty trap. Moreover, they encourage employers to nurture their staff more
carefully and make them more productive (>efficiency-wage theory). It has also
been argued that in some circumstances, because of the inflexibility of a labour
market, an employer could in effect behave as a > monopsonist and restrict demand
for labour to keep wages down. A minimum wage, therefore, rather than reducing
employment would increase it as the incentive to restrict labour take up would have
been removed. Minimum wage schemes have been agreed in one form or another
in most of the member countries of the >Organization of Economic Cooperation
and Development.
Mirlees, James A. (b. 1936) A Scottish-born economist, Mirlees has been a Professor
at both Oxford and Cambridge Universities (at the latter since 1995). He received the
joint >Nobel Prize in Economics in r996. His main area of study has been in the
economics of taxation. His achievement has been to analyse the trade-off between
equity and efficiency in a tax system, and to derive rules and conditions to govern
the imposition of efficient taxes. For example, he is credited with the finding that,
under certain assumptions, it is inefficient to impose any tax that affects business
production decisions. It is always better to levy taxes on final consumption and to
maintain efficient production. He also investigated the role of marginal tax rates,
and the idea that it is better to have higher marginal rates lower down the income
spectrum in order that the rich pay more tax on that middle slice of their income,
but themselves face a low marginal rate. He found that that particular advantage
was outweighed by the fact that more people were affected by marginal rates in the
middle-income spectrum than at that top. He also posited the problem of designing
an income tax in terms of > asymmetric information, in that the government does
not know how hard people could work in the absence of a tax, and hence initiated
a discussion of an old issue - the design of tax systems - in terms of a new area of
economic thinking - the economics of information.
Mises, Ludwig Edler von (1881-1973) Professor at Vienna University from 1913
Misselden, Edward
mixed economy A market economy in which both private and >public enterprise
participate in economic activity, though not necessarily in all sectors, some of
which may be reserved for public > monopoly. Mixed ownership of the means of
production is, in fact, characteristic of all contemporary economic systems, w^free-
market economy; planned economy.
mixed strategy A means of making one choice from a set of options by random
selection, on the basis of pre-assigned probabilities attached to each option. It is a
concept used in >game theory where, in certain situations and in order to prevent
an opponent guessing your behaviour, your best strategy is to behave unpredictably.
It is the opposite of a pure strategy, in which there is no random element. A mixed
strategy is beneficial when, given your opponent’s action, you are indifferent
between two pure strategies, and when your opponent can benefit from knowing
what your next move is. It is best to adopt a mixed strategy in the game tic-tac-toe
(sometimes referred to as paper-scissors-stone), for example. An important finding
in game theory is that anyone facing a mixed strategy will always find a pure strategy
to be among the best responses.
buy property or companies, for example) or >-exchange control, limiting the ability
of domestic citizens to invest overseas. If capital is mobile, investors can lend money
to those borrowers who are willing to pay the highest rate of return (after taking
into account any expected changes in exchange rates). If they do this enough, and
if the > purchasing-power parity theory holds, real interest rates should converge
across countries. In practice, they deviate but not by very much. exchange-rate
overshooting.
mode >average.
Modigliani, Franco (b. 1918) Born in Rome, Professor Modigliani studied at the
University of Rome. Moving to the USA, he obtained his Ph.D at the School of Social
Research in New York in 1944. He was appointed to a Chair of Economics at the
University of Illinois in r949 and in 1952 to the Chair of Industrial Administration at
the Carnegie Institute. Since 1962, he has held the post of Professor of Economics
and Finance at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Professor Modigliani was
awarded the >Nobel Prize for Economics in 1985. His many published articles in the
professional journals have been assembled in Collected Papers of Franco Modigliani
(r98o). He has put forward an explanation of the constancy of the aggregate > average
propensity to save: (a) in the face of rising incomes in the economy, and (b) in
terms of the balance between the high savings of the employed workforce and the
dissavings of the retired population (>life-cycle hypothesis). He has also contributed
to financial economics. >^Modigliani-Miller theorem.
three methods of financing its investment: borrowing, issuing shares and spending
profits rather than giving them to shareholders in the form of dividends. ►Modigli-
ani and ►Miller showed that under a number of assumptions (e.g. an absence of
taxes) the method of financing a firm chooses in a perfectly functioning capital
market will ultimately not affect the cost of capital (^capital, cost of) or the value
of the firm. It is the risk and expected rate of return of the expanded firm that will
determine how attractive investors find it, not the way the firm raises the money.
Any attempt to attract low-cost capital will probably have the effect of raising the cost
of other capital in the company, ^investment appraisal; Ricardian equivalence.
(1) That changes in the money supply have a substantial effect on ►aggregate
demand. Two separate reasons are given for this: (a) that the demand for money
is stable and insensitive to the >rate of interest, and (b) that the demand for
goods in the economy, particularly ^-investment, is sensitive to the interest rate.
Together, these determine the monetarists' ►transmission mechanism - the way
in which increases in the money stock affect spending in the economy. Under
the monetarist account, if the authorities printed some crisp £10 notes and
dropped them over the country from a helicopter, people would find they had
more cash in this liquid form (►►liquidity; liquidity preference) than they
wanted. They would therefore spend much of the cash on goods and services,
increasing aggregate demand. The rest might be invested in interest-bearing
►securities; the increase in demand for these would drive the price up and the
interest rate down. Under the monetarist account, even the smallest cut in interest
rate would cause a large increase in investment, again boosting aggregate demand.
The contrary account holds that the helicopter money would not be spent at all,
but invested in financial assets. The interest rate would fall a great deal, but that
investment is insensitive to interest rates, so this would have no effect on the
demand for investment goods. In effect, all that happens from expanding the
money supply is that interest rates drop, and people hold more cash, without
spending it, implying that the speed with which cash circulates has slowed down
to offset the extra cash (► velocity of circulation).
(2) That any change in aggregate demand the government succeeds in bringing
about will manifest itself (in the long run at least) in higher prices and not higher
output. The economy will tend to an equilibrium position with all markets clear¬
ing: all that money can do is raise all prices equally, leaving all relative prices con¬
stant (►neutrality of money). Increases in the stock of money can, however, have a
short-term effect on the economy, but only as long as the inflation created outstrips
people s expectations of inflation. Once inflation is built into people's expec¬
tations, increases in the money supply only result in increases in the level of prices.
monetary base The stock of an economy's most liquid financial assets (^liquidity).
The monetary base is usually taken as the stock of notes and coins and the banks' own
deposits at the ^central bank. It has often been suggested that the > money supply as
a whole could be controlled by strict rationing of the monetary base. However, the
base is very small relative to the total money supply, so rather sensitive changes to the
base could lead to instability in the money supply as a whole.
(r) Is the ultimate objective simply to control inflation? Or are there other motives
for changing policy as well, e.g. preventing asset prices from changing too rapidly
even if there are no consequences for the general price level?
(2) Is there an intermediate objective of policy, e.g. constraining growth of >-money
supply (broad or narrow money) or stability of the ^exchange rate? It is not
possible to set up targets individually for the money supply and the exchange
rate rates because the two are often simultaneously determined. If the money
supply is increased, for example, the exchange rate tends to fall unless interest
rates are raised. Exchange-rate targets (e.g. those that existed for members of the
^European Exchange Rate Mechanism) encourage trade by reducing the risk of
exchange-rate fluctuations, while targeting money supply, it is argued, can have
an impact on incredibility and, hence (somewhat implausibly) on wage demands;
plus, money-supply targeting can better reflect domestic economic needs.
(3) Whether policy should be run on the basis of preset rules or on discretion.
(4) Who conducts policy in the absence of a rule? Should control be in the hands of
elected politicians, or an independent >-central bank?
While monetarists appear to have essentially won the battle over the importance
and objectives of monetary policy, they lost the battle over the conduct of policy.
monetary policy committee
They supported the use of simple money supply growth rules, yet the experiences
of the UK and USA in following such rules were unhappy. Even the >European
Central Bank, which explicitly includes money supply in deciding policy action, has
used a heavy dose of discretion in responding to changes in money supply growth.
>Taylor rule.
monetary sector (UK) Defined by the >Bank of England to include its own
banking department, the Metail banks, >accepting houses, other UK and foreign
banks, and the >-discount houses. Other ^-financial intermediaries (e.g. the >build-
ing societies, insurance companies and »-pension funds) are not counted as part of
the monetary sector.
money Something that is widely accepted in payment for goods and services and
in settling >debts. In primitive economies, goods and services were exchanged
wholly through ^-barter. Exchanging goods for one another or using property
(e.g. cows, sheep) as money was cumbersome and inconvenient and inhibited the
> division of labour. Later, coins made of valuable metals came into use as intermedi¬
ate commodities, but in the modern economy Vbanknotes and coins have little or no
intrinsic value, while »*bank deposits are simply book entries (►banking): their use as
money depends upon confidence that they can be exchanged for things of value. In
addition to its use as a medium of exchange, money acts as a store of value making
►saving convenient, a measure of value (or unit of account), and as a standard of
deferred payments that facilitates the granting of ►credit, though all these functions
can be threatened by ► inflation. >S»money supply; transactions motive.
money at call and short notice In the UK, ► money loaned to the ►money
market on a short-term basis by the ^commercial banks. These Moans are regarded
as part of the Miquid assets of the banks because they can be withdrawn immediately
or at periods of notice of up to 14 days. They also include overnight loans. The terms
of the loans vary, and in practice the money may not be called-in for long periods.
The commercial banks are willing to loan their liquid funds to the money market in
this way, because they know that the >Bank of England will act as a ►lender of
last resort. In most other countries the major commercial banks invest directly in
short-term paper and have direct access to the >central bank for loans, e.g. ►Federal
Reserve System, ^discount market.
monopolistic (imperfect) competition
money illusion The confusion of changes in money values and changes in real
values. If someone's salary is increased by ro per cent over a period during which
consumer prices have risen by 20 per cent, that person is suffering from money
illusion if thinking he/she is better off in Meal terms.
money market The financial institutions that deal in short-term Insecurities and
Moans, gold and Moreign exchange. >Money has a 'time value', and therefore the
use of it is bought and sold against payment of Mnterest. Short-term money is
bought and sold on the money market, and long-term money on the >-capitaI
market. Neither the money market nor the capital market exists in one physical
location. In the money market most transactions are made by telephone or elec¬
tronically. In the UK the money market sometimes refers only to the Commercial
banks dealing in Mreasury bills, >bills of exchange and >money at call, with the
>Bank of England acting as Mender of last resort (^discount market). In a wider
context, the money market also includes ^parallel money markets, the Moreign-
exchange market and the >bullion market.
money supply The stock of liquid assets in an economy that can freely be
exchanged for goods or services. Money supply is a phrase that can describe anything
from notes and coins alone (^monetary base) to the sum of all cash plus bank
deposits, because by writing cheques, individuals exchange bank deposits for goods
or services. There is a spectrum of assets of differing Miquidity in the economy, and
any degree of liquidity may be chosen to define an asset as money. A set of very
liquid assets is known as ‘narrow money'. A set includes also less liquid assets, known
as broad money. In general, the wider the definition, the harder it is for the authorities
to control the money supply, but the more direct the relationship between money
supply and other economic variables. For example, the quantity of notes and coins
in the economy - a narrow definition - is easy to control, but is of little importance
in influencing the spending of individuals.
In the UK, several definitions of money supply are used for monitoring the money
supply. 'Mo' is the stock of sterling notes and coins in circulation, plus the banks'
deposits at the »>Bank of England. 'M4' is a much broader definition, embracing
notes and coins, plus the value of all UK sterling bank (^banking) and building
society accounts held by private citizens and companies. Because some of these are
not really used to support transactions, they are more a form of savings. Since r993,
the Bank of England has also published an index of growth in divisia money. This
simply takes the elements of M4, and weights them by the degree to which they are
used for financing transactions. It is, in essence, a measure of M4, adjusted to give
more importance to the more liquid part. At times of rapid financial innovation or
change, particular definitions can exhibit rather erratic behaviour, compounding
the problems of control and interpretation of the money supply. »»credit control;
domestic credit expansion; monetary policy.
there are many firms each producing products that are close, but not perfect, >substi-
tutes. Three features characterize such an industry.
(1) The firms make products between which consumers slightly differentiate (they
may have different-coloured packets, for example) and consequently, the demand
for any individual firm's product is not perfectly elastic (>► elasticity). Some
consumers will prefer one product to those of its competitors sufficiently to
exhibit a limited amount of loyalty to that brand when its price rises. This means
that each firm has a small amount of »-market power (> monopoly) and is thus
not a price-taker in the market for its own product. In this regard it is similar to a
monopoly, but not a perfect competitor (>-perfect competition).
(2) Firms are able to enter the industry if the level of >-profits is attractive. This is a
feature shared with the perfectly competitive industry, but not the monopoly.
(3) Like both perfectly competitive and monopolistic firms, producers in monopol¬
istic competition are assumed to maximize profits.
In monopolistic competition, firms set output to equate ^marginal cost and ►margi-
nal revenue. Price at the specified output is determined by demand. Profits are zero
in the long term, on account of entry occurring whenever they are positive, driving
up > supply in the industry and cutting the >demand for each company's product.
While it shares this with perfect competition, its output will be rather lower than it
would be under perfect competition and its price above marginal cost and thus
rather higher. Moreover, production will not take place at the lowest cost point as it
does under perfect competition. Each firm operates with some >excess capacity.
The theory of such markets, which lie between monopoly and perfect competition,
was simultaneously developed by >Chamberlin in the USA and >Robinson in
the UK.
monopoly A market in which there is only one supplier. Three features characterize
a monopoly market: (a) the firm in it is motivated by ►profits; (b) it stands alone
and barriers prevent new firms from entering the industry (>barriers to entry), and
(c) the actions of the monopolist itself affect the market price of its output (Vmargi-
nal revenue) - it is not a price-taker. The output of the monopolist will be set at the
point at which marginal revenue is equated with >marginal cost. If marginal revenue
were any higher it would pay the monopolist to increase production because the
additional costs generated would be lower than the revenue and profits would rise.
The reverse would be true if marginal revenue were any lower than marginal cost
(S^-marginal-cost pricing). The price of the monopolist is determined by ^demand
as the firm cannot set both output and price. For its chosen output, the monopolist
can read price off a market > demand curve, which will lie above the marginal
revenue curve.
The monopoly will make profits in excess of those merely necessary to keep in
business, and no pressure exists for price to fall and reduce these. Theory suggests
that, under monopoly, prices are higher and output lower than they would be under
►perfect competition. The power of the monopolist derives from the fact that
demand for his/her product is not perfectly elastic (^elasticity) so that, when price
rises, sales largely hold up. This is not so for a perfect competitor, who will sell
nothing on raising price even a fraction above the going rate. The degree of monopoly
power a firm enjoys can be measured by how inelastic demand for its product is. The
mortgage
more inelastic demand is, the more the monopoly can raise its prices without losing
sales.
Monopoly is held to be inefficient because, under it, price will be higher than
marginal cost so that, even if some consumers value an item more than it costs to
make, they may not choose to buy it (>► marginal-cost pricing). Moreover, there is
no tendency for costs to be at their lowest possible level in the long term, because
the pressure of more efficient, incoming competitors does not exist. It is not surpris¬
ing, given these results, that most nations choose to control monopolies, which are
usually defined as any firm dominant in a particular industry, e.g. with a market
share in excess of 25 per cent. However, in some industries, efficient production
requires a single dominant supplier (^economies of scale; natural monopoly; regu¬
lation). Moreover, a distinction has to be made between a monopoly that has earned
its dominance, and one that has not. It is possible that consumers benefit from
monopoly in the long run if the profits generated act as a spur to ►innovation
(►Schumpeter, J. A.). And in any event, defining monopoly is a more subtle process
than it looks - almost no company really has a monopoly. Even what appears to
be a monopoly gas company faces some competition from electricity suppliers,
^bilateral monopoly; complex monopoly; contestability; monopsony.
monopsony A market in which there is only one buyer of the item sold. Unlike
individual consumers in most markets, a monopsonist will have an impact on the
market price. When he/she purchases an extra unit of the item, market demand
perceptibly increases and the market price rises. This means that to buy one extra
item costs the monopsonist not only the price of that item, but also the extra price
that has to be paid for all the items that were previously being bought at the lower
price. In some markets, therefore, it could pay a monopsonist to restrict his demand
► minimum wage. >#-bilateral monopoly; monopoly.
moral hazard The presence of incentives for individuals to act in ways that incur
costs that they do not have to bear. A typical example is that of insurance, because
in insuring property against burglary there is less incentive to be as careful than if
personally responsible for its protection. Another example would be the incentive
to find a job - perhaps a rather less than satisfying one - given the existence of State
benefits for the out of work (>job seeker's allowance). Moral hazard is one of those
important market distortions based upon imperfect information, as it is the inability
of, say, the insurer to distinguish the well-behaved claimant from the badly behaved
one that creates the problem, ►►dependency culture; incentive compatibility;
principal-agent problem.
multi-plant operations Firms that produce at more than one plant or location.
Most small firms operate from a single establishment. Large firms serving a national
market (e.g. in the brewing industry) may find that lower transport costs to the final
consumer from multiple plants outweigh the ^economies of scale in a single large
plant, ^enterprise.
incomes and profits will, in turn, save a proportion and spend the remainder. These
expenditures will in turn again generate further incomes and profits and so on. At
each round, therefore, a proportion of receipts will be paid and a proportion spent,
the latter being the marginal propensity to consume, denoted, for example, by c.
We have, therefore:
Expenditure Saving
Round 1 £100
2 £iooc £roo(i - c)
3 £100 c2 £100(1 - c)2
and, therefore, the total increase in national income generated by the £roo is the
sum of the infinite number of expenditures:
This series is the sum of a ^geometric progression whose sum can be shown to be
equal to £roo[(r - c") / (r - c)]. The marginal propensity to consume is less than unity,
so that as n gets larger, <f becomes smaller. Therefore, the series converges to £roo/
(r - c) and the multiplier is, therefore, equal to 1/(1 - c) or i/s, where s is the ^marginal
propensity to save, ^-accelerator-multiplier model; Keynes, J. M.
associated with the Mundell-Fleming model (with the late Marcus Fleming) of an
open economy that demonstrates a paradox: in a fixed exchange rate regime > fiscal
policy is powerful and E monetary policy impotent, while the reverse is true in a
floating rate regime. The reason for the paradox is that with a floating exchange
rate, fiscal policy enacted through, for example, extra government borrowing either
pushes up the interest rate (thus reducing investment) or simply sucks in foreign
capital, which drives up the exchange rate (thus reducing exports). Either way, any
stimulatory effect is negated. Monetary policy can work through changing interest
rates by increasing the money supply and by affecting the exchange rate. In the
fixed-rate regime, monetary policy is powerless, as it has to accommodate any
exchange rate target. Fiscal policy can work, though, as no offsetting exchange rate
or interest rate effects can undermine it.
Professor Mundell was also prescient in analysing the nature of optimal currency
areas. He asked when countries should combine their currencies. He concluded that
there are benefits in terms of transaction costs in so doing, but that if asymmetric
shocks occurred to the different countries, policy would be difficult to manage unless
labour was mobile and could migrate from a high unemployment zone to a low
unemployment one. Emigration.
His two most prominent publications are probably 'Theory of Optimum Currency
Areas', American Economic Review (i96r) and 'Capital Mobility and Stabilization Policy
under Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates', Canadian Journal of Economics (1963). He
has also written several books, including The International Monetary System: conflict
and reform (1965) and Building the New Europe (1992).
Mundell-Fleming Model EMundell, R. A.
mutual company A company without issued Ecapital stock owned by those
members doing business with it. The Eprofits of a mutual company, after deductions
for reserves, are shared out among members or used to reduce prices of services for
members. Some Esavings banks and Einsurance companies (e.g. Standard Life) are
mutual companies. In the USA, the term 'mutual' is also used to refer to open-ended
Etrusts or mutual funds, which correspond to Eunit trusts in the UK. EBuilding
societies in the UK are mutual organizations, but recently some have demutualized
and incorporated and sought Eflotation so as to facilitate Emergers and capital-
raising. Since mutual companies are owned by their members (e.g. depositors) in
these cases members have received Eshares in the newly floated enterprises.
mutual funds Emutual company.
Myrdal, Cunnar Karl (1898-1987) Born in Sweden, Professor Myrdal graduated in
law at Stockholm University in 1923. After a period in private practice, he obtained
a degree in economics in 1927 and took a post as lecturer in political economy
at Stockholm University, eventually succeeding ECassel to the Chair of Political
Economy and Financial Science in 1933. From 1936 to 1938, he was a Member of
Parliament as a Social Democrat. After a period as Economic Adviser to the Swedish
legation in the USA, he was appointed Minister of Commerce in the Swedish
government, a post he held from 1945 to 1947. He resigned from this post to become
Secretary-General of the UN Economic Commission for Europe at Geneva, where he
stayed until 1957. In 1957, he was appointed Professor at the Institute for International
Economic Studies of Stockholm University and in 1974 was awarded the ENobel
Myrdal, Cunnar Karl
Prize for Economics jointly with von >Hayek. His published work includes Price
Formation under Changeability (1927), Vetenskap och Politik i Nationalekonomin (1929),
Om Penningteoretisk jamvikt (i93r), An American Dilemma {1944), Economic Theory and
Underdeveloped Regions (1957), Value in Social Theory (1958), Beyond the Welfare State
(i960), Challenge to Affluence (1963), Asian Drama: an inquiry into the poverty of nations
(1968), Objectivity in Social Research (1969), The Challenge of World Poverty (1970) and
Against the Stream - Critical Essays in Economics (1973). Professor Myrdal invented the
terms, and formulated the distinction between, >ex ante and >ex post, in particular
in relation to the equality of aggregate savings and investment in equilibrium. He
emphasized the need to study the dynamics of ►macroeconomic processes. His
book, Monetary Equilibrium (1931), that developed the economics of ►Wicksell, fore¬
shadowed many aspects of ► Keynes' General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money
(1936). He argued that economists should accept the need to make explicit value
judgements, without which their theoretical structures were unrealistic. He became
an advocate of >institutional economics. Professor Myrdal believed that such a
framework was necessary in any economic studies of the ^developing countries.
N
Nash, John F. (b. 1928) A mathematician from Princeton University in New Jersey
and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, John Nash gave his name to the
most important concept of ^equilibrium as applied to >game theory. For that, he
won the >Nobel Prize for Economics in r994 (jointly with > Harsanyi and >Selten,
who refined his work). Nash drew the important distinction between co-operative
games and non-co-operative games, where players have incompatible interests and are
unable to make binding agreements to maximize joint welfare. He outlined the
equilibrium position for non-co-operative games, in which all players' expectations
are fulfilled and all players' strategies are optimal. While this remains the foundation
of most discussion in game theory, it is not sufficiently limiting to be universally
interesting as a tool of analysis. Moreover, it relies on each player having complete
information about the other players' options. S^Nash equilibrium.
have searched for other notions of 'solving' games. Nash nevertheless represents the
starting-point for all discussion on the subject. ►Nash, J; Selten, R.
national debt The total outstanding borrowings of the central government ►Ex¬
chequer. It represents the stock of borrowing as opposed to the annual increase in
total borrowing, represented by the government deficit (►public sector net
borrowing ). In the UK in 1997, it was announced that an explicit goal of ►fiscal
policy would be to stabilize the ratio of debt to ►gross domestic product (GDP).
Under the provisions of the >Maastricht Treaty, countries in the ►European Monet¬
ary Union are expected to keep debt below, or falling towards, 60 per cent of GDP.
Two different definitions of the debt are in common use: (a) net public sector debt,
which measures the ►public sector financial liabilities to the private sector and
abroad, net of short-term financial assets, and (b) gross general government debt - the
variable used in the Maastricht Treaty - which excludes ►nationalized industries
and measures total financial liabilities, before netting off short-term financial assets.
Until r968 the debt was transacted through the ►Consolidated Fund but it now
appears in the >National Loans Fund. The National Debt Commissioners and the
National Investment and Loans Office have certain responsibilities towards the debt.
The UK national debt as a proportion of GDP declined almost continuously from
r945 until r990. In the 1970s, it did not rise despite high levels of government
borrowing as ►inflation eroded the value of the debt; unaided by any such luck in
the r99os, the ratio of gross debt to GDP jumped in the first half of that decade but
has since declined. In 2001/02 public sector net debt as a percentage of the GDP was
30.3. The bulk of sterling market holdings of the national debt consists of government
and government-guaranteed stock and most of the remainder consists of national
savings (►National Savings). Some of the debt is held by government agencies, so
that the net national debt, which excludes debt held by government, is lower than
the gross debt.
The national debt can be divided into three categories: (a) >funded debt, i.e.
► irredeemable securities; this is now only a very small part of the total; (b) ► floating
debt, which in this context refers to short-term borrowings, e.g. ►treasury bills and
►ways and means advances, and (c) other unfunded debt, the largest item of all,
accounting for about three-quarters of the total. It includes principally >dated
securities, some of which are repayable in external currencies (e.g. dollar liabilities),
but also non-marketable securities, e.g. National Savings certificates and premium
savings bonds. The national debt is of great importance in the financial system
of the private sector and plays quite an important role in the interdepartmental
accounting of government. Government securities provide convenient investments
for ►insurance companies, for example, and these securities form an important part
of the reserve assets of banks and other financial institutions. Although it is spoken
of as a burden, the interest paid on the national debt held by UK residents is not a
burden on the nation as a whole, since the interest payments are actually transfers
between those residents who pay taxation and those who also receive the interest.
after providing for >»-capital consumption. Also referred to as net national product at
factor cost (>factor cost). Incomes in this calculation include: (a) all payments for
the use of the ►factors of production, i.e. wages, salaries, ►profits in the form of
> dividends and retained profits, ►rents and net income from abroad but excluding
►transfer payments, or (b) the sum of ►value added in all sectors of the economy at
factor cost, or (c) as the sum of expenditure on final consumption and >-investment
goods, plus ^exports and minus ►imports. These three methods should, in theory,
yield the same figure since all incomes should equal total expenditure plus net
►saving or ►investment, which in turn should also equal the value of output
(provided output is defined as value added, i.e. intermediate expenditure is
excluded). In practice, each of the three methods involves estimation and the totals
can diverge significantly, so often an averaging procedure is used. Comparisons of
output and expenditure will be affected, among other things, by the extent of
evasion (►informal economy). National income before capital consumption is equal
to the gross national product and, if net income from abroad is also excluded, it is
equal to the gross domestic product. Comparisons between the national incomes of
various countries are subject to many qualifications: the distribution of income will
differ and so, too, may methods of estimation; moreover, the exchange rates used
may not reflect purchasing-power parities (>purchasing-power parity theory).
National income or other aggregates from the national accounts are regarded as
indicators of national welfare in the market economy, but they are not unambiguous
in this respect. One reason is that some activities that contribute to national welfare
are not included because they are not valued in markets, e.g. the work done by
mothers in bringing up their own children. Environmental costs (e.g. pollution and
the depletion of natural resources) are not included in the accounts (^environmen¬
tal accounting).
National Loans Fund A government account opened in r968 for the domestic
lending of government and all the transactions relating to the > national debt. The
payments of the fund include interest, management and expenses of the national
debt, deficit on the ^Consolidated Fund and loans to the nationalized industries
and public corporations, local authorities and the private sector. Receipts include
interest on loans, profits of the Issue Department of the »-Bank of England, interest
transfer from the Consolidated Fund and borrowings.
National Savings Since 1996 an executive agency of the ^Treasury, responsible for
the marketing and administration of savings and investment products for individual
citizens. The National Savings Bank offers ordinary and investment accounts and
►Individual Savings Accounts. National Savings certificates pay interest and bonuses,
some are index-linked (^indexation) and all income is free of tax. National Savings
offers other products, including Pensioners' Guaranteed Income Bonds and Premium
Bonds. First introduced in 1956, Premium Bonds participate in a lottery for tax-free
prizes, drawn from a national interest of 3.5 per cent, and savers can cash in their
bonds at any time.
natural resources Commodities or assets with some economic lvalue that exist
without any effort of mankind. The value they have is usually only realized, however,
when they are exploited, i.e. dug out of the ground, processed or refined. Natural
resources are necessary ingredients of all economic activity. Natural resources can
be of three types: (a) non-renewable, e.g. oil and coal, stocks of which will eventually
run out (^depletion theory); (b) renewable, e.g. water and fish, which are reproduc¬
ible, and (c) non-expendable, i.e. not used up in the consumption process as, for
example in the case of a landscape of outstanding beauty that yields > utility for
those seeing it, and tourist income for the owner, ^-environmental economics.
near money An >asset which like s-money acts as a store of value but which is
not immediately acceptable as a medium of exchange, for example a >building
society deposit. What constitutes money and what does not, however, is contro¬
versial and important for defining the >money supply.
mechanisms to ensure full employment, but that, in practice, > Keynes' analysis
of the potential persistence of unemployment without government action was
well-founded. In principle, the economy can find full employment, because even if
there is a spiral of falling demand and falling prices (the Keynesian case of the
►liquidity trap) people should eventually feel richer as their wealth becomes worth
more, and that should lead them to spend. In practice, Keynes receives credit under
the synthesis, as market frictions imply that the wait for natural mechanisms to
work can be interminable. ►economic doctrines.
net assets The >-capital employed in a business. It is calculated from the >-balance
sheet by taking fixed ►assets plus current assets less current ►liabilities. Often used
as a basis for calculating ►rate of return on ►capital.
net income Net >profit on earnings after tax and, where appropriate, after ►min¬
ority interest.
net tangible assets (NTA) Fixed ►assets plus current assets minus intangible
assets such as goodwill and minus current ►liabilities.
Keynesian economics is associated with asserting that money is not neutral. It would
be more accurate, however, to say that it asserts aggregate demand is not neutral.
In order to explain why money might have some real impact on the economy, it
is easiest to assume that certain prices or wages are fixed in nominal terms. For
example, imagine what happens if the money supply authorities print extra cash,
expanding the money supply by, for example, io per cent. People will have high
money balances that they may attempt to spend on, for example, computers. First,
if all prices are flexible, the growth in money supply leads to a shift in the ^demand
curve for computers which leads to an immediate rise in computer prices. This
should encourage firms to deliver more computers. However, the increase in the
money supply increases prices throughout the economy, so the suppliers' costs also
rise. This causes a shift in the computer suppliers' >supply curve, so leading to a
reduction in supply. This also increases prices and so takes the quantity sold back to
where it started. The story ends with higher prices, and the same output as before, so
money is neutral. Suppose, however, that computer manufacturers are contractually
obliged to provide goods to retailers at pre-set prices. In response to extra demand,
the computer retailers this time increase their prices, but can supply more without
suffering higher costs. There is no shift in their supply curve. In this case, the extra
money leads prices up less than before, and output rises. The economy grows.
Even without the pre-set prices, money could have a real effect if the effect of the
extra demand only dawns on the shops and suppliers very slowly. They might have
found themselves selling more before they realized demand was rising everywhere,
or the extra money could have had an effect if there is >-money illusion. If all prices
and wages went up, but people nevertheless mistakenly felt richer as a result, then
they might have increased the supply of labour, sending costs down and the com¬
puter supply curve up. The view that money is neutral stems from a belief that
market forces function reasonably effectively and fast (i.e. that computer suppliers
do not fix their prices in advance), and that economic agents are rational (suffer no
money illusion), ^-economic doctrines; menu costs; monetarism; policy ineffec¬
tiveness theorem; rational expectations; superneutrality of money; supply-side
economics.
rational expectations may appear extreme, it is perhaps best to think of new classical
economics as arguing that, although policy may have a short-term effect, in the
long term the short term becomes very short indeed as people see the way policy
operates. >#*Akerlof, G.; economic doctrines; Lucas critique; supply-side economics.
New Deal The US Federal government under President Roosevelt began, in 1933, a
number of projects designed to give financial assistance and work to the large number
of people thrown out of employment by the great ►depression, that followed the
stock-market collapse on Wall Street in r929. The New Deal met with a certain amount
of opposition because it led to budget deficits Obalanced budget). »*Keynes, J. M.
new-issue market That part of the ►capital market serving as the market for new
long-term > capital. Those institutions needing capital (industrial, commercial and
financial companies and public authorities) offer ►shares and ►securities that are
then purchased by each other and the general public. Internally generated funds
provide about 70 per cent or more of the capital required by business and the
new-issue market is not large, accounting on average for about 5 per cent, although
it is of some importance. The new-issue market does not include certain other
sources of new long-term external finance, e.g. >mortgages and other Moans from
financial institutions. Borrowers in the new-issue market may be raising capital for
new ►investment, or they may be converting private capital into public capital; this
is known as 'going public' (>flotation).
fill newly industrialized country
The largest concerns are able to issue stocks and shares direct to the public. These
stocks and shares will normally be quoted on the >stock exchange. Other concerns
will raise their new capital through an Mssuing house that will either underwrite
the issue or first purchase the securities and then offer them for sale to the public
(►unlisted securities markets). In all cases the issues will actually be handled by an
tissuing broker. A full prospectus describing the company and its prospects as well
as public advertising are necessary and, for smaller issues, costs can be reduced by
private placing, i.e. by selling the shares to ^insurance companies or other investors.
Quoted companies may issue unquoted shares in this way. Rather larger amounts
are raised by private placing by other >public companies that have no quoted
securities, but > private companies have no access to the new-issue markets, since
they cannot achieve quotations while retaining their private status. Well-established
companies can greatly reduce the cost of raising new capital by offering shares to
their existing shareholders by what are known as 'rights issues' (>rights issue). Rights
issues save the cost of advertising, issuing brokers and underwriting commissions,
although the shares will normally have to be offered at well below market price to
ensure the issue is fully taken up. The difficulty that smaller quoted and unquoted
companies experience in raising new long-term capital was noted in the T93T Mac¬
millan Report (►Macmillan Committee), although unlisted securities markets have
developed further and a number of new institutions have since emerged to meet
this need outside the new-issue market. The >commercial banks have also greatly
increased their lending to ► small business.
The new-issue market, sometimes called primary market (> secondary market), like
the rest of the capital market, is increasingly becoming an international one and
public companies and the public sector raise money in overseas capital markets.
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) The leading New York stock exchange and
largest in the world in terms of ►market capitalization. Some 3000 domestic and
foreign companies and 5000 ►securities are listed. The NYSE is a self-regulating
body, though it has to secure compliance with the requirements of the ►Securities
and Exchange Commission. The second US exchange, also in New York, is the
American Stock Exchange. The NYSE is also referred to as the Big Board and as
Wall Street.
but has not yet achieved the status of the ►advanced countries. Malaysia and
Mexico, for example, are usually counted as NICs, but some earlier examples (e.g.
Singapore), have >per capita income similar to the levels of members of the ►Organ-
ization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
Nobel Prize The sixth Nobel Prize, for Economics, in memory of Nobel (1833—96),
the Swedish chemist, was introduced in 1969 and is financed by the Swedish National
Bank. The following economists have been awarded this prize in each year: 1969,
Tinbergen and ►Frisch; 1970, ►Samuelson; 1971, ►Kuznets; 1972, ►Hicks and ►Ar¬
row; 1973, ► Leontief; 1974, ►von Hayek and ►Myrdal; 1975, Kantorovich and
►Koopmans; 1976, ►Friedman; 1977, ►Meade and ►Ohlin; 1978, ►Simon; 1979,
► Schultz and ► Lewis; 1980, ►Klein; 1981, ►Tobin; 1982, >Stigler; 1983, ►Debreu;
1984, ►Stone; 1985, ►Modigliani; 1986, ►Buchanan; 1987, ►Solow; 1988, ►Allais;
1989, >Haavelmo. In r99o the prize was won by three American finance economists,
►Markowitz and ►Sharpe for their development of the ►capital asset pricing model,
and ►Miller (►Modigliani-Miller theorem). Since then the prize has been domi¬
nated by the University of Chicago (►Chicago School); ►Coase won the prize in
1991. ►Becker won it in 1992. ►Fogel, and >North, collected it jointly in 1993. Three
►game-theory pioneers won it in T994: ►Harnsanyi, ►Selten and ►Nash. ►Lucas
won it in 1995, and in 1996 the British economist ►Mirlees and American ►Vickrey.
For their work on option pricing models, ►Merton and ►Scholes won in 1997.
►Sen won it in 1998 for his work on development economics and ►Mundell for
international macroeconomics in 1999. In 2000, the prize was shared between
►Heckman and ►McFadden for advances in micro-econometrics. In 2001, ►Akerlof,
►Spence and ►Stiglitz shared the award for their work on the analysis of markets.
In 2002, the prize was shared between ►Smith and ►Kahneman for their work on
the analysis of the rationality of human behaviour.
nominal gross domestic product The value of the ►gross domestic product
(GDP) at ►current prices. Many economists, notably >Meade, have suggested that
the government should set a target for nominal GDP; if workers take low pay rises,
this target will be reached by real output increases; if workers take high pay rises,
then the nominal GDP rise will almost entirely consist of ►inflation.
nominal value The ►face value of a ►share or ►bond, which may be more or less
than its market price. S^par value.
by means other than selling at lower prices, e.g. by the use of advertising or
product differentiation (^differentiation, product). Non-price competition is found
commonly under conditions of >oligopoly, where price-cutting could lead to a
damaging price war, thus the use of free gifts, coupons and special offers.
a random sample of tax returns were taken from a population and the mean
(>average) income of the sample were calculated, then these tax returns were
returned and another sample taken and the mean income of these calculated and
so on, a series of mean incomes would be derived that would eventually generate a
normal curve when plotted against the frequencies with which each mean occurs.
This mathematical fact (i.e. that a normal curve emerges from the continuous
random, unbiased, sampling of a population variable) is used to test whether a given
value has been derived from a particular population. In a normal distribution, 5 per
cent of the observations are more than 1.96 times the ^standard deviation away
from the mean. If a new income observation falls into this area of the curve, it can
be said that the sample has a ^probability of 5 per cent of having been drawn from
the same population as the previous samples. »-log-normal distribution.
North American Free Trade Agreement A Wree trade area set up from 1994,
comprising Canada, the USA and Mexico. >Import tariffs, ►quotas and other trade
barriers (>non-tariff barriers) between the member countries are to be phased out
over a period of up to 15 years. The agreement also includes environmental provisions
relating to the use of renewable resources, health and pollution.
Ohlin, Bertil (1899-1979) Born in Sweden, Professor Ohlin studied at the University
of Lund and the Stockholm School of Economics. He was appointed to a Chair of
Economics at Copenhagen University in 1925. In 1930, Professor Ohlin moved to the
Stockholm School of Economics where he remained until his retirement in 1965. He
was a Member of Parliament from 1938 until 1970 and Chairman of the Swedish
Liberal Party for many years. He was awarded the >Nobel Prize in Economics in 1977
(jointly with >Meade). His major contribution - to >international trade theory -
was published in Interregional and International Trade (1933). Professor Ohlin refined
the theory of ^-comparative advantage by building upon the work of Heckscher
(>^Heckscher-Ohlin principle). He also made important contributions to >macro-
economic theory, in many ways anticipating in the 1930s the work of >Keynes.
the 1950s and 1960s. He discovered that a 1 per cent increase in unemployment was
associated with a 3 per cent drop in the ratio of actual GNP to full-capacity GNP.
This relationship has become known as Okun's law.
(r) A theory developed by >Cournot assumed that each firm sets its price and output
on the assumption that its rival does not react at all. In such a situation, each
firm will leap-frog past the other, lowering price and increasing output to gain a
higher market share. The result, is nevertheless, a market in which prices are
higher and output lower than each would be if the firms behaved as perfect
competitors.
(2) That of >Bertrand competition, in which keen price competition drives firms to
the perfectly competitive outcome.
(3) That firms recognize their interdependence, and one among them leads in price
setting with others following. In this case, the leader enjoys higher profits than
any followers, but all firms benefit from the stability and predictability of the
industry.
(4) That all firms attempt to act as leader; then they all earn lower profits than they
would under Cournot's solution (^-prisoner's dilemma).
(5) That firms assume their rivals will follow their prices down but not follow their
price if it rises; in this situation, firms will be very reluctant to change their prices.
It could account for the fact that prices are often stable in oligopolistic industries
despite large changes in costs.
(6) That in which firms collude and between them achieve the outcome that would
occur if a ^monopoly existed in the industry. However, if one firm colludes, it
always pays another to cheat and sell more than agreed, so that maintaining
collusive agreements may be difficult in situations where firms cannot monitor
each other's behaviour. Otherwise, hefty State penalties for collusion can deter
oligopolists from making agreements that have negative effects on consumers.
Other approaches to oligopoly exist, notably >game theory has been used to simu¬
late the reactions of firms to each other's behaviour. anti-trust; Nash equilibrium;
Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries.
Olson, Mancur (1932-98) Economist who investigated the workings and implica¬
tions of how collective action can frustrate the public interest. Born in North Dakota,
USA he graduated from the State University in r954. After 2 years as a Rhodes Scholar
at Oxford followed by military service, he was an Assistant Professor at Princeton.
open economy
on cost The contribution of the >cost of ^overheads added to the direct costs of
production.
open economy A situation in which foreign trade (>exports and >-imports) and
payments and movements of labour and capital into and out of a country are
unrestricted. The term is also used to refer to countries for which foreign trade is a
open-ended fund
large percentage of the >• gross domestic product. The degree of openness of an
economy may act as a constraint on the freedom of governments to pursue particular
types of economic policy, e.g. the reduction of interest rates to stimulate expansion
may, in an open economy, lead to a flight of capital to other countries, depressing
the ^exchange rate with adverse consequences for >inflation.
opportunity cost The value of that which must be given up to acquire or achieve
something. Economists attempt to take a comprehensive view of the cost of an
activity. If a firm invests undistributed ^profits to spend £1000 on new machinery
that requires less electricity than the equipment it replaces, the cost of that machin¬
ery is not the outlay of £rooo alone: what could be earned from the best alternative
use of the money also has to be taken into account. If, for example, the firm is paying
T2 per cent interest on an overdraft and the saving in electricity is less than firzo a
year, it would be better for the firm to pay off its overdraft than to invest in the new
machinery. If a self-employed person makes a ^profit of £20,000 a year without a
wage, he/she needs to consider the alternative use to which his/her time could be
put. He/she might, for example, be able to earn £25,000 a year working for someone
else, this is the opportunity cost of his/her time. Accounting costs, as in these examples,
normally allow only for cash outlays, but cash outlays will only approximate to
optimum
opportunity costs when competition ensures that the prices of all Mactors of pro¬
duction are equal to those for their best alternative use (>Wieser, F. von). (Under
the assumptions of ^perfect competition, the self-employed person would be aware
that he/she could earn more in employment and, since we assume profit maximiz¬
ation, would do so.) Economists also distinguish between private costs and >social
costs and costs in >real terms and money terms, ^-average cost; imputed cost;
prime costs; shadow price.
optimum A position in which the aim of any economic unit is being served as
effectively as it possibly can be, within the constraints applying. Where a situation
is not optimal, gains in welfare (^welfare economics) can be made for some without
any sacrifice by others. Essential to the meaningful application of the concept of an
optimum is the existence of some objective (e.g. the maximization of futility) and
some constraint on the pursuit of that objective, e.g. a specified set of prices and a
given income. While it is possible to have two conflicting objectives (e.g. money
and leisure), an optimum can only be attained with respect to both of them if some
desired trade-off between them can be expressed; this is roughly equivalent to
finding a single criterion by which both can be judged and optimizing with
optimum currency area | 286
respect to that criterion. Individuals, trade unions, firms and countries are generally
assumed to be rational in economic theory and thus exhibit optimizing behaviour,
^economic efficiency; linear programming; Lagrange multiplier.
option An agreement with a seller or buyer permitting the holder to buy or sell a
financial instrument or ►commodity at a given ►price within a given period. In
the > stock exchange, an option may be purchased from a dealer, giving the right to
purchase a certain number of ►shares at a certain price within a certain time, e.g. a
3-month option. If, in the meantime, the price falls by more than the cost of the
option, then the dealer will lose and the purchaser gain, and vice versa. An option
to buy is a >'call option', an option to sell is a put option, and one to buy or sell is a
double option. Trade in option contracts (hence traded options) in ►securities markets,
►money markets and commodity exchanges has expanded enormously in recent
years (>London International Financial Futures Exchange). There are major op¬
tions markets in Chicago and other financial centres. J^Black-Scholes formula;
derivatives.
OR >operations research.
ordinary share Shares in the ►equity capital of a business entitling the holders
287 | output gap
to all distributed > profits after the holders of > debentures and ^preference shares
have been paid.
output gap The difference between the actual level of activity in an economy,
and the sustainable amount of activity given the capacity of the economy. An output
gap is measured as a percentage. It may be negative (equivalent to a >deflationary
gap) or it may be positive, implying that the economy was operating unsustainably
fast - that it was >overheating (in an ► inflationary gap). The output gap is expressed
as a percentage of the level of >gross domestic product (GDP). Unfortunately, it is
not possible to observe potential activity; it is only the actual activity we can record.
overdraft
(1) Find a year in the past when the economy was neither booming nor in recession.
Assume that the output gap then was zero and that, in that year, potential GDP
was the same as actual GDP.
(2) To derive potential GDP in subsequent years, assume that it grows from the base
year by a constant rate. That constant rate is ► trend growth. In any subsequent
year, actual GDP can then be compared to the extrapolated potential GDP
measure, to derive the gap.
Proponents of the output gap make one additional plausible assumption: that, when
companies operate in excess of their capacity, they attempt to raise their real prices;
and, when they operate below their capacity, they tend to cut their real prices (Meal
terms). The inflation rate tends to rise when actual output is above potential. It
tends to fall when actual output is below potential. The gap is useful in assessing
► monetary policy, because it assumes that any increase in ^aggregate demand in
the economy will generate extra output if actual GDP is below potential, and will
generate inflation if actual output exceeds potential. The gap is useful in explaining
why an economy can grow fast for several years with falling inflation. If output
started well below potential, then even if growth is fast, it might remain below
potential and thus inflation should still be coming down.
It is also useful in assessing how much a government can reasonably borrow.
Borrowing tends to go up or down across the >business cycle (>built-in stabilizers).
Estimating the output gap can give a clue as to the Xstructural budget deficit.
Estimates of the output gap for all main developed economies are produced by the
►Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development, ^unemployment,
natural rate of.
overfunding ►funding.
overseas banks 1 Banks operating in, say, the UK but which are incorporated
outside the UK. and not UK-controlled. There are over 600 overseas banks rep¬
resented in the UK. 2 Banks from, for example, the UK that conduct their business
mainly abroad. Many of these banks are subsidiaries of the ►commercial banks.
over-subscription Where a new issue of ^shares is made and the demand for the
shares exceeds the number on offer, the issue is said to be over-subscribed. It is, of
course, extremely difficult for the Mssuing house to estimate precisely the price at
which a share issue will be fully taken up, and new issues are usually either over- or
under-subscribed. It is very common for an attractive issue to be 10 times or more
over-subscribed, especially because of purchases by stags, i.e. speculators who sub¬
scribe to new issues in the expectation that they will be over-subscribed and that
dealings will begin at a ^-premium. Very often new issues that start at a premium
fall back to below the issue price as a result of > profit-taking by stags.
paid-up capital That part of the »-issued capital of a company that has been paid
up by the shareholders. Except for partly paid ^privatization issues, it is rare among
shares dealt with on the London >stock exchange for the issued capital not to be
paid up, and the phrase is sometimes used loosely as a synonym for issued capital
to distinguish it from ^-authorized capital.
panel data Data that consists of both >-time series and cross-section values
(>cross-section analysis), e.g. a dataset that consists of spending by a large sample
of households for several years. >*► econometrics; regression analysis.
paradox of thrift The phenomenon that if too many people try to increase their
saving simultaneously, spending and national income can fall, with the effect that
people have less income to save. In the extreme case, the volume of savings could
even fall. In principle, under models built around >neo-classical economics, there
should be no paradox, as any extra supply of savings should drive down interest
rates and encourage extra investment spending, thus keeping national income up.
However, under the assumptions of > Keynesian economics, there is little reason to
expect investment to grow in response to higher saving.
paradox of value The paradox that certain items that are very valuable to mankind
(e.g. water) are very cheap to buy, while other less useful items (e.g. diamonds) are
expensive. The supposed paradox is a widely used illustration of some key principles
in economics. The reason prices do not reflect our intuitive notion of value is that
they are set by conditions of supply as well as demand: water may be very important,
but there is an awful lot of it, so it does not have to be highly priced. This is to repeat
the conclusion that prices are set by the marginal value of an item - the value of
consuming yet more of it - not by the value of consuming it all. If we had to give up
parameter
paradox of voting The paradox (also referred to as 'Condorcet's paradox', after the
eighteenth-century French philosopher) that a majority voting system can produce a
set of inconsistent social preferences from a set of individually consistent prefer¬
ences. Suppose electors Anne, Bill and Caroline rank three options - defence, edu¬
cation and social security, as follows:
Defence I 2 3
Education 2 3 I
Social security 3 I 2
When the options, taken in pairs, are voted on defence beats education, education
beats social security but social security beats defence. In each case, two of the voters
rank the winning option higher than its opponent, thus ensuring its victory. As a
result, the electors could either never determine which of the three options to put
first, or their choice will merely depend on the order in which voting takes place -
the social ranking does not possess Mransitivity. As transitive preferences are a
precondition for the meaningful derivation of ^indifference curves, the paradox is
one indication that the theory of optimal behaviour for individuals cannot easily
be extended to 'democratic' societies, ^impossibility theorem; social-welfare
function.
par value The >-price at which a >-share or other >security is issued, i.e. the Mace
value of the ^investment. A share is said to be standing above par if its quoted price
on the >stock exchange is greater than that at which the share was issued. The term
was also used to describe the official fixed >exchange rate of currencies in terms of
gold and US dollars, as declared to the Mnternational Monetary Fund.
parallel imports >Imports of a product into a country and its sale outside the
existing franchised sales network for the product and without the approval of its
manufacturer. It occurs when the price at which the product is sold in one country is
higher than in another. There is then an opportunity for >arbitrage. This ^arbitrage
would eventually reduce the differences in prices between countries, unless there
were technical, legal or other obstacles to this trade.
partial correlation The >correlation between two variables, after having adjusted
for any correlation either or both the variables may have with a third variable. For
example, observations of the quantity of a commodity sold over a number of years
may be highly correlated with consumers' disposable income over the period. A
simple correlation between the two would be misleading if, during the same period,
there was a substantial fall in price, so that there was also a strong simple correlation
between quantity and price. The correlation between income and quantity is calcu¬
lated, after having deducted the correlation between quantity and price, to obtain
the partial correlation.
the impact they have on the rest of the economy. When we study, for example, the
market for pet dogs, we do not consider the impact that a change in the number of
dogs sold has on the profits of pet food manufacturers. This and other effects will
have an impact on prices, income and taxation and, through these, have a feedback
effect on the demand for dogs. The usual partial-equilibrium approach is considered
adequate for the study of most markets because such feedback effects are swamped
by the direct effects of events in any individual market and are considered negligible.
This approach contrasts with >general equilibrium analysis. Marshall, A.
pay-back The period over which the cumulative net revenue from an ►investment
project equals the original investment. It is a commonly used but crude method for
analysing ►capital projects. Its main defects are that it takes no account of the
►profits over the whole life of the investment, nor of the time profile of the ►cash
flow, ^investment appraisal.
PAYE ►pay-as-you-earn.
payroll tax A >tax levied on employers' ►wage bills. It is now regarded by many
economists in developed economies as a means of encouraging capital intensiveness
(►capital-intensive) at the expense of employment. This type of tax as such is not
used in the UK, although >-National Insurance contributions are a form of payroll
tax. A flat-rate employment tax (selective employment tax) was introduced in 1966 and
abolished in 1973 on the introduction of >-value-added tax.
peak pricing The setting of higher prices than average when supplying services
during a period of peak demand. For example, enough electricity capacity must be
installed to satisfy demand at peak times because electricity cannot be stored. At
off-peak times the cost of electricity is lower at the margin than at the peak at
which less efficient power stations have to be switched in to meet the demand.
► marginal-cost pricing.
pension funds Sums of money laid aside and normally invested to provide a regular
► income on retirement, or in compensation for disablement, for the remainder of
a person's life. Nearly all developed countries have State pension schemes, e.g. the
British >National Insurance scheme. Unlike State schemes - which operate on a pay
as you go basis with contributions from those in employment paying for the pensions
of the retired - private pension schemes - for which contributions attract favourable
tax treatment - are usually funded, i.e. placed in managed invested funds. Many
private pension schemes are based upon >assurance.
Occupational pension schemes may be contributory or non-contributory by the
employee; the benefits of private schemes are normally related to the length of
service of the employee and the level of salary or contributions, i.e. they are defined
pension benefits of, for example, 50 per cent of final salary. In defined pension contri¬
bution schemes, employers and/or employees pay regular contributions, but the
pension finally paid is determined by the performance of the fund in which contri¬
butions are invested. On maturity, these funds are used to purchase an ►annuity.
perfect competition
Since annuity rates vary from time to time, this introduces further uncertainty about
the amount of the pension. Pension funds had >net assets of about £800 billion in
2000, of which 40 per cent was invested in >ordinary shares. >^personal pensions.
per capita income Income per head, normally defined as the ^national income
divided by the total population. > purchasing-power parity; real exchange rate.
(1) In the >-short mn, profit maximization ensures that each firm will set its output
so that its ^marginal cost is equal to its ^marginal revenue (>firm, theory of
the). To produce when marginal cost exceeds marginal revenue implies that
cutting back production would save more than the revenue lost, and to produce
when marginal revenue exceeds marginal cost implies that expanding production
would increase revenue more than costs. Thus, marginal revenue will equal
marginal cost. Moreover, under the price-taking assumption, the effect is that
marginal cost equals price. This is efficient for the allocation of resources because
it ensures that no consumer will be deterred from buying something which he/
she values more than it cost to make.
(2) In the long run, freer entry and exit ensures new entrants will be attracted into
any industry in which high profits are made. The effect of these new entrants is
to increase supply and bid down price until no profit is made (apart from a
normal entrepreneurial return), i.e. when average revenue equals average cost.
The zero profit result means that no entrepreneur or factor of production earns
more than it just needs to be persuaded into an industry.
(3) Again, in the long run, as average revenue equals marginal cost (from the profit
maximization assumption) and average revenue equals average cost (from the
free entry and exit assumption), we can deduce that average cost equals marginal
cost. The only point on the average cost curve for which this is true is at the
bottom of it, i.e. at the lowest cost point. Finally, therefore, perfect competition
ensures minimum-cost production.
indicate that the achievement of even a partially competitive market can be advan¬
tageous. Thus, the simple perfect competition model provides a good starting-point
for illuminating the forces underlying the real behaviour of firms, ^-contestability;
imperfect market; marginal-cost pricing; monopoly.
(1) If one has a permanent increase in income, the ^marginal propensity to consume
out of it will equal the >average propensity to consume.
(2) A large increase in short-run >-incomes will not lead to corresponding increases
in consumption. Any extra pound a consumer gets will be treated not as a cause
for a quick spending spree, but as a temporary bonus that should raise lifetime
consumption by the value of the pound spread over a lifetime.
(3) This explains why high income households save more than low income house¬
holds: the high income group is likely to contain the very people who are enjoying
transient high incomes that they are thus storing away for the day when their
income drops.
personal pension 1 A regular income after a certain age and usually after retire¬
ment from work, provided by a State or private scheme. The flat-rate State retirement
pension is paid to men aged over 65 and women aged over 60 who have paid
appropriate ^National Insurance contributions. There is also the State Earnings
Related Pension Scheme (SERPS), (^National Insurance) and an old age pension,
the latter for those who have not participated in the National Insurance scheme.
There are two broad types of private pension schemes:
(1) Occupational pension schemes, provided by employers, that usually involve 'con¬
tracting out' of SERPS and provide a guaranteed minimum pension. These
schemes, known as defined benefit schemes (>pension funds), are either contribu¬
tory or non-contributory; in the latter the employee pays no pension contri¬
butions. The schemes are based on trust funds in which contributions are
invested either directly or through ^financial intermediaries, e.g. life > insurance
companies.
(2) Personal annuity schemes, for the »-self-employed or others who are not members
of an occupational scheme.
2 A private pension scheme of the personal > annuity kind. Under these schemes,
individuals pay contributions into a fund managed by an ^insurance company or
Phillips, Alban William Housego
other ►institutional investor which provides a cash lump sum at retirement age,
part of which, if it is to qualify for tax relief on the premiums, must be used to
purchase an annuity. The Social Security Act r986, which initiated a run-down of
SERPS, also introduced portable pensions. After 6 April 1988 employers were no
longer able to make membership of a contributory occupational pension scheme a
condition of employment. All employees have the option of paying premiums into
a personal private-sector scheme of their own choice in much the same way as for
the personal-annuity schemes for the self-employed. This means that the employee
will be able to transfer his/her pension scheme if changing employers. These schemes
are known as defined contribution schemes (^pension funds), ^-stakeholder pension.
Up to stated limits, pension contributions by individuals and employers qualify
for >-income tax and ►corporation tax relief. >Pension funds may also receive
favourable tax treatment but institutions can no longer claim tax credits on divi¬
dends (►corporation tax), a withdrawal of a benefit worth about £5 billion per
annum. Pension schemes may be funded - a capital-reserve system, in which contri¬
butions are paid into a fund that is invested in ►securities and other >assets and
from which pensions are ultimately paid - or unfunded, as in the National Insurance
scheme, where pensions for retirees are paid out of the contributions of those in
work (pay-as-you-go system).
personal sector Households and individuals. In the national accounts this sector
includes unincorporated businesses, ^ private sector.
Petty, Sir William (1623-87) The pioneer of numerical economics. His main
interest lay in public finance, and he made important contributions to monetary
theory and ►fiscal policy. His approach to these subjects contributed to the develop¬
ment of ►classical economics and from his work in the field of comparative data
has descended the modern field of economic statistics. His best-known work is
Political Arithmetic (1691). The so-called Petty's law was a remarkably far-sighted
statement of the tendency for the proportion of the working population engaged in
►services to increase as an economy develops.
lower the unemployment, the higher the rate of change of wages. This relationship,
which became known as the Phillips curve, has attracted considerable theoretical and
empirical analysis. Its main implication is that, since a particular level of unemploy¬
ment in the economy will imply a particular rate of wage increase, the aims of low
unemployment and a low rate of ^inflation may be inconsistent. The government
must then choose between the feasible combinations of unemployment and
inflation, as shown by the estimated Phillips curve, e.g. 3 per cent unemployment
and no inflation, or 1.5 per cent unemployment and 8 per cent inflation, etc.
Alternatively, it may attempt to bring about basic changes in the workings of the
economy, e.g. a Vprices and incomes policy, in order to reduce the rate of inflation
consistent with low unemployment. However, the relation between unemployment
and inflation has not been sufficiently stable in practice to permit exact judgements
to be made.
placing The sale of a new issue of >shares or >stock (>new-issue market), usually
to >institutional investors, by a financial intermediary (e.g. a firm of stockbrokers)
acting on behalf of the company issuing the shares. This method of 'private placing'
of shares minimizes the cost of a new issue, since it does not involve the advertising
and other costs associated with an offer for sale or subscription. For shares that are
to be quoted on the >stock exchange there are limitations on the total market
>capitalization of shares that can be issued by this method.
poison pill A damaging action, (e.g. sales of ► assets) which a company threatens
to inflict upon itself in the event of >take-over by another firm. A poison pill serves
to deter other firms from attempting an acquisition in the first place, because to do
so would immediately lower the value of the company they are attempting to buy.
^merger.
policy ineffectiveness theorem The idea that if there are flexible prices and
wages, and if the public hold > rational expectations, then any government policies
to stimulate >aggregate demand can have no real effect on output or employment
unless the policy measures are unanticipated by the public. Increasing demand only
political economy
generates extra ^inflation. The theorem is the basis of >new classical economics
and can be thought of as positing that money is neutral in its effects (^neutrality of
money) when a change in money supply is anticipated. Academic economists are divided
on whether monetary and fiscal policies are ineffective, or have some effect in the
short or long term. Economists are almost unanimous in believing that unanticipated
injections of demand can increase output and employment in at least the short
term, ^economic doctrines; new Keynesianism.
population 1 In statistics, a term applied to any class of data of which counts are
made or samples taken, e.g. a car population. 2 The number of people living in any
specified geographical area, e.g. New York or India or the world. The study of the
characteristics of human populations is called demography. The United Nations (UN)
estimated that the total world population in 2003 was 6.3 billion. Although the rate
of growth is falling, the UN expects that world population will reach about 8.9
billion by 2050. The fall in the rate of growth is a reflection of the drop in fertility
rates (J^birth rate) and the rise in life expectancy (>death rate). The actual increase
in numbers is expected to be confined to the >developing countries in which
population is expected to increase by 65 per cent; more advanced countries will
experience overall stable population, with the major exception of the USA. Whereas
the population of the > European Union (EU) in 2003 will fall from 380 million to
370 million in 2050, that of the USA is expected to grow from 294 million to 409
million. The increase in world population not only raises the issue of the ability of
agriculture and fisheries to continue to meet the demand for food (>Malthus, T. R.)
but also the effect of increasing pressure on other resources, e.g. water and the
environment. Further, the change in the age structure of population has important
implications for growth.
The population of the UK is expected by the Office for National Statistics to rise
from 59.8 million in 2000 to 65 million in 2026. As with the population of the EU as
a whole, the population of the UK is getting older. In i96r, about 12 per cent of the
positional goods
population was over 65 years of age; in 2000, it was 16 per cent and, by 2026, it is
expected to rise to 21 per cent. The average ages of the populations of the fifteen
countries of the EU and the USA are similar but with higher expected immigration
to, and higher fertility rates in, the USA a considerable gap is expected to emerge by
2050, when the USA will have a median age of 39.7, and the EU, 47.1. Population
ageing raises questions about the likely effects on economic growth through, for
instance, changes in the propensity to save (>®»-average propensity to save), and the
financing of pensions (> pension funds). >demographic time bomb; dependency
ratio; labour force; migration; population, census of.
portfolio theory A branch of financial economics that analyses the most efficient
amounts of different assets an investor should hold. Underlying portfolio theory is
the assumption that investors like high returns and dislike risk (>^risk aversion).
Risk represents a likelihood of the actual return on an asset deviating from the
expected return. In general, therefore, investors will have to expect a higher return
from a risky asset than a safe one in order to be persuaded to hold it, although, of
course, a risky asset may actually deliver a return either higher or lower than it was
expected to yield in advance.
An efficient >-portfolio is one that delivers the highest expected possible return for
a given amount of risk, or the smallest possible risk for a given expected return. In
general, by holding a variety of assets, the risk of a portfolio can be reduced, because
when one asset happens to perform badly, it may be that others will be doing well.
Thus, ^diversification does pay, and this explains the popularity of >unit trusts.
However, diversification can succeed in reducing risk only if the performances of
the assets in a portfolio do not coincide: in so far as the assets' returns move together
(because, for example, they are all affected by the state of the national economy)
there will always be some systematic risk remaining that cannot be diversified away.
It is the development of these basic principles that is the concern of portfolio theory,
^capital asset pricing model.
positional goods Goods that are necessarily scarce and the scarcity of which
cannot be reduced by increased productivity. They were described by Hirsch in his
book The Social Limits to Growth (1977). He distinguished those positional goods, the
value of which derives from their intrinsic usefulness but which are limited in their
supply (e.g. holiday homes in beautiful places) and those not yielding pleasure from
their absolute qualities but from their scarcity, e.g. original paintings by famous
positive economics
artists. Allocation of these goods is a >zero-sum game. They can explain why we
still have high levels of material frustration even as our affluence grows.
poverty The situation facing people whose material needs are least satisfied. Poverty
can be defined by some absolute measure (earnings below some specified minimum
level) or in relative terms, e.g. the number of the poorest ro per cent of households.
Poverty exists not merely because incomes are low, but also because the needs of
some low-income households are high. A single person earning £100 a week may
not be in poverty, though a family of four on the same income would be. In a r992
report, the US Bureau of the Census defined the poverty line as $6932 for a single¬
person household and as $T3,924 for a four-person household. The report pointed
out that the number below this line was increasing. A similar trend has occurred in
the UK and other ^advanced countries. The percentage of the UK population
with income below half the national average doubled between T96T and r99r and
continued to increase in the 1990s.
The World Bank has estimated that 40 per cent of the world's labour has annual
incomes of less than $r6oo. This contrasts with the average income of $T7,ooo
received by the 8 per cent of the total who are unskilled workers in the advanced
countries. The life expectancy (>death rate) in some Central African states is 40
years compared with over 78 years in some developed countries, ^inequality;
minimum wage; Sen, A.; social security.
poverty trap The combination of losing State-benefit entitlement and paying tax
that can ensure that poor families keep very little of any extra money they earn.
Under any social security system using >means tests, as the poor earn more, they
lose State benefits. For example, a poor family may lose 6op of benefit for every extra
£1 it earns, and it may also pay 2op in tax on that pound. In this case, the family
benefits by only 2op of the extra pound. Apart from the inefficiency of suppressing
the incentive for people in the poverty trap to work, concern exists over the debilitat¬
ing human effects of removing from people the power to alter their own living
standards. »»income, distribution of; marginal tax rate; poverty; social security;
unemployment trap.
precautionary motive The factor that causes people or firms to hold a stock of
preference shares
(r) A firm may know what its average pay-outs are each month but, if these payments
fluctuate, given that there are costs to being short of the cash necessary to finance
them, firms will keep money in excess of what they need for the average month.
The amount they keep will first depend upon the ^interest rate. This represents
the cost of keeping money that would earn a return if it was invested.
(2) It will depend upon the probability of overshooting the foreseeable expenditures
- the higher the probability the more money firms will hold.
(3) It will depend upon the size of the firm's average spending - a big firm will keep
more than a small firm.
(4) It will depend on the cost of not having cash to meet unforeseen pay-outs - the
higher the cost, the more precautions a firm will take.
predatory pricing Setting ^prices at very low levels with the objective of weaken¬
ing or eliminating competitors or to keep out new entrants to a >market. Since
prices will be raised again once these objectives have been achieved there is no
permanent benefit to the consumer. Predatory pricing is a means of establishing or
maintaining >■ monopoly power.
a lower cost than debentures. Preference shares now account for a very small pro¬
portion of issues (>-new-issue market), but are frequently used in the provision of
>-risk capital.
premium 1 The difference, where positive, between the current >-price or > value
of a >security, or > currency, and its issue price or Vpar value. 2 A regular payment
made in return for an reinsurance policy.
prepayments Payments for services (e.g. rent and rates) made in one accounting
period for consumption wholly or partly in a following period and written into the
balance sheet as a current basset.
present value The discounted value of a financial sum arising at some future
period. For example, if the discount rate is ro per cent per annum, the present value
this year of £rro earned next year is £roo. £roo this year is equivalent to £rro next
year because £roo invested at the going »rate of interest of ro per cent yields £rro in
r year. If there are financial flows over a number of years, the discounted sums are
additive. For example, if £rro were earned in each of 2 years, the present value would
be: £rro earned in year 2, discounted to year r = £rro/r.ro; this sum is then to be
discounted, again, to the base year = (£rro/r.ro) x r.ro = £rro/(r.ro2). Finally, to this
sum must be added the discounted value of the sum earned in year r, i.e. £rro/r.ro.
The present value, therefore, is £rro/(r.ro2) + £rro/r.ro. In general:
X X X3
present value (PV) =-— +-2— +
(1 + r) (1 + r)2 (1 + r)3 + ''' (1 + r)"
where X„ is the financial flow in year n, and r is the rate of interest (discount rate).
The net present value is the difference between the present value of a future flow of
profits arising from a project and the capital cost of the project. »* investment
appraisal.
price What must be given in exchange for something. Prices are expressed usually
in terms of a quantity of >money per unit of a ^commodity (a good or service) but
in >barter the price of a good is what another good or other goods it can be
exchanged for. Price changes are the means by which the competitive process
determines the allocation of resources in the Mree-market economy. >*► price
system; price theory; shadow price.
monopolist, in effect, takes advantage of the fact that in one market consumers are
prepared to pay more for his/her item than in the other, without losing sales in the
other market. In perfect price discrimination the monopolist charges a different price
to every individual consumer and effectively has a sales revenue equivalent to the
area under the ►demand curve for the product.
price-earnings ratio (P/E ratio) The quoted price of an >>ordinary share divided
by the most recent year's learnings per share. The P/E ratio is thus the reciprocal of
the earnings ►yield and a measure of the price that has to be paid for a given income
from an > equity share. A company whose 25P ordinary shares were quoted at £r.oo
on the >stock exchange and which, in the previous year, had earnings of iop per
share, would have a P/E ratio of ro to 1, i.e. the price of every penny in earnings
would be iop, or the earnings yield would be ro per cent. The price of earnings will
vary with the stock market's assessment of the growth potential involved. Thus, a
company with good growth prospects might have a P/E of 15/1 or more, but a
company with a poor record might have a P/E ratio of considerably less than that.
price regulation A form of regulation, common for >public utilities in the UK,
in which the prices of the supplier are not allowed to rise above a certain level.
The regulation is designed to prevent the abuse of a >monopoly position. United
Kingdom price regulation has applied to telephone, gas, electricity and water pro¬
viders. In each case the design has shared certain common features: (a) allowed price
rises are set out for a few years in advance, typically 4 or 5; (b) there is a review at the
end of each period, at which the regime governing the next period is decided, and
(c) allowed price rises are specified relative to the ►retail prices index (RPI), and
might, for example be RPI minus 4.5 per cent each year. (This protects the regulated
firm against ►inflation.) Under price regulation, if firms can keep their costs low
they can earn big profits. This gives them an incentive to be efficient that does not
exist under ►rate-of-return regulation. But it has been suggested that, in each
periodic review, the regulator looks at the rate of return to decide what new price
formula should be applied, thus reducing the difference between the two types of
scheme. >^Averch-Johnson effect; monopoly; natural monopoly; regulation.
price support A system of agricultural support by which market prices are fixed
at above ►free-market levels and the government buys unsold surpluses, thus
price system
supporting the price and raising farmers' incomes. VCommon Agricultural Policy;
farm subsidies.
price system The mechanism that sends prices up when >demand is in excess
and prices down when >supply is in excess (>resource allocation). The mechanism
referred to is not some co-ordinated control from a central authority, but relies on
the disparate decisions made by independent agents; it is the mechanism that makes
a butcher reduce the price of a leg of lamb he/she is unable to sell, or an ice-cream
salesperson raise the price of cornets on a hot day. It is usually assumed that one
price eventually settles in each market until some disturbance in costs or demand
occurs (Equilibrium). The importance of the price system is: (a) that it serves as a
means of rationing limited supplies among consumers, and (b) that it signals to
producers where money is to be made and thus what they ought to be producing.
W»* comparative static equilibrium analysis; economic efficiency.
price theory The area of economics concerned with the determination of prices
in individual markets. It is an area of >microeconomics and is not directly connected
to the study of >inflation. The two components of price theory are the >demand
side and the >-supply side; it is the interaction of the two that determines Equilib¬
rium output and price in any market. On the demand side, the theory of demand
(»#-demand, theory of) explains consumer behaviour in terms of rational agents
maximizing >utility. On the supply side, various alternative market structures are
investigated: > perfect competition, > monopolistic competition, >oligopoly, and
^-monopoly. There are also alternative theories, of the behaviour of firms, that do
not assume that profit maximization is the sole goal of producers (>-behavioural
theory of the firm), infirm, theory of the; Marshall, A.; resource allocation.
pricing policy The method used by firms-for determining their prices. In this area,
there appears to be a discrepancy between the suggestions of theory and the observed
practice of firms:
prisoner's dilemma
(1) In theory, firms in ^ perfect competition take the market price as given - which
will equal the marginal cost of production - without being able to influence that
price. A >-monopoly or any firm in >monopolistic competition first determines
its output and only then sets a price at the level that just sells the output chosen.
(2) In practice, firms appear to use 'rules of thumb' rather than accurate assessments
of ^marginal revenue and costs. >-Cost-plus pricing, for example, involves charg¬
ing the average cost of producing an item, plus a profit margin, the size of which
is loosely determined by market conditions.
Much debate on pricing policy has surrounded the appropriate policy for > national¬
ized industries, in particular whether they should attempt to emulate the >marginal-
cost pricing of perfect competition (^ Hotelling, H.; menu costs; peak pricing).
prime costs Strictly, ^variable costs plus administrative and other >fixed costs
that can be avoided in the short or long term if there is no output, even while
the firm remains in business. Often used loosely as a synonym for variable costs,
^supplementary costs.
prime rate (US) The Mate of interest charged by ^commercial banks to first-class-
risk corporate borrowers for short-term Moans. The prime rate is the basis of the
whole structure of commercial interest rates in the USA.
prior charges >-Debenture and >preference shareholders have a prior claim over
^ordinary shareholders to ^profits or ^capital repayments. The amount of these
claims is known as 'prior charges on the company'.
(1) If you don't confess and your partner doesn't confess, you will get 3 years in gaol.
(2) If you confess and your partner confesses, you will get 4 years in gaol.
(3) If your partner confesses and you don't, you will get r2 years in gaol.
private company
(4) If your partner doesn't confess and you do, you will get 2 years in gaol.
Criminal B
These results are summarized in the table, where the left-hand number in each pair
is criminal A's sentence, and the right-hand number is criminal B's. Given these four
choices, the optimal one is for them not to confess and get 3 years each. However, if
they each believed the other was to behave in this way, it would pay them to confess
in the hope of getting 2 years. Indeed, scrutiny of the choices shows that if one
believes his/her partner is going to confess, he/she ought to confess also (avoiding
the 12 years), and if one believes the other is not going to confess, he/she still ought
to confess in order to get 2 years instead of 3. This compelling logic will drive both
criminals to confess unless they genuinely have as much concern for each other as
they do for themselves.
Although it recurs in many contexts, the prisoner's dilemma is usually seen as a
way of characterizing >oligopo!y. Here, it may pay firms to collude and jointly act
as a monopolist, but it will pay individual firms to cheat on the colluding deal and
produce more than they agreed to. >#*-Nash equilibrium; repeated game; tit-for-tat.
private enterprise Economic activity in the private, as distinct from the public,
sector (►public enterprise), ►►capitalism; mixed economy.
return, has led to tortuous negotiations. There are over 400 PFI contracts currently
in force, committing departments to future expenditure of around £100 billion.
Most of these contracts are in their early stages. A recent study by the National Audit
Office of i2r PFI projects found that 81 per cent of the public sector bodies that
signed the deals said that value for money was satisfactory or better, but there was
some decline since the letting of the contract. In a few cases contractors have enjoyed
large gains and the Treasury's objective is that the public sector should share gains
on new contracts 50:50.
private net product A term first used by >-Pigou for the net ►national income
or product to distinguish it from the Asocial net product.
private sector That part of the economy in which economic activity is carried on
by ►private enterprise as distinct from the ►public sector. The private sector
includes the > personal sector and the corporate sector.
(> Bayes' theorem) that it represents a degree of ignorance about a process. In this
view, when we ascribe a probability to something we do so given a certain level of
knowledge about it. The probability we specify says as much about our knowledge
of the event as it does about the event itself. >normal distribution.
producer good A Commodity used in the production of other goods and services
as distinct from final or consumer goods. Whether or not a good is a producer or
consumer good will depend not upon the good but upon the use to which it is put.
For example, a pencil bought for use in a drawing-office is a producer good, but one
bought for a child is a consumer good. Producer goods are also known as 'intermedi¬
ate goods'.
production, census of In the UK, the survey of output that has been carried out
annually since 1970; prior to that year, it was taken at 5-year intervals. The census
covers all firms in manufacturing, construction, utilities and extraction industries
employing twenty people or more. Although still referred to as a census, sampling
techniques (Candom sample) are used for firms employing fewer than a hundred
productivity
people. The results of the census are used in compiling national accounts (> social
accounting), input-output tabulations (^input-output analysis) and the weights
used in calculating the index of production and producer price index numbers.
>*► index number.
productivity The relationship between the output of goods and services and the
inputs of resources (>-factors of production) used to produce them. Productivity
usually is measured by ratios of changes in inputs to changes in outputs using
>index numbers. For example, changes in labour productivity - the most common
measure - are measured by an index of man-hours divided into an index of output.
If the production index stands at 150 (1990 = roo) and the index of man-hours worked
stands at 125, then the labour productivity index stands at 120, i.e. labour productivity
has increased by 20 per cent over 1990 levels. This is known as a partial productivity
index, and it does not, in fact, measure changes in the productivity of labour alone
unless inputs of land and capital have remained constant.
The calculation of total factor productivity is difficult in practice since the pro¬
portions of the different factor inputs do not remain constant over time and their
individual contribution to output change is difficult to disentangle. Comparisons
between labour productivity in different sectors of the economy (e.g. between
^capital-intensive manufacturing and >-labour-intensive services) need to be inter¬
preted with care for the same reason. Another problem in productivity calculations
product life cycle | 312
is that the quality of unit inputs may vary, e.g. the use of more highly trained labour
may lead to higher output without any increase in the number of man-hours.
Since changes in productivity are affected by the level of capacity utilization, the
underlying trend of productivity growth may be very different from that indicated
by short-term movements in productivity indexes. In the long run, productivity
advance is the main cause of increases in real >per capita income. (The measures
mentioned relate to average productivity; marginal productivity is the change in
output caused by an increase or decrease of one unit of the factors of production.)
Mnterest, productivity theories of.
product life cycle The theory that new manufactured products are first developed
in high-income countries that have large markets for technologically advanced
products and the scientists and engineers to develop them. After a time, the products
are exported and later produced abroad, perhaps by subsidiaries, then imitated by
less advanced countries, the labour costs of which enable them to export to the
original first mover (> first-mover advantage). This does not mean that the first
mover suffers, because it can develop new products that begin their own cycle. The
product life cycle theory was first put forward by Posner and Vernon to explain
leadership and decline by US ^multinational corporations in the r96os. Although
subject to criticism, the theory does reflect experience in the production of some
products (e.g. motor cars or electric typewriters) that began on a large scale in the
USA and that are now manufactured in many countries, some of which export to
the USA. However, in some cases (e.g. video cassette recorders from Japan) the
first-mover advantage has been retained, while in others (motor cycles from the UK)
it has been lost. The real significance of the theory is that it recognizes the inter¬
actions between domestic and international markets and the roles of new technology
and technological diffusion among nations, that are much more complicated than
suggested by the s»-Heckscher-Ohlin principle.
for example, or is paying ► rent below the market rate because it has a long leasehold
interest, it would also be necessary for the economist to deduct full ►imputed costs
for these returns to factors of production, rather than simply the actual money
outlays from revenue in arriving at profit. A firm may, therefore, be making an
accounting profit while operating at an economic loss.
profit-sharing The name given to describe any scheme under which workers in a
firm receive a remuneration that is explicitly conditional upon the future ►profits
of the firm. Typical profit-sharing schemes would give workers a profit-related bonus
at the end of the year or would pay workers an amount based on a formula in
which profit was a component. Two primary motivations underlie arguments for
profit-sharing: (a) the desire for workers' wages to be flexible and reflect the perform¬
ance of their company - if remuneration automatically falls when profits fall, the
need for redundancies will be minimized, and (b) the desire for workers to identify
their interests with those of their employer - to feel that they have a personal stake
in the success of the company. Against profit-sharing, it can be argued that: (a)
workers desire stable ►income and that any risk of company failure should be borne
by the shareholders, and (b) that, in a properly functioning free >labour market,
wages would be flexible anyway, ^employee share-ownership schemes.
promissory note A legal document between a lender and a borrower whereby the
latter agrees to certain conditions for the repayment of the sum of money borrowed.
When one borrows from a ►commercial bank, one signs a promissory note. Particu¬
lar forms of promissory notes, known as commercial paper, can be bought and sold.
They are usually issued by large corporations, but in some countries (e.g. Spain and
Japan) promissory notes are a common form of ►small business finance.
(r) The average propensity to import: the ratio of the total value of imports to national
income. It is the proportion of national income spent on imports.
(2) The marginal propensity to import: the proportion of an increase in national income
that is spent on imports. For example, if national income increased by £100, and
imports increased by £20, then the marginal propensity to import would be
20/100 = 1/5. The marginal propensity to import is a useful concept in two ways:
(a) if it can be accurately measured and it is relatively constant over time, it can
be used to predict the increase in imports which will result from an increase in
income - to continue the above example, if the marginal propensity to import is
estimated as 1/5 and national income is expected to increase by £10 billion, we
can predict that imports will increase by £2 billion, and this may be very useful
from the point of view of control of the economy and the ►balance of payments,
and (b) the marginal propensity to import determines, among other things, the
value of the >multiplier, and an estimate of it will therefore be required to
estimate the effects on national income of a change in ►investment, government
expenditure (►budget), exports or > taxation.
Though, in the short run, the average and marginal propensities to import may be
taken as relatively constant, it must be remembered that they reflect demands for
foreign goods from firms and households, and are therefore influenced by: (a) relative
prices of foreign and domestic goods, and (b) the willingness of domestic agents to
borrow from abroad to finance their spending.
proportional tax A >-tax which is levied at the same rate at all >income levels.
Hence, it is intermediate between a > progressive tax and a ►regressive tax.
public-choice theory The area of ^welfare economics concerned with the ways
in which society makes - and ought to make - decisions on issues such as regulation
and public goods. For ^economic efficiency, it is important that there is an appropri¬
ate level of provision of ^public goods (e.g. defence), but it is not possible for
individual consumers to make those decisions. It is not easy to turn everybody's
individual preferences for defence into a single figure for society as a whole, or to
charge people for defence in proportion to their strength of preference (>■ free-rider
problem). Some kind of State institutions will make these decisions, using some kind
of rules to translate public desires into an overall social decision. Public choice theory
is concerned with voting mechanisms and constitutions that might be more or less
efficient in delivering public desires. But the theory is most closely associated with
the Public Choice School and Buchanan (»► Buchanan, J.). This views government
not as some kind of benevolent agent of the public, doing its best to serve, but instead
as some kind of Leviathan, aiming to maximize its revenue, exploits its monopoly
power and expand its own power. Buchanan supports constitutional limits on the
ability of governments to tax, borrow and print money, ^impossibility theorem;
paradox of voting; social-welfare function; welfare economics.
with the principles justifying it (^public goods), the mechanisms for allocating it
(►►public-choice theory) and the authorities responsible for it (>► fiscal federalism).
Public spending in the UK was equivalent to 38.3 per cent of gross domestic product
(GDP) in 2000/or, down from a peak of 48.1 per cent in 1975/76. About half represents
transfers to the private sector in the form of, for example, subsidies and social
security benefits. Comparable figures internationally for 20or were: the USA (30.4
per cent of GDP), Australia (33.1 per cent), Japan (36.9 per cent), Canada (38.2 per
cent), Italy (45.7 per cent), Germany (45.9 per cent) and France (48.6 per cent).
In the UK, Parliament approves Estimates, which give the government the auth¬
ority to spend money and, more recently, to use resources, ( ►►resource accounting
and budgeting). The first formal request to Parliament for funds is in the Main
Estimates presented at the time of the >-budget. During the year, Supplementary
Estimates may be presented. After the end of the financial year, the government
publishes the Public Expenditure Outturn White Paper, outlining what has been
spent. The Public Accounts Committee and the National Audit Office attempt to
verify that the funds have been used honestly and effectively.
The broadest aggregate of public spending is called Mtotal managed expenditure.
This is divided into departmental expenditure limits (DELs) accounting for just
over half of public spending, and this is allocated to departments in major spending
reviews announced every 2 years. (Departments receive a rolling 3-year allocation,
with the periods of each spending review overlapping each other.) The other major
spending aggregate is called ^annually managed expenditure and accounts for items
like debt interest, social security benefits, and payments to the »► European Union.
The DELs are themselves divided up into current spending totals, and capital spend¬
ing totals, with capital spending representing under 10 per cent of the total. >gener-
ational accounting; public sector net borrowing; public sector net cash requirement.
for example, has public-good properties, benefiting not only the community as a
whole, but especially inventors who take out patents. > impossibility theorem;
paradox of voting; ^externalities.
public ownership >nationalized industries.
public private partnerships ^-private finance initiative.
public sector Comprises central government and local authorities {general govern¬
ment), together with the nationalized industries or public corporations. Central
government includes all those departments and other bodies for whose activities a
minister of the Crown or other responsible person is accountable to Parliament,
^privatization.
the cost were converted at that exchange rate. For example, if a loaf of bread cost £i
in the UK and $2 in the USA the purchasing-power parity exchange rate would be
£1 to $2. Market exchange rates are determined by a mix of forces and can fluctuate
considerably. This makes accurate comparisons of international economies using
market exchange rates difficult. The use of PPP is a preferred alternative, although
not without its own problems of measurement. The ► World Bank ranks all countries
by ►gross national product per capita using this method and the ►Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development also publishes comparable international
economic data based on PPP.
quantity rationing The name given to one of four states of an economy that can
exist when ►excess demand or >excess supply persist in the > labour market or in
the markets for goods and services. Quantity rationing is an area of ►macroeconom¬
ics in the tradition of ►Keynes (>Keynesian economics). It focuses on the study
of ►disequilibrium, in contrast to ►neo-classical economics or >new classical
economics (>economic doctrines) which are predominantly concerned with the
behaviour of economies in which all markets clear. In quantity-rationing theory,
markets that have become dislodged from an equilibrium may not find that equilib¬
rium again, even if prices are generally flexible. The reason is that when one market
is out of equilibrium, the price mechanism in other markets may not work properly.
For example, unemployed workers may be willing to work for £300 a week, and
employers may be willing to employ them for £300 a week, but to do that, employers
quantity theory of money | 320
need to know that the workers will spend their new-found income. But as the
workers have no work and have no income, they cannot signal to employers that
they would be buying new products if only they could be employed. The disequilibria
are mutually reinforcing. Another way of expressing the same point is that in a
market out of equilibrium, buyers or sellers are rationed in how much they can buy
or sell, and in this case, quantity signals matter as well as price signals.
Four different possible regimes are held to apply: (a) >repressed inflation: excess
demand exists in both the labour and good markets (buyers are rationed in both);
(b) >Keynesian unemployment: excess supply exists in both the labour and goods
markets (sellers are rationed in both and don't sell everything they would like to
sell); (c) >classical unemployment: excess supply exists in the labour market, and
excess demand in the goods market, and (d) >underconsumption: excess demand
exists in the labour market, and excess supply exists in the goods market, inform¬
ation, economics of.
quantity theory of money The theory that changes in the >money supply have
a direct influence on prices and nothing else. The theory is derived from the identity
MV = PT (called the >Fisher equation) where M = stock of money, V = velocity with
which the money circulates (>-velocity of circulation), P = average >price level, and
T = the output of goods and ^services. All this equation says is that the amount of
money spent equals the amount of money used. It is not a theory, it is a truism. The
theory itself has two key elements: (a) that the velocity with which money circulates
is stable, at least in the short term, and (b) that the number of transactions (which
is closely related to the level of physical output) is fixed by the tastes of individuals,
and the real behaviour of firms in equilibrium. In this case, increases in M can only
lead to increases in P, i.e. money supply increases cause ^inflation. The theory
provided the basis for >macroeconomics prior to >• Keynes' General Theory of Employ¬
ment, Interest and Money (1936), and had a plausibility about it in the eyes of early
proponents of >neo-classical economics, who strongly believed in the power of
markets to settle at equilibrium points. It was largely superseded by the ^Keynesian
economics, under which both elements of the theory came under attack. Increases
in M were held to lead to falls in V - and, in some circumstances, increases in real
income. However, in the 1960s the quantity theory re-emerged in a more sophisti¬
cated form through the work of >-Friedman. He accepted the Keynesian view that V
could alter when M altered, but said that it did so only in stable and predictable
ways. On the second postulate, whereas Keynes said that unemployment could exist
at an equilibrium of the national economy and therefore an increase in the money
supply could increase real output, Friedman, although admitting unemployment
could persist, held that this was caused by structural factors in the economy (>unem-
ployment, natural rate of) and could not be influenced by .^aggregate demand
measures, at least not for very long, ^economic doctrines; monetarism.
quartile Vpercentile.
materials, and it can sell them at 4op. A quasi-rent of 3op is earned. This is not,
however, the profit of the firm, because there are costs of fixed inputs that have to
be covered by sales, even though they don't add to the cost of making extra pens. A
lossmaking firm can earn quasi-rents.
Quasi-rent is analagous to ►economic rent because it represents a return in excess
of that necessary to keep the firm in production - whenever price exceeds avoidable
costs. It differs from economic rent, however, in that it is a temporary phenomenon.
It can exist because in the short run competing firms do not have time to enter an
industry, and firms do not have time to exit an industry either, and may have
irretrievable >sunk costs. ►barriers to exit.
Raddiffe Report The Committee on the Working of the Monetary System was
set up in May 1957, under the chairmanship of Lord Radcliffe, with wide terms of
reference. It published its report in August 1959. The report received considerable
critical acclaim for the high standard of its description of the UK financial system
and its institutions. At the same time, however, it gave rise to some criticism that
the report had not given sufficient weight to the importance of regulating the
quantity of money (^monetary policy) as part of economic and financial policy.
The Radcliffe Report concluded that monetary policy should give priority to control¬
ling the > liquidity of the monetary system, and not the quantity of money in the
system: 'Rejecting from among such measures (i.e. monetary measures to control
> inflation) any restriction of the supply of money, we advocate measures to strike
more directly and rapidly at the liquidity of spenders. We regard a combination of
controls of S-capital issues, bank advances and »-consumer credit as being most
likely to serve this purpose.' Reasons for taking this view were the 'theoretical
difficulties' of identifying 'the supply of money' and the 'haziness that lies in the
impossibility of limiting' the income >velocity of circulation. Nevertheless, the
report did not dismiss the quantity of money as unimportant, but rather believed
that given proper control of liquidity it would look after itself. In external policy,
the report was in favour of fixed ^exchange rates. 'It would be more difficult, if
there were no fixed rate to be defended, to keep domestic costs in line with costs
abroad, and the need to devalue might result from the very ease with which the
external value of the currency could be adjusted.'
random walk The path of a variable over time that exhibits no predictable pattern
at all. For example, if a price, p, moves in a random walk, the value of p in any period
will be equal to the value of p in the period before, plus or minus some random
variable. That random variable is normally distributed (> normal distribution) with
rate of interest
rate of interest The proportion of a sum of money that is paid over a specified
period of time in payment for its loan. It is the price a borrower has to pay to enjoy
the use of cash he/she does not own, and the return a lender enjoys for deferring
consumption or parting with liquidity. The rate of interest is a price that can be
analysed in the normal framework of >demand and >supply analysis. It may be
seen as a price in two different markets:
(r) The market for >investment funds. It equalizes the demand for such funds, which
is for investment, and the supply, which is ^saving. If investors believe that they
can earn a return of ro per cent on borrowed money by building a factory, and
the rate of interest is 5 per cent, they will demand all the funds that are available,
indeed will eventually offer more than 5 per cent to obtain cash which will earn
them a profit at any rate up to ro per cent. Savers, on the other hand, have a rate
of >time preference reflecting the compensation they require for putting money
aside for the future and not spending it in the present. If they need only 4 per
cent to be induced to save, and the rate of interest is 8 per cent, there will be so
much money put into savings that the rate will be driven down. The rate of interest
thus adjusts to ensure that investment equals saving, with saving reflecting the
weight people attach to current consumption over future consumption, and
investment the amount of extra future production that can be expected to result
from building new plant and machinery.
(2) The market for liquid assets (>liquidity). Firms and consumers may prefer their
assets to be in a readily available form - they would prefer money worth £r
million to a factory worth the same. However, most borrowers will need cash for
long-term use, and will need the certainty that they won't have to pay it back
at short notice. Thus, to compensate people for giving up ready access to the
money they lend (their loss of liquidity), interest is paid. This means that the
interest rate has an important influence on the demand for money, and on very
liquid assets.
The interest rate is thus affected by ^liquidity preference and >-time preference.
>-Keynes introduced the idea of its importance in the demand for money and
emphasized it in this role. Classical economists ignored liquidity preference, believ¬
ing it to be in the market for investment that the rate of interest was determined.
The problem of bringing the money market and the investment market to equilib¬
rium with one price was at the heart of Keynesian economics. It would be surprising
if a satisfactory equilibrium was achieved in both markets simultaneously. In simple
theory, only one interest rate should prevail in the economy - if, for example, one
rate of return | 324
bank offers a lower return than another, investors would move their cash from the
first until it has so little money that it is forced to raise its rate (►arbitrage). However,
for two main reasons, many rates prevail at any one time:
(1) ►Financial intermediaries charge for their services by adding to the interest rate
they charge borrowers or subtracting from the rate they pay lenders. This means
there is an interest-rate differential: lenders get less than borrowers pay if a
financial intermediary arranges the loan.
(2) Interest rates also carry a risk premium: those lending money will want a higher-
than-market rate of return if their investment has an uncertain return (►risk).
>► capital asset pricing model; interest, abstinence theory of; interest, classical theory
of; interest, natural rate of; interest, productivity theories of; interest, time preference
theory of; liquidity trap; term structure of interest rates.
(1) It appears to demolish any case for government policy aimed at stimulating
demand in the economy: if the government expands the money supply by 5 per
cent, everybody will believe that prices will rise as a consequence. This will make
them add 5 per cent to their wage demands or prices and a 5 per cent price
inflation occurs without there being any positive effect on output or employment
(>policy ineffectiveness theorem).
(2) Markets behave efficiently (^efficient markets hypothesis). The price of the
shares of a company reflects the profits the company is expected to make. If
expectations are rational, the price at any time is based on expectations that have
taken into consideration all possible information about the company. This means
that if some 'news' arrives that indicates the company's fortunes are likely to
change, that information will cause the price to change immediately. Moreover,
as the 'news' that arrives can reflect only random, not systematic, events, the
price of the company's shares must follow a random path (>random walk).
Rawls, John (1921-2002) American political theorist, whose main work, A Theory
of Justice (:1971), outlined a basis for ranking social outcomes - an implicit >social-
welfare function. His notion was that social welfare should simply be defined in
terms of the welfare of the least well off - a so-called >maximin strategy. The welfare
real balance effect | 326
of the rest of the population should only be treated as a tie-breaking rule for ranking
different outcomes that were irrelevant to the least well off. Rawls derived this idea
by postulating that it is the principle we would choose to live by, if we were
asked to make such a choice before finding out whether we ourselves were to be rich
or poor.
real business cycle theory The argument that the >business cycle is caused not
by fluctuations in ^aggregate demand, as generally supposed, but by shocks in the
conditions under which producers supply their products (Xsupply-side economics).
It is associated with ^rational expectations, and the idea that markets generally
function very smoothly; thus, any ups and downs in economic activity must reflect
the outcome of rational decisions made by many individuals. In real business cycle
theory, the ups and downs are caused by technology or some other shock to the
supply-side of the economy. Suppose a new productivity-enhancing device comes
along; employers will want to invest, expand output and employ more people. That
will lead to a boom. There may be other times when new advances are lacking, or
productivity is low, and at that point employers will rationally choose not to produce
as much and there will be a recession. The downturn is simply the optimal reaction
of individuals to the lack of productive opportunities. For proponents of the theory,
the economy will be busier in high productivity times than low productivity times,
just as construction workers do more work in the summer than the winter. Of course,
booms are nicer than recessions, but there is no need to react to either as they
represent the best use of the opportunties available. While influential and contro¬
versial, real business cycle theory has not attracted much empirical support.
real terms A > money value adjusted for changes in ^prices. The nominal value
of the > national income may rise by io per cent over a year with a similar increase
in personal expenditure, but if consumer prices have risen by 8 per cent the quantity
of goods and services that are purchased by the consumer will have increased only
by about 2 per cent. Thus, to convert money values to constant prices or real terms it
is necessary to deflate (^deflation) data at current prices by an appropriate J^index
number. In the same way, money wages or other forms of income can be adjusted
to real wages or real income to allow for changes in the purchasing power of earnings.
>^money illusion.
real time gross settlement (RTGS) A settlement system based on the immediate
payment for a transaction, which is not reduced to take account of offsetting
payments in the reverse direction. Its principal merit is that it protects against default
by the debtor and hence >systemic risk. The system is used for large-value payment
transfers between organizations such as ^central banks.
!fll_ reducing balance
receiver ►bankruptcy.
a = f,(z)
b = f2(a)
a = fj(fc)
b = f2(fl)
The significance of the recursive model is the ease with which it can be solved in
terms of exogenous variables: values for all the endogenous variables can be found
straightforwardly if the equations are solved in the right order. In the above example,
the first equation gives a value for the endogenous variable a given a value of the
exogenous variable z. The resulting value for a then becomes the value of the now
exogenous variable a in the second equation to obtain the value of the endogenous
variable b. ►dependent variable.
redeemable securities >Stock or >bonds that are repayable at their ►par value
at a certain date, dates or specified eventuality. Most fixed-interest ^securities are
redeemable, though Monsols bear no redemption date. ►Ordinary shares and some
►preference shares are irredeemable, ►►redemption date.
redemption date The date at which a Moan will be repaid or release given from
other obligations, ^redeemable securities.
annual depreciation rate of about 37 per cent. Although the reducing-balance system
gives a lighter depreciation charge in later years when maintenance and repair costs
as well as risk of ►obsolescence may be higher (as opposed to the straight-line
method, where equal depreciation is charged every year), it is unlikely to accord
very closely with actual depreciation. However, the taxation authorities in the UK
and other countries base ►tax allowances for certain ► capital investment on a
reducing balance (►capital allowances).
regional policy The framework for measures taken in the attempt to reduce
disparities between economic development in general and ►unemployment in
particular among different parts of the country. All countries have prosperous and
depressed regions, though in some the disparities are greater than in others. In most
cases, depressed areas result from the decline of once important industries or other
economic activities. Governments have attempted to restore prosperity by creating
incentives for new industry to move into these areas and by improvements in local
►infrastructure, though these policies have had only limited success. More recently,
attention has shifted towards the scope for stimulating self-regeneration capacity by
the promotion of ► small business, ►assisted areas.
regulation
regressive tax A >tax which takes a decreasing proportion of > income as income
rises.
regulated utilities The UK has a number of bodies for the regulation of utilities
and other public services. The Office for the Regulation of Electricity and Gas,
the Office of Water Services and the Office of Telecommunications are the most
prominent but there are many others, including the Postal Services Commission,
the Independent Television Commission, the Occupational Pensions Regulatory
Authority and the Office of the Rail Regulator. For the utilities proper, prices are
regulated so that they change in line with the ^retail prices index minus an x factor
to take account of productivity improvements. This procedure differs from the US
regulatory model which is on the basis of cost plus a reasonable rate of return. The
British system also is based on single person regulators instead of the US multi-person
commission.
regulatory capture The situation that occurs when regulators advocate the
interests of the producers they are intended to regulate, ^regulation.
re-intermediation disintermediation.
remittances Emigration.
rent 1 The income accruing to the owner for the services of a Edurable good, e.g.
a piece of land, property or computer (>► Ricardo, D.). 2 Eeconomic rent.
rentier Someone who receives his income in the form of >interest and ^-dividends
rather than in wages or salary and who does not otherwise participate in the process
of production. A provider of Ecapital and person of independent means.
repo Sale and repurchase agreement under which funds are borrowed through the
sale of short-term securities (>-money market) on condition that the instruments
are repurchased at a given date. Used between >central banks and the money market
as part of >open-market operations. First developed in the USA, repos are also
used widely as a borrowing method by large corporations, banks and non-banking
institutions. M»gilt repo.
for their services, and that no government had the right without very good reason
to interfere with the freedom of private citizens to make contracts. In r955, the
Monopolies and Mergers Commission (►competition policy) recommended that
RPM, collectively enforced by manufacturers, should be made illegal, although
individual manufacturers should be permitted to continue the practice. The report
served as the basis for the ► Restrictive Trade Practices Act r956. The Resale Prices Act
1964 was passed under which all resale price agreements were assumed to be against
the public interest unless it could be proved otherwise to a court, ^competition
policy; vertical restraints.
research and development (R & D) Activity that includes: (a) basic or pure
research intended to increase knowledge without any particular application in view,
e.g. research into the properties of materials; (b) applied research directed at a
particular objective, e.g. searching for a new material for a product, or (c) experi¬
mental or development work on new inventions or the improvement of existing
products and processes. All three types of R & D are carried out by government
research laboratories, universities, research institutes and company research estab¬
lishments. About 2 per cent of the employed ^labour force is engaged in R & D work
in the USA and about half that percentage in Europe. However, these figures relate
to professional, recorded R & D workers only; a substantial amount of R & D is carried
on by amateurs and in small firms that goes unrecorded. Research and development
activity is important because of its role in defence policy and commercial ►innov¬
ation. While it is the case that some countries may have an interest in avoiding the
costs of R & D while enjoying the benefits of investments in it by other countries
(►free-rider problem), academics in the area surmise that a minimum national
investment in R & D is necessary even to adopt or replicate other nations' technol¬
ogy. That basic minimum may be seen as an 'entry-ticket' to the modern world.
are used, rather than when cash relating to resources changes hands. Formerly,
government departments had just produced information and planned its activities
on the basis of the >-cash flow. The most important distinction between the two
relates to >-capital assets, which incur a large cash flow in one year but not such a
large real flow of resources. The hope is that the bulk of such assets in the public
sector can be valued in order that an annual charge can be levied for the »-cost of
capital incurred by the department over time, ^-private finance initiative; public
expenditure.
resource allocation The choices made about how scarce ^factors of production
should be used in an economy. It is the fact that resources are scarce (> scarcity) that
leads to the need for allocation. Any allocation of inputs determines the composition
and size of an economy's output, so each allocation therefore can be defined in two
ways: either (a) by the use made of inputs, or (b) by the mix of total output. In a
world consisting of only two goods (e.g. milk and honey), each possible allocation
may be represented by a point on a graph with output of one of the commodities
on each axis. Society, probably through a >price mechanism, or through central
planning (^planned economy) chooses one of the combinations. If, in such an
economy, no more milk could be produced without a fall in the output of honey,
the allocation is efficient and lies on the ^transformation curve of the economy. If
it were possible to allocate resources in a different way so that there was more milk
and more honey produced, resources would be being used inefficiently, ^economic
efficiency.
resources Scarce inputs that can yield futility through production or provision
of goods and services (> depletion theory; factors of production; natural resources;
production function; resource allocation).
Restrictive Trade Practices Acts The UK Act of 1956 (later consolidated in 1976),
based on the recommendations of the >-Monopolies and Mergers Commission's
1955 report on Collective Discrimination - A Report on Exclusive Dealing, Aggregated
Rebates and Other Discriminatory Trade Practices. This Act required the registration of
all agreements between two or more firms, whether buyers or sellers, which contain
restrictions on >prices, quantities or quality of goods traded or on channels of
distribution. It set up a Restrictive Practices Court. The Act was replaced by the
Competition Acts r98o and 1988 and the new approach is not to register agreements
but to punish those who make anti-competitive agreements, ^competition policy.
retail prices index An index (>-index number) of the prices of goods and services
purchased by consumers to measure the rate of ^inflation or the cost of living. The
weights used in the index are revised annually and based on the proportion of
>household expenditure spent on each item, information on which is obtained in
the UK from the Family Expenditure Survey. The prices of these items are collected,
and the index updated, monthly. Changes in the index have an important effect on
the economy because they may influence wage and salary awards and may affect
retail trade | 334
retail trade The final link in the chain of distribution from the manufacturer to
the final consumer. The economic functions of the retailer are to hold stocks at a
location convenient to the consumer so as to provide him/her with choice, guidance
and after-sales service and, where appropriate, credit facilities (>consumer credit).
In providing these services, the retailer adds value to the goods he/she purchases
from the wholesaler or direct from the manufacturer (>value added). There were
221,000 retail businesses registered for > value-added tax at the end of 1994 in the
UK (not all retailers need to register for VAT) but the number of small retailers has
fallen substantially since 1950, mainly as a result of competition from the large
multiple retailers that enjoy »-economies of scale in operation and in purchasing
from their suppliers ^countervailing power; wholesale trade).
the consumer. Implicitly, therefore, the approach does construct at least a partial
indifference map of the form used in indifference-curve theory and should best be
seen as an alternative expression of this theory rather than a replacement for it.
^►demand, theory of; Samuelson, P. A.
Ricardo, David (1772-1823) The son of Jewish parents who were connected with
the ►money market, first in The Netherlands and later in London, Ricardo had little
formal education. At the early age of 14, however, he was already working in the
money market himself. It was James Mill (the father of >Mill, J. S.) who persuaded
Ricardo, himself diffident about his own abilities, to write. Nevertheless, Ricardo
succeeded in making a fortune on the >-stock exchange, sufficient for him to be able
to retire at 42. Not surprisingly, many of his earlier publications were concerned
with money and banking. In 1810, he published a pamphlet on The High Price of
Bullion, a Proof of the Depreciation of Bank Notes; in 1811 appeared the Reply to Mr
Bosanquet's Practical Observations on the Report of the Bullion Committee, and in 1816
Proposals for an Economical and Secure Currency. However, his work on monetary
economics did not have the originality or exert the influence comparable to his
studies in other branches of economics. His Essay on the Influence of the Low Price of
Com on the Profits of Stock (1815), was the prototype for his most important work The
Principles of Political Economy and Taxation (1817) that was to dominate English
►classical economics for the following half-century. In his Principles, Ricardo was
basically concerned 'to determine the laws which regulate the distribution (between
the different classes of landowners, capitalists and labour) of the produce of industry'.
His approach was to construct a theoretical ►model which abstracted from the
complexities of an actual economy so as to attempt to reveal the major important
influences at work within it. His economy was predominantly agricultural. With
►demand rising as a result of increasing >population, and a level of subsistence
Ricardo, David
which tended, by custom, to rise also over time, more and more less-fertile >land
had to be brought into cultivation. The return (in terms of the output of corn) of
each further addition of >-capital and >Tabour to more land fell (>diminishing
returns, law of). This process continued until it was no longer considered sufficiently
profitable to bring any additional plots of land under cultivation. However, >oppor-
tunity costs and >profits must be the same on all land, whether or not it was
marginal. Labour cost the same wherever it was applied. If profits were higher at one
place than at another, it would encourage capital to be invested at the place of high
return, until by the process of diminishing returns, profit fell into line with profits
elsewhere. Therefore, as costs and profits were the same throughout, a surplus was
earned on the non-marginal land, and this was >rent (shaded in the diagram).
The consequence of this was that, as the population expanded and more less-fertile
land was brought into cultivation, profits became squeezed between the increasing
proportion of total output that went in rent and the basic minimum level of subsist¬
ence allocated to the wages of labour. Ricardo assumed that prices were determined
principally by the quantity of labour used during production (>value, theories of).
However, he recognized that capital costs did nevertheless, also have an influence
on prices and that the effect of a rise in wages on relative prices depended on the
proportion of these two ^factors of production in the various ^commodities. With a
rise in wages, ^capital-intensive goods became cheaper relative to >labour-intensive
goods, with a consequent shift in the demand and output in favour of the former
(>Ricardo effect).
In the theory of > international trade Ricardo stated explicitly for the first time
the law of comparative advantage. This law can best be illustrated by means of the
example of two countries A and B producing two commodities, e.g. cloth and wine.
Ricardo effect
If the relative cost of cloth to wine is the same in both countries, then no trade will
take place because there is no gain to be had by exchanging wine (or cloth) for cloth
(or wine) produced abroad for that produced at home. Trade will take place where
cost differences exist. These can be of two kinds: (a) if wine is cheap in country A
and cloth in B, A will specialize in wine and B in cloth, and exchange will take place
to their mutual advantage, and (b) the law of comparative advantage states the
condition under which trade will take place, even though both commodities may
be produced more cheaply in one country than another.
A 120 IOO
B 80 90
Country B exports one unit of wine to A, and imports in exchange 120/roo units of
cloth. If country B had devoted the 80 man-hours employed in making wine for
exports to making cloth instead, it would have produced only 80/90 units of cloth.
Country B therefore gains from trade by the difference ((r2o/roo) - (80/90)) units of
cloth. As long as country B can exchange wine for cloth at a rate higher than 80/90,
it will therefore gain from the trade. If country A exports a unit of cloth to B, it will
obtain in exchange 90/80 units of wine. If the roo man-hours required by A to
produce a unit of cloth had been devoted to the home production of wine, only
T00/120 units of wine would be obtained. The gain from trade therefore is (90/80) -
(100/120) units of wine. Provided, therefore, country A can exchange cloth for wine
at a rate higher than ioo/r2o, it will gain from the trade. Within the range of exchange
of wine for cloth of 120/100 and 80/90, both countries therefore benefit.
The law of comparative advantage survives as an important part of the theory of
international trade today. Otherwise, Ricardo's main contribution is the analytical
approach of theoretical model-building that has contributed substantially to econ¬
omists' methodological toolkits. >► equation of international demand; Heckscher-
Ohlin principle; Ricardian equivalence.
Ricardo effect The idea, supported by >von Hayek that, if the > prices firms
received for their outputs increased more than the >opportunity costs of their raw
materials and wages, the average rate of >profit on ^-capital employed per year
increased more for those firms with a short, than for those with a long, turnover
period. This can best be illustrated by a simple arithmetical example. If the rate of
profit per year is 5 per cent, £100 of capital will yield £ros in 1 year and £110 in 2 years
(approximately, ignoring »compound interest). If output prices rise by, say, 1 per
cent, the > yield rises to £6 for 1 year and to £11 in 2 years. The rate of profit, therefore,
rises to 6 per cent per annum for the capital that can be turned over in 1 year, but only
to 5Vi per cent per annum for capital with a 2-year turnover period. Consequently, in
a boom, when ^commodity prices rise faster than wages, firms are discouraged from
investing in capital goods industries because of the long production time required.
This reaction is called the Ricardo effect because of its affinity to Ricardo's argument
that, if >real wages fall, firms tend to substitute Mabour for machinery. This
conclusion contrasted sharply with >Keynes' views based on the principle of the
accelerator ^acceleration principle).
RIE
risk A state in which the number of possible future events exceeds the number of
events that will actually occur, and some measure of ^probability can be attached
to them. This definition distinguishes risk from ^uncertainty, in which the prob¬
abilities are unknown. A gambler, for example, faces risk because he/she could
either be very much richer tomorrow or (more likely) slightly poorer, depending on
whether a roulette wheel spins the ball into the right hole - and the odds of the
roulette wheel are known. ^Bernoulli's hypothesis; probability.
It is normally assumed that economic agents dislike risk (>*-risk aversion) and in
the market for financial assets the riskier an asset, the higher the expected return
investors will require of it (>-expected utility; portfolio theory), ^sovereign risk;
systemic risk.
risk assessment A measure of the risks of a course of action, and the costs and
benefits of reducing those risks. Risk assessment has been promoted as a means of
preventing economic activity that creates more dangers than are reasonable. But
perhaps more importantly, it can prevent the error of creating 'too much safety' -
the imposition of costly safety mechanisms that reduce risks less than is worthwhile,
given the cost. Economists argue that it is not worth investing millions of pounds
in, for example, a rail safety system, if it is expected to save one life a year, if the
money could have saved more lives invested elsewhere. »S*cost-benefit analysis;
precautionary principle; quality-adjusted life years.
risk aversion The placing of a higher value on a prospect arriving with certainty
than on an uncertain prospect that has the same expected outcome but with some
»-risk or > uncertainty attached. If you would prefer to be given £10 with certainty
than to have a 50 per cent chance of £15 and a 50 per cent chance of £5 (which
gives an average of £10) then you are risk-averse. Economists normally assume
that consumers are risk-averse on account of ^diminishing marginal utility. The
displeasure of losing £5 outweighs the pleasure of winning an extra £5 because the
richer we are, the less we probably value £5 (^Bernoulli's hypothesis). Risk aversion
explains why people normally insure against disaster. Gambling, on the other hand,
Robinson, Joan Violet
is risk-loving behaviour; people at casinos on average pay out more than they win
back. >#«-Allais, M.; expected utility.
rounding error The discrepancy that sometimes arises when numbers are shown
to fewer digits than those in which they were calculated. When suppressing a decimal
place it is usual to round down when a number is below 0.5 and to round up when
it is above 0.5. The same principle applies to the rounding of whole numbers. For
example, the following numbers total 6.68 to two decimal places or 6.7 to one decimal
RTS
place. If each is rounded to the nearest whole number the total of 7 is still retained,
although the rounded numbers add to 8.
1.64 2
1.66 2
1.69 2
1.69 2
6.68 8
sales tax A tax levied as a proportion of the retail ► price of a ►commodity at the
point of sale. An indirect tax (►direct taxation), the term is sometimes used to refer
to all taxes on expenditure, i.e. to include ►value-added tax, which is levied at all
levels of production and distribution. There are no single-stage sales taxes as such
in the UK, though they are levied in the USA and some other countries. Sales taxes
may be general (i.e. levied on all sales) or targeted, i.e. levied on a selective basis.
>► fiscal neutrality; taxation.
saturation point
sample The study of a few members of a ►population for the purpose of identifying
attributes applicable to the population as a whole. The advantage of sampling is that
it is cheaper than a study covering the entire population, Moreover, testing the
entire population may be impractical, e.g. when the test procedures are destructive
as, for example, in food-tasting. Provided the sampling procedures are designed
properly, the margin of error in the estimates may be calculated, and the degree to
which the error may be reduced by increasing the sample size. >normal distribution;
s^-quota sample; random sample; stratified sample.
Samuelson, Paul Anthony (b. 1915) Professor Samuelson was appointed to the
Chair of Economics at Massachusetts Institute of Technology in ^47. He served in
the US Treasury for 7 years after the end of the Second World War. In 1970, he
received the >-Nobel Prize in Economics. His publications include Foundations of
Economic Analysis (1947), Economics (1948) and Linear Programming and Economic
Analysis (with Dorfman and ►Solow) (1958). Samuelson developed the >Heckscher-
Ohlin principle by showing how an increase in the ►price of a > commodity can
raise the »-income of the ► factor of production used most intensively in producing
it (^capital-intensive). This led to his formulating the factor price equalization theorem,
which states the conditions under which, as >free trade in commodities narrows
differences in commodity prices between countries, the prices (incomes) of factors
of production are also brought into line, i.e. free trade is a substitute for the free
mobility of factors of production. Professor Samuelson has made important contri¬
butions to the development of mathematical economics, general Equilibrium
theory and the theory of > consumer behaviour. To free the last from what he
considered to be the constraint of the traditional concept of futility, he invented
►revealed preference. In macroeconomic theory (►macroeconomics), he was, in
'Interactions between the Multiplier Analysis and the Principle of Acceleration',
published in Review of Economics and Statistics (1939), the first to formulate the
interaction between the accelerator and the multiplier. He was a leading figure on
the side of ►neo-classical economics in the debate with the ►Cambridge School
regarding the integration of classical (►classical economics) microeconomics and
modern macroeconomics in growth theory (►accelerator-multiplier model; social-
welfare function; turnpike theorem).
saving >Income not spent. At the end of any period, saving is equal to income in
that period minus ►consumption, and could be negative if expenditure exceeds
income (►dissaving). Note that paying off debt is a form of saving in the economic
sense of the term. Saving can occur in the ►public sector when tax revenues exceed
final consumption by government plus ►transfer payments and ►subsidies, and in
the company sector where ►profits are not distributed (►self-financing), as well as
in the ►household, though typically the public sector is a net borrower (►public
sector borrowing requirement) while the personal sector and industrial and commer¬
cial companies are net lenders.
For the economy as a whole, if total saving is equal to total ►investment, then
expenditure by firms and individuals will be in Equilibrium (for simplicity we
ignore the public sector and foreign trade); if saving exceeds investment, expenditure
from wages, salaries and dividends will not return to firms in the form of payments
for goods and services (including investment goods) and output will have to fall,
thus reducing incomes and bringing saving and investment into balance (► circular
flow of income). What determines the level of saving is, therefore, important in
►macroeconomics. There are several interpretations of this problem, e.g. that saving
will be a function of the level of income (>consumption function) (this assumption
underlies the mechanism of ^income determination just outlined), and that
changes in savings will be used to maintain a steady rate of consumption (►perman¬
ent-income hypothesis), ^savings ratio.
savings ratio The proportion of household income that is saved (►saving) usually
expressed as a percentage of total household ►disposable income. It may be calcu¬
lated gross or net. In the latter case, a deduction is made for the ►depreciation of
household fixed assets. The savings ratio in the UK fell from about io per cent in the
early r99os to about 3 per cent in 2oor. Declines were also experienced in many other
countries in this period (e.g. in the USA) from about 8 to under 2 per cent. The
savings ratio differs significantly between countries as well as over time. The ratio
will depend on: (a) the proportion of old people in the ►population, as young
people have more incentive and greater means to save; (b) the rate of ►inflation, as
expectations of rising prices encourage people to spend or invest in fixed assets, and
(c) the tax regime (►individual savings account). The savings function gives the
relationship between aggregate savings, that include non-personal savings, and
►income, and is the inverse of the ►consumption function.
to the Chair of Industrial Economy at the Conservatoire National des Arts et Metiers.
In r83r, he was appointed Professor of Political Economy at the College de France.
His most important published works are Traite d'economie politique (1803) and Corns
complet d'economie politique pratique (r82(?). Although he can claim some credit for
the introduction of the concept of an ^entrepreneur into economic theory, and
also the division of the fundamental ^-factors of production into three - >land,
> labour and >capital - his fame and notoriety spring from his ‘loi des debouches’, or
'law of markets'. It is probable that his 'law' would not figure so prominently in
economics today had not > Keynes accused the > Classical School of being gravely
misled by accepting it as the pivot of their macroeconomic theory (> macroeconom¬
ics). According to Keynes, the law said that the sum of the values of all ^commodities
produced was equivalent (always) to the sum of the values of all commodities
bought. By definition, therefore, there could be no under-utilization of >• resources
- 'supply created its own demand'. However, there is some considerable doubt about
what Say actually meant. Several versions have been put forward, and some are
incontrovertible platitudes, e.g. 'in barter a seller must also be a buyer', and 'if
a good is sold somebody must have bought it'. Probably the most meaningful
interpretation is that of Keynes, but only as a condition that must be satisfied for
►equilibrium to exist. ►►Walras, M. E. L.
Ireland and the UK, although agreeing to co-operation on law enforcement, have
opted out of aspects of the agreement relating to controls at their frontiers.
Scholes, Myron S. (b. 1941) Professor Scholes is a finance specialist and joint
winner of the 1997 Nobel Prize for Economics for his work in deriving methods
of valuing complex financial instruments, e.g. ►options. His work, the result of
collaboration with Black, produced the path-breaking ►Black-Scholes formula, that
itself was generalized by Merton OMerton, R.). Their work led to the development
of a significant new financial market that enables traders to diversify risk and allocate
it in far more flexible ways than had hitherto been possible. In addition, insurance
and guarantees comprise forms of option, and thus these too can be valued more
accurately. Professor Scholes' most famous paper is 'The Pricing of Options and
Corporate Liabilities', Journal of Political Economy (1972), with Black. Scholes' career
varied between the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Chicago University and
Stanford University.
opoly capitalism, firms would place less emphasis on > price competition but would
increasingly compete in technical and organizational innovation, thus sending
'gales of creative destruction' through the economic system. He predicted that
capitalism would evolve gradually into socialism.
screening The use of a mechanism that allows someone to judge the characteristics
of someone or something even though they cannot see those characteristics directly.
In situations of > asymmetric information, one party to a transaction may wish to
know about some feature of the other party (e.g. how hard-working they are) which
cannot easily be judged before employing them. A screening device is one that
can be observed directly, and correlates with the unobservable characteristics. For
example, if hard-working people enjoy school and spend many years there, and lazy
people hate it and leave as soon as possible, the number of years spent at school may
provide a device for screening hard-working from lazy people. However, the device
can work only as long as the extra pay that hard-working people get is not so
attractive to lazy people that they choose to suffer spending more time at school
anyway. This is known as the >incentive compatibility condition, ^-information,
economics of; signalling; Stiglitz, J.
much consumption of those items relative to the more highly priced one. In the
second-best world, all other items would be taxed so that everything was priced in
excess of marginal cost, and consumers would allocate their budgets closely to that
in a world of full marginal-cost pricing, ^-welfare economics.
secondary bank A financial institution that accepts deposits and makes loans but
that has relatively few branches (in the UK) and therefore does not play a major role
in the payments system as far as the general public is concerned. Included in
the term are the ►merchant banks, and other money-market banks, the British
►overseas banks, consortium banks, and some ►finance houses. There was a second¬
ary banking crisis in 1973 when a number of minor banks (mainly deposit-taking
finance houses and other institutions heavily lent to the property sector) got
into difficulties when ►monetary policy was tightened following the oil crisis,
^►banking.
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) The US Federal agency for the
>• regulation of the markets in ^securities, set up in 1934 to administer the Securities
and Exchange Acts 1933 and 1934, that require most securities offered for sale to be
registered. The SEC also enforces the Investment Company Act 1940, and the Investment
Adviser Act 1940 - that regulates advisers on securities investments and requires them
to register with the SEC - and other legislation. The SEC has a chairman, designated
by the president, and four commissioners, all appointed by the president with the
advice and consent of the Senate for 5-year terms. The SEC has five main divisions: (a)
corporation finance (corporate new issues, registration, disclosure, etc.); (b) market
regulation (overseas brokers, self-regulating organizations and other market partici¬
pants, e.g. ^-commercial banks); (c) investment management (^-institutional inves¬
tor and investment adviser supervision); (d) enforcement, and (e) compliance
inspections and examinations. The SEC has eleven district offices.
securitization The substitution of >securities for Moans. Banks and other >fin-
ancial intermediaries, for example, have packaged house mortgages and (in the USA)
>credit card loans in this way so that borrowers continue to pay interest that is
received by the investor in the security representing the underlying loans. Securitiz¬
ation converts inflexible assets (e.g. long-term bank loans) into readily saleable
paper.
or increasing its stocks and work in progress or acquiring other companies or > shares
in them, either by borrowing on the >■ stock exchange (or from other sources,
including banks) or by using undistributed income. If it borrows, it will have to pay
^interest or >-dividends and issuing costs on new issues. If it uses undistributed
income, it is choosing to pay its ordinary shareholders a lower dividend, i.e. to
distribute less of its income. Unquoted companies do not have the alternative of
new issues of shares, although they may take further Vequity from private, and
borrow from other, sources. In fact, the bulk of capital expenditure is financed
from internal sources. Of total sources of funds of UK industrial and commercial
companies, over 70 per cent in recent years has been provided from internal sources.
The remainder comes from >new issues, >-bank loans, ^mortgages, inward invest¬
ment (Moreign investment) and capital transfers.
Selten, Reinhard (b. 1930) A German economist, who has specialized in >*game
theory, and jointly won the >Nobel Prize for Economics in 1994. Selten has been
one of the economists most concerned with defining the characteristics of an
^equilibrium in a game. >Nash, a fellow prize-winner, had developed one such
equilibrium (>Nash equilibrium), but Selten was the first to refine the concept for
analysing dynamic situations. One problem with Nash's equilibrium concept had
been its inclusion of intuitively unsatisfactory strategic combinations. In particular,
if one party to a game makes an untenable threat to the other, and the other is
deterred by that threat from some course of action, it is a Nash equilibrium even if
the threat was unlikely to be carried out. That did not seem a likely outcome to
an interaction. Selten introduced the refined notion of sub-game perfection, which
essentially counted only those Nash equilibria that would also be Nash in each and
every segment of a game taken on its own. In effect, only credible threats should be
taken into account. He also devised the notion of the trembling hand equilibrium,
which is a Nash equilibrium that still holds, even if the players assume one of the
players may have a 'trembling hand' and make a mistake as to which rational strategy
to follow.
Sen, Amartya (b. 1933) The world's most celebrated welfare economist, Master of
Trinity College Cambridge and winner of the Nobel Prize for Economics in 1998.
Professor Sen has held posts at the Universities of Delhi and Calcutta, and at the
London School of Economics, Oxford and Harvard, among others. Among his main
Serra, Antonio
works are Collective Choke and Social Welfare (1970), On Economic Inequality (1973) and
Poverty and Famines: an essay on entitlement and deprivation (1981). He is perhaps best
known for his work on famines and the finding that they are not always associated
with shortages of food, but that sometimes they reflect the economic predicament
of particular groups. Sen has also contributed to the study of Asocial welfare func¬
tions, and has devised measures of >poverty and welfare, in both cases taking into
account inequalities (inequality) among the poor, or across society generally. He
has also tried to cast individual welfare not in terms of goods consumed, but in those
of capabilities enjoyed. Under this view, goods are welfare enhancing because they
provide capabilities. Owning a DVD player, for example, gives us the capability of
being able to interact with our friends, having some common interests to talk about.
Under this view, someone who does not have a DVD player in a rich country where
most people do have one, is poorer than a person without a DVD player in a country
where no one does. All Sen's work has been characterized by a concern for the least
well-off, and a strong inclination to philosophical methods of enquiry.
case is higher than the wage rate. In effect, it reflects the benefit that would result
from relaxing the constrained supply of workers by one unit. Of course, in a perfectly
functioning economy, market prices will be equal to >marginal cost (>perfect
competition), and marginal cost itself represents the true cost to society of producing
one extra unit of a commodity; it is equivalent to the value of the items that could
have been made as alternatives to the last unit of the commodity produced, with
the same resources. In the competitive economy, therefore, the market price of an
item is equal to the opportunity cost of producing that item. There is no shadow
price, distinct from actual prices.
Shadow prices are used in valuing any item that is implicitly rationed or con¬
strained in some way. Shadow prices can be derived using ► linear programming
techniques and can be used in social > cost-benefit analysis, which attempts to
achieve an optimal > resource allocation in the absence of an effective >price
system.
share indices »dndex numbers indicating changes in the average prices of >-shares
on the >stock exchange. The indices are constructed by taking a selection of shares
and 'weighting' (>weighted average) the percentage changes in prices together as
an indication of aggregate movements in share prices. Roughly speaking, a share
index shows percentage changes in the ►market value of a ►portfolio compared
with its > value in the base year of the index. Index numbers are published in several
daily papers and weekly journals. »►Financial Times share indices.
short run A period of time in which only some >variables change or economic
processes work. It is a concept that strictly can be defined only in the particular
context in which it is applied, because its meaning depends on which variables or
short-run cost curves | 354
processes the user of the term has in mind as flexible. Its most common use is in the
theory of the firm (>firm, theory of the), where it is defined as the period in which
the quantity of certain >■ factors of production employed (e.g. plant and machinery)
is fixed and only, say, the number of workers hired can be changed. The specific
period of time being referred to as the 'short run' also varies with every application
of the term, because, for example, it takes different amounts of time to build the
plant and machinery for different industries. »>-impact effect; long run; Marshall, A.
Single European Act The legislation passed into law by, and became effective in,
each member state of the ^-European Union (EU) in 1987. By this Act, each state
agreed to the aim of a single market throughout the EU. The programme involved
the abolition of exchange controls, the recognition of qualifications, the abolition
of restrictions on internal transport (^cabotage), liberalization of the market in air
services, public procurement tendering, life insurance and banking services, and
the abolition of frontier controls (>-Schengen Treaty). The Act also widened the
I
competition to ensure that no enterprise acts in such a way as to restrict the free
movement of goods and services in the EU or to exploit a dominant market position
(>competition policy).
single market A trading zone in which roughly homogeneous items are traded in
roughly uniform conditions of supply and demand. It is likely that in a single market
the Maw of one price will prevail, ^-market.
He tried to emphasize the dynamic nature of the economic process, compared with
the comparative statics of Ricardo (^comparative static equilibrium analysis), and
was the first to use sequence analysis as an analytical device. Increased output in
one period, he argued, is faced with a level of > income generated by a lower level
of output in the previous period. Total demand falls short of the available supply.
Lags in the economic system, therefore, could give rise to underconsumption.
People of the same trade seldom meet together even for merriment and diversion,
but the conversation ends in a conspiracy against the public, or on some contrivance
to raise prices. It is impossible indeed to prevent such meetings by any law which
either could be executed, or would be consistent with liberty and justice. But though
the law cannot hinder people of the same trade from sometimes assembling together,
Smith, Vernon L. | 358
it ought to do nothing to facilitate such assemblies, much less render them necessary
(Book one, chapter X, part 2).
Smith, Vernon L. (b. 1927) Professor of Economics and Law at George Mason
University in Virginia, and pioneer of experimental economics, the branch of the
subject concerned with setting up laboratory trials to test particular propositions.
For both advancing good experimental method in economics, and in actually carry¬
ing out some interesting tests, Smith won jointly with >-Kahneman the >Nobel
Prize in 2002. His methods involve repeated experiments (so that subjects can
familiarize themselves with the 'rules of the game'), and generous monetary incen¬
tives (to induce subjects to treat tests as though they matter and to impose the exact
incentives being tested).
In particular, Smith has conducted practical experiments using people acting out
competitive markets. He has found that the predictions of economic theory hold up
rather well. He has also tested different designs of auction in carefully controlled
conditions, and found that some predictions of economic theory do not hold up,
perhaps because factors like suspense of waiting in an auction affect behaviour.
Smith has also tested different designs of market mechanism for deregulated or
privatized industries.
He has held academic posts at Purdue University, the University of Massachusetts
and at the University of Arizona, among others. His publications include 'An
Experimental Study of Competitive Market Behaviour', Journal of Political Economy
(1962) and 'Experimental Economics: induced value theory', American Economic
Review (1976).
way these incomes are saved or spent on the outputs of the various industries or on
fimports. input-output analysis; Leontief, W. W.
social benefits The total increase in the welfare of society from an economic
action. In effect, it is the sum of two benefits: (a) the benefit to the agent performing
the action, e.g. the fproducer's surplus or fprofit made, and (b) the benefit
accruing to society as a result of the action, e.g. an increase in tax revenues (fexter-
nalities). The phrase is sometimes used to describe the second of these on its own.
^•►social welfare.
social capital The total stock of a society's productive assets, including those that
allow the manufacture of the marketable outputs that create private-sector profits,
and those that create non-marketed outputs, e.g. defence and education, ^capital.
Social Charter A Social Charter and Social Action Programme was drafted by the
Social Affairs Commissioner of the then European Community (> European Union)
in 1989 for discussion by the member states. The programme included: (a) health and
safety at work; (b) freedom of movement of workers throughout the Community; (c)
equality of opportunity; (d) part-time and temporary work; (e) contractual con¬
ditions of employment; (f) management consultation of employees; (g) social secur¬
ity, and (h) immigrant workers. A separate protocol to the >• Maastricht Treaty on
social policy was adopted by eleven member states in 1991, the UK not being a
signatory. European Monetary Union.
social cost The total cost to society of an economic activity. It is the sum of the
f opportunity costs of the ^resources used by the agent carrying out the activity
plus any additional costs imposed on society from the activity. For example, when
people drive their cars they incur the private cost of petrol and wear and tear on the
vehicle, but the social cost of them driving also adds wear and tear on the roads, and
the congestion and pollution they cause, which they do not pay for directly. By
taxation, social costs can be incorporated into private costs so that market prices
properly represent the true costs to the community. >► externalities; Pigou, A. C.;
shadow price.
social net product The difference between the f social benefits and the fsocial
cost arising from the use of some f factor of production or from some form of
economic activity.
socialism A social and economic system in which the means of production are
owned collectively and equality is given a high priority. There are various forms of
socialism, from >Marxism to the social-democrat systems in Western Europe, but
all share a belief in the necessity for collective intervention in economic affairs.
>&*planned economy; State planning.
soft loan A >loan bearing either no Mate of interest, or an interest rate that is
below the true cost of the >capital lent. It is the policy of the > International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development working through its affiliate, the > International
Development Association, to give 'soft' loans to ►developing countries for long-term
capital projects.
Solow, Robert M. (b. 1924) Having been educated at Harvard University, from
which he also received his Ph.D in r95r, Solow remained in Cambridge, Massachu¬
setts, taking a position at the Massachusett's Institute of Technology where, with
the exception of those periods spent visiting academic institutions abroad, he has
remained. He received the >-Nobel Prize for Economics in ^87. His major works
include Linear Programming and Economic Analysis (with Dorfman and >Samuelson)
(1958), Capital Theory and the Rate of Return (1963), The Nature and Sources of Unemploy¬
ment in the US (1964) and Growth Theory: an exposition (1970). He has also published
numerous articles on ^depletion theory, including 'The Economics of Resources or
the Resources of Economics', American Economic Review (1974). Above all, he has
played a dominant role in debates on >-growth theory, developing a standard
growth model based on ^neo-classical economics that contrasted in its assump¬
tions with that of the then prevalent >Harrod-Domar model. He has also questioned
the effectiveness of »-market forces in clearing the labour market. »*»capital
re-switching.
sources and uses of funds An accounting statement describing the >capital flows
of a business. Sources of funds are >profits from trading operations, depreciation
provisions, sales of bassets and borrowing, including capital issues. Uses of funds
are purchase of fixed or financial assets (including dash), and distribution of
►income. 3*#-self-financing.
sovereign risk The hazard that political risk may arise in a country, threatening
overseas investments or trading.
sow's ear effect The inability of a country to raise its ^productivity or per capita
►gross domestic product relative to other countries of comparable development in
spite of policy adjustments in > macroeconomic variables (e.g. the ►exchange rate
or Mate of interest) because of deficiencies on the supply side of the economy, e.g.
an inadequately educated labour force (>-supply-side economics). The term refers to
the old saying 'You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear'. >► convergence;
economic development; institutional economics; Smith, A.
special drawing rights (SDRs) The instruments for financing international trade
after the Second World War were predominantly the deserve currencies (e.g. dollars
and sterling) and gold. Dependence on the latter, as >Keynes pointed out, was an
anachronism that had been successfully terminated as far as domestic economies
were concerned. The problem of depending on the former was that the supply of
these currencies was regulated by their countries' ^balance of payments deficits or
surpluses. The deficit on the US balance of payments had been an important source of
the flow of ^liquidity into ^central bank reserves. The difficulty was that persistent
specialization | 362
deficits led to doubts about the maintenance of the currency's »-exchange rate and
made central banks less willing to hold dollars. This problem came to a head in
August 1971, when the US government imposed various measures to correct its
balance-of-payments deficit. In December r97r, the dollar was devalued by about
10 per cent.
Keynes had put forward the idea of an international currency, to be called
>bancor, regulated by a central institution (>Keynes Plan). This idea was turned
down then for fear that the creation of liquidity would generate >-inflation. In 1969,
the Group of Ten (^International Monetary Fund) (IMF) agreed to establish SDRs,
which are similar in principle to Keynes' original idea, and their agreement was
ratified by the IMF. The SDR was linked to gold and equivalent to $1 US at the gold
rate of exchange of $35 per ounce. Until December r97r an SDR was equivalent to
$r but, with the effective devaluation of the dollar following the >Smithsonian
Agreement, the rate became 1 SDR = $1.08571. With the subsequent breakdown of
the fixed-parity system, the IMF valued the SDR in terms of a 'basket' of sixteen
currencies, so that, as from July 1974, the rate in relation to the dollar 'floated'. In
1981 the SDR was simplified to a weighted ► average of currencies that is revised
periodically. In 200T, the weights were US dollars (45 per cent), euro (29 per cent),
Japanese yen (15 per cent), and UK sterling (n per cent). Special drawing rights are a
very small proportion of countries' >gold and foreign currency reserves and their
main function is as a unit of account (>money).
specie points The limits between which the >exchange rate between two >curr-
encies on the >gold standard fluctuated. For instance, before the First World War
the same amount of gold could be bought in London for £r and in New York for
$4.87, and therefore the par rate of exchange was £1 for $4.87. If the pound fetched
less than $4.87 in London, it would be cheaper for a merchant to ship gold to the
USA to settle his debts (rather than settle in dollars), provided the cost of freight
and insurance were less than the difference between the par rate and the London
rate. Therefore, in practice the rate never fell by an amount more than the cost of
shipment. Similar forces applied in reverse to prevent the rate rising by an amount
in excess of the cost of shipment.
speculation Buying and selling with a view to buying and selling at a ^profit later
when >• prices have changed, ^arbitrage; bear; bull; stag.
speculative motive The reason causing people or firms to hold a stock of >money
in the belief that a capital gain or the avoidance of a loss can be achieved by so
Sraffa, Piero
doing. It is one of three motives for holding money outlined by >• Keynes. When
the price of bonds falls, the attraction of holding them increases; this is because
people will expect their price to rise again, and anyone owning them will make a
capital gain when this happens. People will tend to buy bonds when their prices are
low and will thus hold little money. When the price of bonds is high, on the other
hand, they will believe their price could fall and hold more money. The amount of
money held under this motive thus varies with the price of bonds; as the >rate of
interest varies inversely with the bond price, the speculative motive for money varies
inversely with interest rates, ^liquidity preference; liquidity trap; portfolio theory;
precautionary motive; transactions motive.
Spence, A. Michael (b. 1943) Economist from Stanford University credited with
devising the theory of ^signalling, for which he jointly won the S^Nobel Prize for
Economics in 20or. His work, based on his Ph.D thesis from the early 1970s, centred
on the example of education as an observable signal of various unobservable charac¬
teristics that we might want to exhibit. In particular, clever people might struggle
to show employers how clever they are, so going to college may be seen as a signal
of cleverness. This might justify going to college, even if the substantive benefit of
the teaching was itself minimal. The signal will work as long as clever people find it
easier to sit through college than less clever people. The account was published in
'Job Market Signaling', Quarterly Journal of Economics (1973) and Market Signaling
(1974). The account Spence devised turned out to be very complementary to the
work of >Akerlof and >Stiglitz, and between them the economics of information
(^►information, economics of) became one of the most potent topics of study
through the next three decades.
spot market A >market in which goods or ^securities are traded for immediate
delivery, as distinct from a ^forward market. 'Spot' in this context means 'immedi¬
ately effective', so that spot price is the price for immediate delivery.
Sraffa, Piero (1898-1983) Sraffa was a Turin-born socialist who came to the UK in
the 1920s and settled in Cambridge. He had a reclusive nature, but was broad in his
intellectual company, mixing with >Keynes and the philosopher Wittgenstein. His
three main published contributions are 'The Laws of Returns under Competitive
Conditions', Economic Journal (1926), as editor of the eleven-volume Works and
Correspondence of David Ricardo (1971), begun in r93o with most of the sub¬
stance being published in the 1950s, and Production of Commodities by Means of
Commodities (i960).
His primary preoccupation in the 1920s was to expose the flaws in the theory of
the firm (>-firm, theory of the) of ^Marshall. He inspired others to develop theories
of production that were not embedded in >-perfect competition, which he did
not think adequately reflected the true state of capitalist society. His Production of
Commodities book was a contribution to the perennial problem of finding an
invariable measure of value (lvalue, theories of). He presented a model in which
prices of goods reflected costs of production, a return to a notion of value reminiscent
of >-classical economics. These prices would be determined by technology and stated
in terms of a standard commodity, a composite of the commodities used in what is
assumed to be equal proportions in the production of everything. In this, the Sraffa
model can be said to adopt the assumptions and derive the conclusions of the
►non-substitution theorem.
Some of his results derive from a particular assumption that the ratio of investment
to profits is an ►exogenous variable, which has led some to conclude that Sraffa's
model is a special case of a more general model of economic activity attributable to
von Neumann. »► Ricardo, D.
Stability and Growth Pact Agreement, reached in r996, among members of the
►Economic and Monetary Union to comply with strict rules controlling fiscal
deficits. The thinking behind the agreement was that if one member irresponsibly
inflated its budget deficit, the ►European Central Bank would have to raise the rate
of interest, which would not be appropriate to the economies of the other members
(►free-rider problem). The pact determined that member countries' budgets should
be in balance or in surplus in the medium term. In addition, any budget deficit
should never exceed 3 per cent of ►gross domestic product (GDP). If a country
should run such a deficit, it would receive a warning and should put measures in
place within 4 months and the deficit reduced within a year. Failure could lead to a
fine of up to 0.5 per cent of GDP.
(r) There are immense practical difficulties in implementing it, primarily because of
a lack of sufficient information. All that is known about the economy is how it
was behaving several months ago, but actions have to be taken several months
in advance. The problem has been likened to attempts at controlling the temper¬
ature of water coming out of a shower when any twist of the hot or cold tap takes
half a minute to affect the temperature of that coming out of the nozzle.
(2) It is argued that the temptation to attempt to keep unemployment below its
market level (►unemployment, natural rate of) inevitably causes ever-
standard costing
stamp duty (UK) A form of indirect taxation (>direct taxation) that used to
involve the fixing of prepaid stamps to legal and commercial documents. The tax
may be ad valorem (>tax, ad valorem), as on the conveyancing of property, or specific
(>tax, specific), as on declarations of trust. Stamp duty is a very ancient form
of taxation but is now of diminishing importance except for property and share
transactions.
where x, is the ith value, x is the mean and n is the number of observations.
Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) A categorization of economic activity
used in compiling and presenting official statistics. The UK Standard Industrial
Classification of Economic Activities was first introduced in r948 and has been
revised regularly since. The Nomenclature des activites etablies dans les Communautes
Europeennes (NACE) was revised in r990 and the >-European Union issued a regu¬
lation for it to be applied in all member countries. Accordingly, the UK SIC was
revised in t992 (with minor revisions in r997) to bring it into line with NACE. The
classification is hierarchical with sections, subsections, divisions, groups, classes and
subclasses. These classifications follow the same principles as the International
Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities of ^89 issued by the
United Nations.
(r) Very detailed planning in certain key sectors of an economy. For example, the
UK National Health Service is controlled by administrators rather than prices:
queues ration the supply of certain operations, and the wages and activity of
health workers are determined by the administrators, albeit after consideration
of where demand is greatest and what supply of labour is available.
(2) Limited planning covering virtually all sectors of the economy, with production
targets, performance monitoring and some State subsidies, and in the form of
a national plan, ^input-output analysis; nationalized industries; transition,
economies in.
static equilibrium > Equilibrium in which the relevant >variables do not change
over time (in contrast to dynamic equilibrium in which the variables do change over
time), ^-balanced growth.
which all variables grow at the same constant rate. Steady-state growth is an > equilib¬
rium concept, and much of > growth theory has been concerned with whether it is
likely to be achieved, ^economic growth; Harrod-Domar model.
Stigler, George Joseph (1911-91) Professor Stigler graduated from the University
of Washington in 1931 and, after a year at the Northwestern University, obtained his
Ph.D at the University of Chicago. In 1936, he was appointed Assistant Professor in
Economics at Iowa State University and in T938 moved to the University of Minne¬
sota. In r947, he was appointed to the Chair of Economics at Columbia University,
where he stayed until r959, in which year he returned to the University of Chicago
as Professor of American Institutions. Professor Stigler was awarded the >Nobel Prize
in Economics in 1982. His publications include Production and Distribution Theories
(I94I)> The Theory of Prices (1942), Five Lectures on Economic Problems (1948), Capital
and Rates of Return in Manufacturing Industries (1963), Essays in the History of Economics
(1965), The Organisation of Industry (1968), Domestic Servants in the USA (1974), The
Citizen and the State: essays on regulation (197s), Demand and Supply of Scientific Personnel
(1975) and The Economist as Preacher (1982). Professor Stigler analysed the cost of
obtaining economic information by firms faced with a range of prices offered by
competitive suppliers. He contributed to the analysis of ^unemployment, pointing
up the need for workers to devote time to look for the highest available pay rates for
the work and conditions they require. He advocated a more empirical approach to
the study of government ^regulation and demonstrated that often regulations set
for the benefit of consumers will rather turn out in practice to benefit producers.
>information, economics of.
Stiglitz, Joseph E. (b. 1943) Economist from the Columbia University in NewYork,
former chief economist at the World Bank, and joint winner of the >Nobel Prize
with >-Akerlof and >Spence in 20or. There is little that Stiglitz has not written about.
His Nobel prize was granted for his contribution to the economics of information
(^information, economics of) and in particular for his work on the subject of
»-screening in the context of >asymmetric information. He showed how an
insurance company might sift high-risk clients from low-risk ones by offering
alternative policies with different levels of policy excess and different premiums (the
high risk clients would choose a small excess amount, knowing themselves to be
likely to claim). In this account, Stiglitz and his co-authors also introduced the
concept of the pooled equilibrium (where all customers are treated identically) and
the separating equilibrium, where the different types of customer are segmented
into different product groups. These concepts have transpired to have widespread
application. Stiglitz was primarily responsible for extending the economics of infor¬
mation to accounts of the market for credit; he found it may pay banks to ration
credit quantitively, rather than to raise interest rates to limit lending, because higher
interest rates may simply cause bad credit risks to choose to borrow selectively, in
the expectation they may not be paying any interest anyway. Stiglitz was primarily
responsible for developing efficiency wage theory, again building on information
deficiencies. If an employer is unable routinely to tell how much effort workers are
providing, he/she may pay them above the going rate, so that in the event they are
seen to be shirking, they will suffer a big loss by losing their jobs. Stiglitz has also
made contributions to public economics and been a vocal critic of the International
Monetary Fund during the 1990s.
stochastic process | 368
stock 1 A particular type of > security, usually quoted in units of £100 value rather
than in units of proportion of total ^capital, as in >shares. Stock, or stocks and
shares, have now become synonymous with securities, and the original distinction
between shares and stock has become blurred. The term, however, is now coming
to mean exclusively a fixed-interest security, i.e. loan stock in a company or local or
central government stock. 2 An accumulation of a >commodity. ^inventory.
3 (US) A share in the ownership of a company, i.e. equity.
stock exchange A ^market in which Securities are bought and sold. There are
stock exchanges in most capital cities, as well as in the larger provincial cities, in
many countries. The largest in terms of >-market capitalization is the >New York
Stock Exchange, followed by London. Other important markets include the >Tokyo
Stock Exchange, >NASDAQ (>-over-the-counter market), and the Association of
Exchanges of the Federal Republic of Germany (Deutsche Borse) (>German Stock
Exchange). Continental European exchanges are often referred to as bourses (Fr.).
The economic importance of stock exchanges is that they facilitate > saving and
Mnvestment: (a) by making it possible for investors to dispose of securities quickly
if they wish to do so, and (b) in channelling savings into productive investment.
Ready marketability requires that new issues (>new-issue market): (a) should be
made or backed by reputable borrowers or institutions; (b) that information should
be available on existing securities, and (c) that there should be both a legal framework
and market rules to prevent fraud and sharp practice (> Financial Services Act
1986). Stock exchanges have their own rules and conventions, but their functioning
depends also on the existence of company and other law and > financial intermedi¬
aries, e.g. the ^issuing houses. In recent years, stock exchanges have been deregu¬
lated (>deregulation) and most trading floors have given way to electronic trading
systems (though not on the New York Stock Exchange). Trading in many ^securities
is now a global market (>globalization).
The London Stock Exchange, founded in ^73, developed from informal exchanges
in coffee houses in the City of London. The London Stock Exchange is now a quoted
company (^quotation). Member-shareholders are formed into a declining number
of firms now including major ^-merchant banks, the ^commercial banks and other
financial intermediaries, many of which are foreign-owned. The traditional trading
floor where broker-dealers gathered to buy and sell closed following the >Big Bang.
stratified sample
stockbroker A member of the itock exchange, who buys and sells >shares on
his/her own account, or for non-members, in return for a > commission on the
>price of the shares. broker; market maker.
Stone, Sir J. Richard (1913-91) Sir Richard Stone started his career at Cambridge
University as an undergraduate, obtained a D.Sc., and became a Fellow and eventu¬
ally Emeritus Professor there. His academic life was interrupted by a period in the
statistical section of the Office of the War Cabinet between r940 and 1945, and he
held visiting posts at different institutions around the world, including Princeton's
Center for Advanced Study. He was awarded the >Nobel Prize in Economics in
1984. He has written widely on the measurement of national accounts data and
econometric analysis of consumer demand, including Natiorial Income and Expendi¬
ture, with »-Meade U944), The Role of Measurement in Economics (r95i) and The
Measurement of Consumers' Expenditure and Behaviour in the United Kingdom 1920-1938
with Rowe etal. (1954), and many articles, including 'Linear Expenditure Systems and
Demand Analysis', Economic Journal (1954). One of his main contributions was to lay
the foundation of >national income accounting. He also bridged the gulf between
the theory of consumer demand (> demand, theory of) and > empirical testing of
the subject with what is known as the 'linear expenditure system'. He saw that, by
making various assumptions, a tractable system of equations could be used to
estimate consumer demand for different groups of commodities more reliably than
by estimating the demand for each group in isolation.
(the population) owning dish-washers. Households are not homogeneous; they may
be classified into subgroups or strata by, for example, social group or income level
and, moreover, these subgroups are likely to differ in their ownership of consumer
durables, such as dish-washers. Rather than take a random sample of the whole
population of households, the population is first subdivided into the appropriate
categories, or strata, and random samples taken from each. If the population is
heterogeneous a stratified sample will give more accurate results than a simple
random sample of the same size.
stylized fact A broad generalization, true in essence, though perhaps not in detail.
It is perhaps the most important, and least acknowledged, form of ^empirical
testing in economics. Economic >-models are judged by their ability to account for
real-world phenomena. While some models attempt to capture the detail of a
situation, or apply precise estimates of ^parameter values and are tested using
^econometrics, many models are designed simply to explain behaviour at its sim¬
plest, and can be judged only against the broad truth, rather than the detail. An
example of stylized fact is the following: 'the profit rate - the level of profits in the
economy, relative to the value of the capital stock - is constant in the long run'.
This is a fact that traditional models of growth are held to explain. >growth theory.
subsidiarity The notion that political authority should vest in the most local
jurisdiction possible. Under subsidiarity, problems that affect only a town should
be decided by the town, those that extend beyond the town should be decided by
the county, those that extend beyond the county should be handled nationally and,
in the case, for example of the ^European Union (EU), those that extend beyond
the member country to the EU. The twin precepts of subsidiarity are that: (a)
everyone affected by an issue should be in the jurisdiction with responsibility for it,
and (b) that as few people as possible not affected by an issue should be in the
jurisdiction responsible for it. »"public-choice theory.
substitute A product that at least partly satisfies the same needs of consumers.
Products are defined as substitutes in terms of cross-price effects between them. If,
when the price of cassettes goes up, sales of CDs rise, CDs are said to be a substitute
for cassettes, because consumers can to some extent satisfy the need served by
cassettes with CDs. This account is complicated by the fact that, when the price of
an item changes, it affects both the >real income of consumers and the relative
prices of different commodities. Strictly, one product is a substitute for another if it
enjoys increased demand when the other's price rises and the consumer's income is
raised just enough to compensate for the drop in living standards caused. One
product is a gross substitute for another if it enjoys an increase in demand when the
price of the other rises and no compensating rise in income is made.
Substitution is not a relationship that only holds between individual commodities
- groups of commodities can also be substitutes for each other. Vodka may be a
substitute for gin, while spirits in general may be a substitute for wine. Both together
may be a weak substitute for restaurant meals. Substitution (but not gross substi¬
tution) is a symmetric relationship: if apples are a substitute for bananas, bananas
are a substitute for apples, ^complementary goods; cross-price elasticity of demand.
substitution effect The rate at which consumers switch spending to or from a
commodity when its relative price changes but the total futility of consumers is
left constant (>^cross-price elasticity of demand). The substitution effect measures
how much consumers would switch their spending away from, or towards, an item,
its price having changed, if the resultant change in purchasing power were offset by
a compensating transfer of income that would allow them to maintain their total
utility (enough to keep them on their >indifference curve). It thus isolates
the impact of a change in relative prices from the Mncome effect. In terms of
'sun-spot' theory
sunk costs ^Opportunity costs incurred in the past that are irretrievable and
therefore not relevant to current decisions; in >Jevons' famous phrase 'bygones are
for ever bygones'. For example, a small bakery might buy an oven at a fixed cost, but
which it could sell at some future date should it want to. It also might pay out a
large amount in advertising its services. However, this latter cost could not be
recovered later on - once paid for, the advertising has gone, whether or not the
promotion is successful. Sunk costs represent a ^barrier to entry in an industry
because they scare potential entrants from entering - should they fail, they would
have wasted all the sunk costs, incontestability.
supply The quantity of a good (or service) available for sale at any specified >price.
Supply is determined by a number of influences: (a) price: the higher the price, the
more profitable it is, other things being equal, for producers to sell a good and the
more they will attempt to sell; (b) cost of inputs: the lower the costs, the more
profitable it is to sell a good at a given price and more will be offered for sale, and (c)
the price of other goods: when the price of other goods rises, the supplier of a good
may find it advantageous to switch production to the supply of the newly high-priced
goods rather than stay in the relatively less profitable industry, where supply will
fall. It should be noted that supply is planned supply, not necessarily what is actually
sold. The latter depends on Equilibrium in the market. The conditions of supply
constitute but one aspect of the determination of the quantities sold and market
price, the other being the conditions of ^demand, infirm, theory of the; Marshall,
A.
short-run supply
quantity
points on these short-run curves, which (as shown in the diagram above) will be
steeper than the long-run curve. infirm, theory of the.
supply-side economics The study of the factors affecting, and the policies appro¬
priate for, influencing the real economy, i.e. the physical behaviour of economic
agents, and its response to changes in the structure of relative >prices rather than
nominal prices. Supply-side economics is roughly based on a positive and negative
thesis. On the negative side, supply-side economists tend to deny a role to a > stabiliz¬
ation policy. Because, they believe, economic agents are only concerned with their
real income and because markets have a tendency to clear at their >equilibrium
levels, an artificial increase in >aggregate demand cannot achieve anything. When
demand is boosted, the price of all goods rises and, out of a desire to feed the extra
demand, more labour will be sought, requiring an increase in wages. Out of all this,
nothing changes in real terms: >real wages are the same as they were, as are relative
prices; all economic agents behave in the same way as they did before, even though
the absolute price level might have changed, and possibly some temporary aberra¬
tion from market equilibria occurred. The positive views of such economists relate to
the policies that they believe can be effective in influencing the performance of an
economy. Anything that attempts to influence the supply of > labour or the supply
of goods can be called a supply-side measure. Such policies could include: (a) cutting
taxes to improve incentives (affecting people's personal trade-off between going out
to work and staying at home); (b) legislating heavily against ^monopoly in order
to encourage free competition, low prices and incentives to be efficient; (c) dimin¬
ishing the ability of trade unions to inhibit the workings of a free labour market;
(d) restricting the growth of the >money supply to control inflation, improve
economic stability and encourage investment; (e) increasing the mobility of labour
support ratio | 374
(►labour, mobility of), and (f) cutting the benefits available to those out of work to
improve their incentive to take on work (►unemployment trap).
It would be wrong, however, to believe that supply-side measures are only the
concern of free-market economists. State interference in the economy can be classed
as on the supply side, and measures of this sort might include: (g) increases in
spending on education to retrain employees; (h) the introduction of >profit-sharing
as a means of removing industrial conflict, and (i) the establishment of a State
investment bank for subsidizing high-risk, new-technology firms. In general, supply-
side measures can be justified in terms of the findings of ►microeconomics, which
is concerned with the behaviour of individual workers and firms rather than the
behaviour of economic aggregates (^macroeconomics). Free-market supply-side
economics emerged as a body of thought in the early 1980s as a doctrine complemen¬
tary to > monetarism, which first provided a macroeconomic case against demand-
management; it was strengthened by the theoretical revolution that arrived in the
form of > rational expectations. >► Laffer curve; sow's ear effect.
(1) To reduce the overall level of imports by making them more expensive relative
to their home-produced > substitutes, with the aim of eliminating a ^balance of
payments deficit. >► devaluation.
(2) To counter the practice of > dumping by raising the import price of the dumped
commodity to its economic level.
(3) To retaliate against restrictive measures imposed by other countries (> beggar-my-
neighbour policy).
(4) To protect a new industry until it is sufficiently well established to compete with
the more developed industries of other countries (>infant-industry argument).
(5) To protect 'key' industries (e.g. agriculture) without which the economy would
be vulnerable in time of war.
Taussig, Frank William (1859—1940) Apart from a period from 1917 to 1919 when
he was chairman of the US Tariffs Commission, Taussig spent his whole career at
Harvard University. His works on economics include Tariff History of the United
States (1888), Wages and Capital (1896), a textbook, Principles of Economics (1911) and
International Trade (1927). An economist in the tradition of > Ricardo and >Marshall,
he attempted to relate his theory to established statistical data.
tax ► taxation.
tax, specific A tax (»-taxation) of an absolute amount levied per unit of a ^com¬
modity sold or produced. Examples are >stamp duty and >excise duties. An indirect
tax (>direct taxation), not to be confused with a >tax, ad valorem. Where tax rates
are applied at very high rates on a commodity (e.g. cigarettes, in the UK) specific
duties do not unduly penalize higher quality brands of the commodity, which cost
a little more before tax, but would be hugely more expensive after tax if an ad valorem
duty were applied.
tax and price index A UK >index number that measures the percentage change
in gross income required by taxpaying individuals to maintain their real disposable
income (>real terms). The index takes into account the movement in the >retail
prices index and changes in ^-direct taxation and employee National Insurance
contributions.
tax avoidance Arranging one's financial affairs within the law so as to minimize
taxation ^-liabilities, as opposed to tax evasion, which is failing to meet actual tax
liabilities through, for example, not declaring > income or ^-profit.
tax base The quantity or coverage of what is taxed. The tax base for >income tax
is the assessed income of the whole population. The tax base for >value-added tax
does not include sales of most foods, books and financial services.
tax burden The amount of >money an individual, institution or group must pay
in >-tax. It should include all costs to the taxpayer that he incurs in paying the tax
(e.g. the net-of-tax cost of employing an accountant to complete a tax form) as well
as the tax itself (^compliance cost). In most policy discussion, the tax burden is
taken as the proportion of >-gross domestic product levied by the government in
taxation.
tax expenditures The costs of tax allowances and reliefs. It has been argued that
tax allowances are similar to Subsidies and may be seen as a form of >public
expenditure. However, tax expenditures can never be more than estimates since it
cannot be assumed that the >*tax base would remain unaltered if the allowances
were abolished. There is a wide range of allowances and reliefs, most of which
probably lead to the loss of some revenue and all of which complicate the adminis¬
tration of the tax system and raise ^compliance costs. Tax allowances and reliefs
necessitate higher rates of tax than would otherwise be necessary and lead to distor¬
tions in factor markets {>factors of production) and probably also to higher >tax
avoidance, and there is increasing interest, among economists if not among poli¬
ticians, in reducing them.
raise extra revenue, and the resistance has been shown in the election of governments
committed to lower taxation, the growth of the >informal economy, and specific
voter initiatives to limit the authority of the state government to levy local property
taxes, e.g. Proposition 13 in California in 1978. It has been argued that the growth of
government budget deficits (>public sector borrowing requirement) has been caused
by the inability of governments to curb spending growth, and the unwillingness of
populations to pay higher taxes. ȣ-Buchanan, J. M.; hypothecation.
tax yield The amount of »-money that results when the rate of >tax is applied to
the money value of the >tax base, minus the costs of collecting the tax.
Taylor rule A simple rule for setting interest rates with a view to keeping inflation
stable. The rule, produced by Taylor of Stanford University, says:
Short term interest rate = 2
+ inflation rate
+ 0.5 (deviation of inflation from target)
+ 0.5 (output gap)
term structure of interest rates
The ‘i’ is derived from the historical average real interest rate. Add this to today's
inflation, and you achieve the long-term real average. The next two lines say that
rates should be higher than this - the higher inflation is above target the higher the
economy is operating above its long-term capacity (>output gap). If inflation was
on target and the output gap was zero, real interest rates would be 2 per cent.
Taylor wrote about this rule as both an approximate description of what central
banks actually do when they set rates, and as a possible prescription of what a
sensible, responsive monetary policy rule might consist of. In practice, the rule needs
calibrating for different countries, and the 'output gap' is not an easily observable
variable.
Central banks prefer to maintain an air of intelligent discretion over the conduct
of their policies than to follow rules, but to some extent they do unwittingly follow
a Taylor rule. This makes the rule a useful benchmark against which actual policies
can be judged.
technology The sum of knowledge of the means and methods of producing goods
and services. Technology is not merely applied science, because it often runs ahead
of science - things are often done without precise knowledge of how or why they
are done except that they are effective. Early technology - craft skill - was almost
entirely of this sort. Modern technology is increasingly science-based, however, and,
rather than relying on acquired skill, is easily communicable by demonstration
and printed material to those qualified to receive it. It also includes methods of
organization as well as physical technique. Technological change and the diffusion
of technology are important in economics because new methods, including those
embodied in investment, play an important part in theories of ^economic growth.
There is, however, some controversy about the extent to which technological devel¬
opment is an autonomous factor in economic growth. Because it is so difficult to
measure, there is also room for doubt about whether or not technological change is,
or has recently been, accelerating, ^-endogenous growth theory, ^research and
development.
term loan A bank advance for a specific period (normally 3-10 years) repaid, with
^interest, usually by regular periodical payments. Term loans are common practice
in the US commercial banking system for business finance, and for larger borrowings
the Moan may be syndicated, i.e. the provision of funds and the interest earned are
shared between several banks. Similar facilities are available in the UK, mainly from
the ^-commercial banks or other institutions, but >overdrafts are still a common
form of >bank loan, and may be a cheaper form of finance. Unlike an overdraft, the
interest of a term loan is fixed and the loan cannot be recalled in advance of its
maturity date.
term structure of interest rates The relationship between the interest rate paid
on a >bond and the number of years until the bond is repaid. Suppose, for simplicity,
terms of trade | 380
bonds are held for either r or 2 years. People wanting to invest for 2 years can do so
either by buying a 2-year bond or by buying a i-year bond now and then buying a
new one when that one expires. The term structure compares the annual yield on
each type of bond. It is affected by a number of factors. Most important, if interest
rates are expected to rise next year, the 2-year bond will have to offer a higher annual
return than the i-year bond. Otherwise, everyone would sell 2-year bonds and hold
a i-year bond this year and a higher-yielding i-year bond next year (>^yield curve).
► Inflation expectations also determine the term structure (>credibility). In general,
if ^fiscal policy and ►monetary policy are 'tight' (i.e. tending to have a deflationary
effect) (►deflation), then long-term rates will be lower than usual, relative to short¬
term rates. M»-yield curve.
terms of trade The ratio of the index of ►export prices to the index of ►import
prices. An improvement in the terms of trade follows if export prices rise more
quickly than import prices (or fall more slowly than import prices). >► United
Nations Conference on Trade and Industry.
tie-in sales Sales of a product that have a condition that some other item will be
purchased at the same time. An example would be the condition that in order to
subscribe to the services of a telephone utility, you have also to rent or buy one of
their telephones. It is an example of a ►vertical restraint. >► full-line forcing.
tied aid The practice by which countries grant aid to ►developing countries on
time preference
condition that they use the aid to buy from the donor country's own suppliers.
Moreign aid.
tied loan A Moan made on condition that certain purchases are made from the
lender. In the brewing industry tied loans are made to pubs and clubs for fitting out
bars and restaurants on the understanding that beer is supplied by the brewer making
the loan. In Moreign aid, loans are made on favourable terms on condition that
capital equipment or services are purchased from the lending country.
time deposit (US) Money in a bank account for which the bank may require
notice of withdrawal, usually of up to 3 months. ^deposit account.
(1) The level of consumption consumers enjoy in the present. Other things being
equal, the more consumption there is now, the lower the compensation needed
for ^-saving. As saving implies a fall in current consumption, the more that is
saved, the higher the required level of compensation.
(2) A corollary of (r) above, is the level of consumption expected to be enjoyed in
the future. If great wealth is expected tomorrow, a lot of reward will be needed
to induce saving today. Again, as saving today implies higher consumption in
the future, the more that is saved, the higher the required level of compensation.
(3) The risk the consumer attaches to the arrival of the future: if tomorrow is unlikely
to come, huge compensation is needed to cause saving.
(4) Consumer taste will influence the time-preference rate - some people may believe
time series
that they can only enjoy spending money when they are young, others might
believe the reverse.
The market >rate of interest expresses the amount a consumer will actually be
compensated for saving, and rational consumers will save enough for their time-
preference rate to equal the interest rate. If the interest rate exceeds their time-
preference rate, they should save more, raising their time-preference rate until it is
equal to the market interest rate. The reverse would be true if their time-preference
rate exceeded the interest rate. If the interest rate is lower than their time-preference
rate even when they are saving nothing, it is rational for them to borrow money
and pay interest on it; this raises current consumption and lowers future consump¬
tion and thus lowers their time-preference rate. Optimal consumption through time
can be analysed with the help of ^-indifference curves, depicting the bundles of
consumption today and in the future between which the consumer is indifferent.
S^Fisher, I.; marginal utility of money.
investors may be willing to hold in their portfolios - not only money but bonds and
equities. Precise investor preferences for different assets are determined by their
preferences against risk and in favour of higher returns.
Professor Tobin also explored the links between the mix of financial portfolios
and the real assets of firms to show how government and central bank policy impinge
on real >• gross national product and employment. In particular, for Tobin, the
mechanism by which money may affect the real economy would not so much be
the direct relationship of extra money being spent on extra real goods and services
(as monetarists are wont to believe), but by extra money leading to higher prices for
shares, thus promoting investment by firms in real expansion {>q theory; trans¬
mission mechanism).
Tobin also contributed to the theory of >econometrics: Tobit, a statistical analyti¬
cal technique for the estimation of variables subject to ^probability, was named
after him. >J*Tobin tax.
Tokyo Stock Exchange The Securities market in Tokyo. It is one of the world's
largest and is one of the three central Japanese Stock exchanges - Osaka and
Nagoya are the other two. There are also five regional exchanges in Japan, though
Tokyo which, unlike London, still has a trading floor, accounts for well over 80 per
cent of all transactions. Non-Japanese dealing firms were permitted to become
members of the exchange in 1986. Japan's »-Big Bang was announced in T996, but
implementation is still incomplete. In iggg, an ^unlisted securities market-Mothers
Market - was introduced.
tournament theory The piece of economic thinking that suggests rewards can
usefully be based upon the relative performance of economic agents, rather than on
their absolute performance. It is sometimes used to explain behaviour observed in
the > labour market, where patterns of reward are often more subtle than traditional
theories (^marginal productivity theory of wages) would suggest. In particular,
those traditional accounts argue that there should be a close relationship between
trade barrier
the value of the output of a worker and the wage the worker receives. But in practice,
the ►productivity of workers varies, and companies find it hard to observe the
individual output of every worker. So under tournament theory, it is argued, com¬
panies can rank workers and pay them on their relative standing. That gives them
each an incentive to perform well but does not require as detailed a profile of
everybody's performance. Because workers are effectively competing against each
other, they are in a tournament. The approach can also be applied to the > regulation
of ►monopoly utilities, where it becomes ^yardstick competition. It is one of
many pieces of economic thinking that attempts to justify and explain real-world
behaviour on the grounds that the information facing decision-makers is incom¬
plete. >»-efficiency-wage hypothesis; screening; signalling.
trade barrier A general term covering any government limitation on the free
international exchange of merchandise. These barriers may take the form of, for
example, > tariffs, >quotas, Mmport deposits, restrictions on the issue of >-import
licences or stringent regulations relating to health or safety standards, ^precaution¬
ary principle; protection.
trade credit The s-credit extended by business firms to other business firms. It
may occur explicitly through the issue of a >bill of exchange or may arise from the
delay of receipts and payments for services performed, ^factoring.
trade discount The percentage below the published retail >price at which a
manufacturer sells to distributors (wholesale or retail) or at which a wholesaler sells
goods to a retailer. In addition, further discounts are sometimes given on a scale
related to the quantities of the goods taken. A 'concealed' discount is one granted by
a manufacturer or wholesaler to favoured customers and not made publicly known
in order to prevent accusations of unfair trading, ^resale price maintenance.
trade gap The excess of the value of >imports of goods and services over the value
of ^exports of goods and services, ^balance of payments.
transactions costs The costs associated with the process of buying and selling.
These are small frictions in the economic sphere that often explain why the price
system does not operate perfectly. Transactions costs may affect decisions by an
transfer earnings
(r) The volume and pattern of transactions to be financed. A rich person requires
more ready cash than a poor man, because he/she spends more. The pattern of
transactions matters too: if spending and income were £20 a day, virtually no
money would be kept for transactions, but if spending were £20 a day and income
£r40 a week, a positive balance would be kept for the first 6 days of the week.
(2) The rate of interest has an effect, because it represents the sacrifice made from
not investing money.
(3) The cost of making transactions in interest-bearing assets, e.g. the brokerage fees,
costs of acquiring information, etc.
The foregoing applies equally to the corporate demand for money. It is generally
believed that the transactions demand relates to the function of money as a medium
of exchange (>money) and that, of the various possible definitions of money supply,
the most relevant to this demand is a 'narrow' one of very liquid assets (>*-money
supply). Although it was seen as the only possible reason for holding money by
classical economists, it was >-Keynes who introduced the idea that the interest rate
might be important in determining the demand for money, and outlined other
motives for holding cash too. ^precautionary motive; speculative motive; Tobin, J.
transactions motive The factor causing people or firms to hold a stock of money
to finance their foreseeable expenditures. It is one of three motives for holding
money outlined by Keynes. >*«-precautionary motive; speculative motive; trans¬
actions demand for money.
transfer costs The total >► opportunity costs of moving goods or materials from
one place to another including loading/unloading costs and administrative costs as
well as transport costs.
transfer payments Grants or other payments not made in return for a productive
service, e.g. pensions, unemployment benefits (►jobseeker's allowance) and other
forms of income support, including charitable donations by companies. Transfer
payments are a form of income redistribution, not a return to the ► factors of
production. ►Social security cost the UK government £96.6 billion in 1996/-/, the vast
bulk of transfer payments in the country. »-Subsidies that are paid by government to
producers are not counted as transfer payments.
transfer pricing Internal (as distinct from ►market) prices used in large organiza¬
tions for transactions between semi-autonomous divisions. A >multinational cor¬
poration, for example, will have to set transfer prices for the supply of components
from one subsidiary to another. Transfer prices between subsidiaries acting as profit
centres may approximate to market prices or may be set above or below them so as
to minimize the payment of ►tariffs or to shift ►profit from a high- ►taxation
country to a low-taxation one.
0 schools
transmission mechanism
from) the origin. This is because the >-rate of technical substitution declines the
more a commodity is produced: a larger number of schools can be built and equipped
for the sacrifice of one hospital if no schools are being built to start with, because
the best locations can be used and the people good at building and equipping
schools, but poor at hospital building, can be transferred to building schools pro¬
ductively. However, suppose that only one hospital is being built and the rest of the
economy is geared to school building - transferring resources from hospital building
to school building will have hardly any effect on the rate of build of schools. Thus,
the rate at which hospitals can be transformed into schools declines as school
building rises. >► economic efficiency.
equities, as a means of storing their new wealth. This increase in the demand for
bonds will push their prices up and interest rates down and this will stimulate
new investment. ►Monetarism concentrates on the more direct process, while
►Keynesian economics has tended to play down the power of money, believing
that its effects work only through (b). In an ►open economy, the transmission
mechanism can also operate through the »-exchange rate. An increase in >-money
supply, or a reduction in interest rates, tends to lead to a ^depreciation of the
exchange rate, and promotes exports.
treasury bills Instruments for short-term borrowing by the government. The bills
are promissory notes to pay to the bearer £5000 upwards 9r days from the date of
issue. The bills are issued by tender to the ►money market and to government
departments through >tap issues. ^Tenders are invited every week from bankers,
► discount houses and >brokers. On the one hand, treasury bills provide the govern¬
ment with a highly flexible and relatively cheap means of borrowing > money to
meet its fluctuating needs for >cash. On the other hand, the bills provide a sound
►security for dealings in the money market, and the > Bank of England, in particular,
can operate on that market by dealing in treasury bills.
developing countries may outperform this level for a sustained period of catch-up.
Trend growth is a concept more often used by policymakers than theoretical econ¬
omists. It has largely been ignored by the different theories of growth (>growth,
theories of), and should not be confused with the natural rate of growth, used in the
► Harrod-Domar model; output gap.
Turgot, Anne Robert Jacques, Baron de I'Aulne (1727-81) Educated for the
Church, he became an abbe at the Sorbonne in Paris but then took up a career in
the Civil Service, where he remained for the rest of his life. He was the Administrator
of the District of Limoges from 1761 to 1774, when he became Secretary of State for
the Navy. For a short time he held the post of Controller of Finance. His economic
work appeared in Reflexions sur la formation et la distribution des richesses (1766). In
this work he gave a clear analysis of the law of >diminishing returns. He demon¬
strated how more and more applications of a ►factor of production (^capital) to a
constant factor (land) will first increase, then decrease, the return at the margin. He
was the first to equate capital accumulation with > saving, a view that became a
central feature of ^classical economics.
uncalled capital >Authorized capital issued to the public, but not called (Rail)
and not ►paid-up capital.
uncertainty The state in which the number of possible outcomes exceeds the
number of actual outcomes and when no probabilities can be attached to each
possible outcome. It differs from Risk, which is defined as having measurable
probabilities. Where probabilities are measurable, insurance can be taken out to
cover the worst contingencies - the risk of them occurring is spread among many
people or taken on by someone who can reasonably be certain to bear them. In the
case of uncertainty, however, no insurance company could properly assess what
premium to charge to cover bad outcomes - it is simply a possibility that has to be
faced. It is the role of the entrepreneur to face each uncertainty when setting up a
new company that justifies >profit as a reward. >Risk.
underlying inflation The rate at which prices are rising in the economy, once
the impact of erratic effects on price measurements has been removed. There is no
precise definition of underlying inflation. In the UK, it is often used to label the
measure used as the basis of the government's ^inflation target. That is the measure
known as RPIX, equivalent to all the items in the >► retail prices index excluding
mortgage interest payments. It has been argued that a better measure of underlying
inflation would also exclude the effect of changes in indirect taxation (^direct
taxation) and such a measure, RPIY, is compiled although not much publicized
outside of the »**Bank of England's Inflation Report. >harmonized index of
consumer prices.
unemployment The existence of a section of the labour force able and willing to
work but unable to find gainful employment. Unemployment is measured as the
percentage of the total labour force out of work. Four distinct causes of unemploy¬
ment can be distinguished:
(1) >Frictional unemployment is caused by people taking time out of work, being
between jobs or looking for a job.
(2) >-Classical unemployment is caused by excessively high wages.
(3) > Structural unemployment refers to a mismatch of job vacancies with the supply
of labour available, caused by shifts in the structure of the economy.
(4) > Keynesian unemployment results from the existence of a deficiency of Aggre¬
gate demand that is simply not great enough to support full employment. A fall
in wages - which should cause an increase in the > demand for ^labour - merely
reduces aggregate demand further because it reduces the spending power of the
employed, and thus fails to clear the excess supply of workers. Much economic
debate has centred on whether, in the long term, cuts in wages cannot in fact
increase demand (»Aeal balance effect), and thus whether Keynesian unemploy¬
ment is not just a special case of classical unemployment in which workers are
simply pricing themselves out of jobs.
Monetarist and neo-classical economists have tended to argue that all unemploy¬
ment is either classical or voluntary (^-unemployment, natural rate of). Either, they
assert, the market fails to clear because wages are artificially held too high; or, if the
market does clear, the unemployed have chosen not to take a job at the going rate.
However, in practice, it has been shown that at times persistent unemployment can
be cured by a boost in aggregate demand. The labour market is widely recognized as
being slower to adjust than any other; excess supply in this market persists in a way
that it could not elsewhere, despite the high social and human costs of unemploy¬
ment. In recent years, attention has focused on the particular problem of >-long-term
unemployment, especially among the unskilled. It is surmised that the market wage
of manual workers - especially those in heavy physical occupations - has declined
(>weightlessness) and that work incentives have correspondingly diminished,
too. ^-unemployment trap. >**-claimant count; employment, full; hysteresis; ILO
unemployment; labour force; labour-force survey; labour, mobility of; sow's ear
effect.
that is just consistent with a stable rate of ►inflation. It is the unemployment that
prevails when all markets in the economy are in equilibrium and there is no
deficiency of ^aggregate demand. It can be thought of as the unemployment rate
when output in the economy is just at its potential, no more and no less (►output
gap). The point about the natural rate is that it is not easily solvable by >fiscal policy
or ►monetary policy. It is a supply-side feature of the economy (► supply-side
economics), a reflection of labour-market institutions.
The concept of the natural rate was central to the monetarist critique to the
policies motivated by >Keynesian economics (►monetarism). It arises out of the
failures of policy in the 1950s and r96os to sustain low levels of unemployment in
the r970s. Somehow, demand had to be stoked up to ever higher levels to maintain
the same level of unemployment. The economy appeared to exhibit a natural
tendency towards some level, and it was not possible to get that level lower by
allowing higher inflation. At best, it appeared possible to get it below the natural rate
temporarily, or by ever-accelerating rates of inflation. Indeed, on modern accounts,
macroeconomic policy cannot even take unemployment below the natural rate at
all (>policy ineffectiveness theorem).
Today, the natural rate is accepted by academics of most ►economics doctrines,
and it certainly motivates the conduct of economic policy day-to-day throughout
the Western world. Some think of the natural rate as being the correct definition of
'full employment'. To get the actual level of unemployment below it, it is argued,
requires government to consider such factors as: (a) the level of benefits for the
out-of-work; (b) the ease with which workers can change jobs, and (c) the stigma
attached to being out of work. The natural-rate hypothesis has increased the atten¬
tion given to ►active labour-market policies. The ►Organization of Economic
Cooperation and Development has stressed the need for nations to make their labour
markets 'flexible'. It estimates that the UK's natural rate has fallen well below that
of other European nations as a result of policies of ►deregulation of the labour
market.
Because unemployment cannot be held below the natural rate without accelerat¬
ing inflation, it is often called the non-accelerating inflation rate of unemployment.
unemployment trap The existence of ►social security benefits for the out-of-
work that erode any incentive for the unemployed to take a job. The incentive for
the unemployed to find a job can depend on: (a) the generosity of State benefits; (b)
the level of pay offered, and (c) the tax paid on that pay. >► poverty trap.
unfunded »pension funds; personal pension.
uniform business rate >10031 taxation,
unit banking ►branch banking,
unit cost ^average cost.
unit trust An organization that invests funds subscribed by the public in ^secur¬
ities, and in return issues units that it will repurchase at any time. The units, which
represent equal shares in the trust's investment ^portfolio, produce >income and
fluctuate in value according to the Cnterest and ^-dividends paid and the >stock
exchange prices of the underlying > investments. The trustees holding the securities
are usually banks or >insurance companies, and are distinct from the management
company. The subscriber to a unit trust does not, unlike a shareholder in an Cnvest-
ment trust, receive any of the >profits of the organization managing the trust.
Management derives its income from a regular service charge as a percentage of the
income of the trust's investments and the difference between the (bid) price at which
it buys in units and the (offer) price at which it sells them, which may include an
initial charge. Unit trusts in the UK are strictly controlled by the Investment Man¬
agers' Regulatory Organization (^Financial Services Act 1986), which must give its
approval to a trust before units can be offered to the public, and which sets maximum
management charges and generally supervises the operation of the trusts. Unit trusts
were introduced in the UK as long ago as 1930, but they have grown particularly
rapidly since the late 1950s. In January 1996, unit trust holdings had funds of well
over £100 billion under management. Unit trusts are directed particularly at the
investor with small sums at his/her disposal. Units are easily purchased and resold,
and risks are widely spread, it being usual for holdings of any one security to be kept
below 5 per cent of the total. The investor also benefits from expert management,
although the performance of the trusts varies enormously. Trusts may be fixed or
flexible, i.e. their portfolio may remain the same or be altered as market conditions
dictate. Some unit trusts specialize in small companies or Clue chip shares, others
in Commodities or foreign companies or countries. Some are designed to maximize
income, others Capital growth. The latter offer the option of distributed or rein¬
vested income, and there are also trusts incorporating life assurance which can be
subscribed to by regular payments (^assurance).
universal bank A bank (Canking) that provides a wide range of financial services
in one largely unified structure. In some continental European countries, some
large banks have combined the roles of Commercial banks, ^investment banks,
Cnsurance and ^brokerage. Although in the distant past these functions were
performed in the UK by independent organizations, they are now increasingly
offered by partly integrated financial Conglomerates.
►public companies not included in the Official List for the main market (or first
tier) of the >stock exchange. Most of the Vadvanced countries have organized
lower-tier markets or informal 'placing markets' in which unlisted shares are traded.
These markets are less stringently regulated and perform an important function
in providing a stepping-stone to the main markets (^►over-the-counter market;
quotation). 2 Specifically, a market set up in r98o by the London Stock Exchange to
trade in designated unlisted securities and closed in r996. The Alternative Investment
Market (AIM) opened on r9 June 1995 to replace the USM and the Rule 4.2 market
(in which members of the stock exchange were allowed to deal in unlisted shares).
The AIM's admission requirements are less stringent than those for the former USM
and the Official List, and the costs of > flotation are much lower.
could include, for example, the satisfaction of helping others. The purpose of govern¬
ment was to ensure the 'greatest happiness of the greatest number'. It implied that
utility could be measured and interpersonal comparisons made. Its chief advocate
was >Bentham.
value The worth of something to its owner. Two concepts of value have been
distinguished in economics: (a) value in use: the pleasure a commodity actually
generates for its owner, and (b) value in exchange: the quantity of other commodities
(or, more usually, ►money) a commodity can be swapped for. Water, for example,
has high value in use, but low value in exchange, ^paradox of value; value,
theories of.
value added, or net output The difference between total revenue of a firm, and
the cost of bought-in materials, services and components. It thus measures the
►value the firm has 'added' to these bought-in materials and components by its
processes of production. Since the total revenue of the firm will be divided among
►capital charges (including ►depreciation) - ►rent, ^dividend payments, wages
and the costs of materials, services and components - value added can also be
calculated by summing the relevant types of cost and subtracting that total from
total revenue. Although 'value added' and ‘net output' are often used synonymously,
net output in the census of production (►production, census of) is calculated by
subtracting the value of materials purchased (allowing for stock changes) from the
397 |
value added tax
value of each industry's sales. Payments for services rendered by other firms (e.g.
►research and development work and hire of machinery), are not deducted, so that
in this technical sense, 'net output' is distinguished from 'value added', a term
used to describe the contribution of an industry to the ►gross domestic product.
^ value-added tax.
value added tax (VAT) A general tax (►taxation) applied at each point of ►exch¬
ange of goods or ►services from primary production to final consumption. It is
levied on the difference between the sale price of the goods or services (outputs) to
which the tax is applied, and the cost of goods and services (>inputs) bought in for
use in its production. The cost of these inputs is taken to include all charges,
including all taxes except VAT itself. The method of payment and collection in the
UK is as follows. Each registered trader sells his/her outputs at a price increased by
the appropriate percentage of VAT. He/she is then liable to HM Customs and Excise
for the payment of the tax so obtained from customers, but can claim a refund of
any VAT included in the invoices for the inputs purchased from suppliers. His/her
customers do likewise, and so on down to the final consumer. At each point of
exchange the tax is passed on in the form of higher prices. Being at the last point in
the chain of exchange, the final consumer bears the whole tax. The traders within
the chain, of which there are r.7 million in the UK, act as collecting agencies,
although they may lose out from the existence of the tax (>tax incidence). Traders
with a turnover of taxable supplies of less than £55,000 need not register (2002/03).
Value-added tax was introduced in the UK in 3973 because it is the form of
►indirect taxation applied in the ►European Union (EU) and is the basis of contri¬
bution to the Community budget. It replaced existing indirect taxes, e.g. purchase
tax and selective employment tax. Basic foodstuffs, housing, books, most financial
services, education, health and ► exports are excluded from the tax. Value-added
tax may be applied to different goods or services or in different industries at different
rates, including zero and exempt. The difference between the latter two is that only
with the former can refunds be claimed. Value-added tax is the largest single source
of government current revenue after Mncome tax, though only slightly more than
►social security contributions. In the UK, the standard rate of tax was 8 per cent
from July 1974 until June 1979, when it was raised to 15 per cent. In April 3991, VAT
was raised to t7.5 per cent, and there is now also a reduced rate of 5 per cent. Some
other countries have several rates including a low rate for basic necessities and a
higher rate for 'luxury' goods (^turnover tax). Supplies by a UK trader to a customer
registered elsewhere in the EU are zero-rated and the customer charges VAT at the
country's VAT rate. This is known as the destination principle. The intention is
ultimately to move to the origin principle under which VAT will be charged at the
rate prevailing in the country of supply. This will result in some gain or loss of tax
revenue in the receiving country, depending upon whether its rate is higher or lower
than in the country of origin. Given the political impracticability of completely
harmonizing VAT rates in the medium term, the shift from destination, to origin,
principle has proved controversial and probably some sort of clearing mechanism
to restore the balance of tax revenues would be necessary. Value-added tax is a good
revenue raiser and has been adopted by many countries, notable exceptions being
Switzerland and the USA. Value-added tax does impose heavy ►compliance costs
on ►small businesses, much more than a ►sales tax, which mainly affects retailers.
value judgement 398
Japan does not use the European invoice method for VAT but calculates >value-
added and the tax thereon from company accounts.
variable A number that may take different values in different situations. For
example, quantity of a good demanded will vary according to its price, ^dependent
variable.
variable costs Costs that vary directly with the rate of output, e.g. > labour costs,
raw-material costs, fuel and power. Also known as operating costs, prime costs, on costs
or direct costs.
1 N
variance = -X (x, -x)2
where x is the mean (^average), x, is the value of the ith item and N is the number
of items in the series. For example, consider the two series: (a) 8, ro, 12, and (b) 2,10,
18. The mean of both (a) and (b) is ro. The variance of (a) is [(-2)2 + (2)2]/3 = 2.67. The
variance of (b) is [(—8)2 + (S)2]^ = 42.67. The variance of (b) is greater than (a),
reflecting the wider spread of the (b) series, ^standard deviation.
VAT value-added tax.
vector A set of numbers (elements) arranged as a row or a column. For example, [1,
5, 8] is a row vector, and [5] is a column vector. A vector of n elements is referred to
as n-dimensional. The above vectors, therefore, are three-dimensional. The null vector
has all its elements equal to zero. A unit vector is a vector with one element equal to
unity and the rest all equal to zero. There are, therefore, n unit vectors possible for
an n-dimensional vector. There is an algebra for vectors, with appropriate rules for
addition and multiplication. >► matrix.
vertical restraints
velocity of circulation The speed with which the money in an economy circu¬
lates. Each £10 note that exists is used many times, and each time it is used a
transaction of value £10 occurs. It is possible to imagine two economies, one with
twice as much money in it as the other, but where on average the money is used
half the number of times. The total value of all transactions in each economy would
be the same because it equals the value of the stock of money multiplied by the
velocity with which it circulates. The income velocity equals the money value of
^national income divided by the stock of money in the economy.
The velocity of circulation is related to the demand for money (»• money, demand
for): if people hold cash, it circulates slowly. If, on the other hand, they do not wish
to hold cash, they dispose of money holdings and the circulation of money increases.
The velocity of money is central to the debate between ^monetarism and 3*-Keyne-
sian economics. Monetarists hold that >interest rates do not much affect the
demand for money or its velocity. They claim that institutional factors (e.g. the
frequency with which people are paid or the number of people who have bank
accounts) affect it and these factors are unlikely to change in the short term.
Keynesians, on the other hand, believe that the velocity of money varies substantially
with the interest rate. Under both doctrines, however, a higher than expected
^inflation rate would increase the velocity. This is seen in an extreme form in an
economy enduring > hyperinflation, in which anyone holding money is holding a
depreciating asset; everybody attempts to rid themselves of cash and acquire goods,
the values of which are stable, ^deflation; ^neutrality of money.
interest as the public interest where they are against the public interest at all.
►►Chicago School; competition policy.
where U(x) is the utility function that maps £x to the consumer's overall welfare.
Similarly,
Note that £([/,) is not equal to U(50 per cent x £1000 + 50 per cent x -£1000)
(►expected utility). Lottery 1 is preferred if EiUJ is greater than E(U2). The key
advantage of this approach is that it allows us to work out which uncertain outcome
is preferred from a utility function that has no uncertainty built into it at all. In
practice, of course, it is not particularly realistic at describing human choice under
uncertainty (►behavioural economics).
voting shares ►Equity shares entitling holders to vote in the election of directors
of a company. Normally all ► ordinary shares are voting shares, but sometimes a
company may create a class of non-voting ordinary shares if the holders of the
voting shares
equity wish to raise more equity capital but exclude the possibility of losing control
of the business, ^preference shares are rarely, and >debenture shares never, voting
shares.
w
wage drift The difference between wage rates set by national agreements and the
total earnings received by workers, which includes overtime pay, special bonuses
and commissions. If wage negotiations take place between union leaders and man¬
agement bodies at a national level, whatever the outcome of those negotiations in
certain areas of the country, the wage agreed may not be high enough to attract all
the workers demanded. In this case, local employers will attempt to entice workers
with side payments that do not directly infringe national agreements. If wage drift
could lead to cuts in pay as well as increases, it would be a more economically
efficient means of introducing pay flexibility. As it happens, though, wage drift has
the consequence of making a nationally agreed pay rate the bare minimum anyone
receives, with 'top ups' the norm, ^bargaining theory of wages.
wage-fund theory The idea that >Smith took over from the > Physiocrats, i.e.
that wages are advanced to workers in anticipation of the sale of their output. Wages
could not be increased unless the >capital destined to pay them was increased.
Capital, in turn, was determined by >savings. The >Classical School developed its
theory of wages around these ideas. In the short mn, there was a given number of
workers and a given amount of savings to pay their wages. The two together deter¬
mined the average wage. In the long mn, the supply of ^-labour was related to the
minimum of subsistence needed to sustain the Mabour force. (This subsistence level
was not simply physiological; it was related to a ^standard of living accepted by
custom.) If the wage rate rose above this, the >population increased; if it fell below
it, it contracted. In the long run, the level of the demand for labour was determined
by the size of the wage fund, and this, in turn, by the level of savings. This meant
that, as >Mill put it, 'the demand for ^commodities is not the demand for labour'.
If you increased ^consumption you reduced savings and therefore the wage fund.
>Productivity did not influence >real wages - what mattered was the level of
►profits, for savings depended on profits. The argument assumed that savings flowed
into fixed capital and variable (wage) capital in equal proportions so that what
>Marx called the 'organic composition of capital' remained constant. >Ricardo
worried about this point in his analysis of the effect of machinery on employment.
Investment bypassed the wage fund and the demand for labour was reduced. Thorn¬
ton criticized the wage-fund doctrine on the ground that wages were determined by
^supply and ►demand in the market. Mill accepted some of Thornton’s points and
admitted that the wage-fund theory might be more appropriate in the context of
a discontinuous production process (akin to seed-time to harvest) rather than a
continuous flow of output, which was the true state of affairs. There was some
wealth
popular confusion at the time, because it was thought the economists meant there
existed a definite fund available for wages so that there was no hope of workers
obtaining higher average earnings.
wasting assets >Assets with strictly limited, though not necessarily determinate,
lives, e.g. a mine, timber lands or a property on lease. Wasting assets have many of
the characteristics of >► current assets, but they are normally included under fixed
assets.
watering, stock The issue of the nominal capital of a company in return for less
than its money value, thus overstating the capital of the company and reducing its
apparent return on capital (>rate of return).
wealth A stock of assets held by any economic unit that yields, or has the potential
for yielding, income in some form. Wealth can take a multitude of forms, e.g. cash,
bank deposits, loans or shares are all financial assets. Diamonds, factories and houses
are examples of physical assets. To these should be added human wealth, which
consists of the earnings potential of individuals (> human capital). These forms of
wealth can be divided into those that constitute a liability to another economic
agent (e.g. loans) and those that do not, e.g. physical assets. For the community as
a whole, it is only really the latter that constitute net wealth, just as in a family, if a
weighted average
brother owes his sister £roo, it comprises part of the sister's wealth but not that of
the family as a whole. ^Ricardian equivalence.
In perfect markets, assets should be priced at the >present value of the future
income they are expected to earn. However, the notion of income is general and
would include, for example, the pleasure the owners of a picture would derive from
its display (^income). The bulk of most individuals' wealth is held in the form of a
house or accumulated assets invested in a pension fund, ► personal pension.
weighted average An >average in which each item in the series being averaged
is multiplied by a 'weight' relevant to its importance, the result summed and the
total divided by the sum of the weights. For example, suppose the price of meat has
risen by ro per cent and of vegetables by 20 per cent, the average rise is 15 per cent,
being the arithmetic mean of 10 and 20. This could be misleading if we were
considering the effect of the price increases on a particular household. The above
mean assumes that the household regards meat and vegetables as equally important.
If, however, the household spends £10 on vegetables for every £25 on meat, a more
accurate representation of the average price change would be a weighted average,
i.e. [(ro per cent x 25) + (20 per cent x ro)]/(25 + 10) = 450/35 = 12.9 per cent. In the
example the weights are 25 (for meat) and 10 (for vegetables), so that the result is
more in keeping with the importance the household attaches to meat in its budget.
At the extreme, if no vegetables were bought at all, the 'vegetable' weight would be
zero. »■ index number.
of efficient states in which no individual can be made better off without an offsetting
loss to another individual (►economic efficiency); (b) the choice between the many
efficient states that can exist, either through a decision imposed by a dictator,
or through democratically determined decisions (►►impossibility theorem; social
welfare; social-welfare function), and (c) coverage of a number of other smaller
topics, e.g. the optimal provision of >public goods, >extemalities, and the theory
of the second best (►second best, theory of). All these topics share the common aim
of helping to show when it is desirable to move from one economic state to another,
►►compensation principle; cost-benefit analysis; Pigou, A. C.; Sen, A.
winding up ►liquidation.
window dressing Financial adjustments made solely for the purpose of account¬
ing presentation, normally at the time of auditing of company accounts, e.g. the
sale of ►securities so as to show large holdings of cash at the ►balance sheet date,
only to repurchase them immediately afterwards.
> dividends or other payments by companies and are often reclaimable against tax
liabilities in the country of residence of the recipient under a double-taxation
agreement.
working capital That part of current ^-assets financed from long-term funds,
^current ratio.
World Trade Organization The World Trade Organization (WTO) was set up in
Geneva in r995 following the conclusion of the ^Uruguay round of trade negoti¬
ations. It replaced the >-GeneraI Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). The WTO
is charged with further development of, and policing of, the multilateral trading
system along the principles followed by the eight rounds of trade negotiations
concluded under the GATT. It provides the resources and the legal status for the
resolution of trade disputes through independent disputes panels. A member may
appeal to the WTO Appeals Tribunal but must accept its ruling. The failure of a
member country to accept the WTO ruling would subject it to trade sanctions. The
WTO is financed by contributions from its member states based on their shares of
international trade. In 2002, the total budget was SFr 143 million and there were 144
members >-Doha Round of Trade Negotiations.
yield The >income from a ►security as a proportion of its current market price.
Thus, the dividend yield is the current »- dividend as a percentage of the market price
of a security. The earnings yield is a theoretical figure, based on the last dividend paid
as a percentage of the current market price. The redemption yield is normally applied
only to fixed-interest securities, and is the interest payment over the remaining life
of the security, plus or minus the difference between the purchase price and the
redemption value, i.e. it is the earnings yield adjusted to take account of any >-capital
gain or loss to redemption. With fixed-interest securities, the nominal interest, or
►coupon, is unlikely to be the same as the actual yield. An >irredeemable security
in the form of a government bond having a flat yield of 3 per cent with a > par value
of £roo but a market price of £50 provides an earnings yield of 6 per cent. The
earnings yield will fluctuate with the price of the security, rising as security prices
fall, and vice versa. >► gilt-edged securities.
yield gap The >yield on ►ordinary shares minus the yield on ►gilt-edged securi¬
ties, e.g. 2% per cent irredeemable ►consols. If the latter exceeds the former, it is
called the reverse yield gap.
z
zero-sum game A game (>game theory) in which one player's gain is equal to
other players' losses, whatever strategy is chosen. The players can only compete for
slices of a fixed cake; there are no opportunities of overall gain through collusion.
The sum of gains will always equal the sum of losses, the whole summing to zero,
^bilateral monopoly.
THE PENGUIN DICTIONARY
OF ECONOMICS
• History of economics
SEVENTH EDITION
Cover photograph © Ralph Mercer / Taxi / Getty Images